AGENDA OF TENTH ACADEMIC COUNCIL MEETING

1

SCHOOL OF SOCIAL WORK

ROSHNI NILAYA, MANGALORE – 575 002

Autonomous College under Mangalore University

College with Potential for Excellence

Re-Accredited by NAAC with „A‟ Grade – CGPA: 3.42

Ph: 0824 – 2435791 Fax: 0824 - 2436720

Website: www.sswroshni.in

E-Mail: [email protected]

AGENDA

OF

TENTH ACADEMIC COUNCIL

MEETING

Date : Thursday, August 25, 2016

Time : 3.00 p.m.

Venue : Board Room, Adelaide Library Block

School of Social Work

Mangalore – 575 002

http://www.sswroshni.in/

mailto:[email protected]

2

SCHOOL OF SOCIAL WORK Roshni Nilaya, Mangalore – 575 002




TENTH ACADEMIC COUNCIL MEETING

THURSDAY, AUGUST 25, 2016 AT 3.00 PM

Venue: Board Room, Adelaide Library Block

AGENDA

Item No. Agenda Item Details No.1/SSW/AC/10/16 Approval of Proceedings of the various Boards of Studies – UG / PG

1 (a) Proceedings of BOS – English

1 (b) Proceedings of BOS - Hindi

1 (c) Proceedings of BOS - Kannada

1 (d) Proceedings of BOS - French

1 (e) Proceedings of BOS - Computer Applications

1 (f) Proceedings of BOS - Criminology

1 (g) Proceedings of BOS - Economics

1 (h) Proceedings of BOS - Psychology

1 (i) Proceedings of BOS - Rural Development

1 (j) Proceedings of BOS - Secretarial Practice

1 (k) Proceedings of BOS - Sociology

1 (l) Proceedings of BOS - Foundation Course

1 (m) Proceedings of BOS - BSW

1 (n) Approval of Revised CBCS Programme and Syllabus - MSW

1 (o) Approval of Revised CBCS Programme and Syllabus - M.Sc.

(Counselling)

1 (p) Approval of Revised CBCS Programme and Syllabus - M.Sc. (CFS)

3

No.2/SSW/AC/10/16 a) List of eligible candidates recommended to the University for the

award of Master of Social Work Degree –

M.S.W. [2014 – 2016 Batch]

b) List of eligible candidates recommended to the University for the

award of Master of Science in Counselling Degree – M.Sc. (Counselling)

[2014 – 2016 Batch]

c) List of eligible candidates recommended to the University for the

award of Master of Science in Criminology and Forensic Science Degree

– M.Sc. (CFS) [2014 – 2016 Batch]

b) List of eligible candidates recommended to the University for the

award of Bachelor of Arts Degree –

B.A. [2013 – 2016 Batch]

c) List of eligible candidates recommended to the University for the

award of Bachelor of Social Work Degree –

B.S.W. [2013 – 2016 Batch]

No.3/SSW/AC/10/16 Results of the Diploma Courses

a) List of candidates awarded Post-Graduate Diploma in Human

Resource Management – PGDHRM

[2015 – 2016 Batch]

b) List of candidates awarded Post-Graduate Diploma in Counselling –

PGDC [2015– 2016 Batch]

b) List of candidates awarded Post-Graduate Diploma in Human

Resource Management– DHRM [2015– 2016 Batch]

c) List of candidates awarded Diploma in Human Rights Education –

HRE [2015– 2016 Batch]

No.4/SSW/AC/10/16

Approval of Academic Calendar for B.A. / B.S.W. / M.S.W. / M.Sc.

in Counseling / M.Sc. (CFS) for the year 2016 – 17

No.5/SSW/AC/10/16 Any other matter with the permission of the Chair

(ii)

4


Roshni Nilaya, Mangaluru – 575 002





THURSDAY, AUGUST 25, 2016 AT 3.00 P.M.

Agenda No.1 (a) /SSW/AC/10/16

a. Sub: Approval of the Proceedings of the Board of Studies in English for B.A. /

B.S.W. Degree Programme.

The Proceedings of the BOS meeting held on Saturday, July 30, 2016 is placed before

the Academic Council for its consideration and approval.

5

PART – I

PROCEEDINGS OF THE MEETING OF THE BOARD OF STUDIES IN

ENGLISH HELD ON SATURDAY July 30, 2016 AT SCHOOL OF SOCIAL

WORK, ROSHNI NILAYA, MANGALURU - 2

MEMBERS:

1. Ms. Shobhana N : in the Chair

2. Dr.Malini Hebbar :Member - (UniversityRepresentative)

3. Dr. Shankara Narayana : Member - (subject Expert)

4. Dr. Alwyn D‟Sa : Member - (Subject Expert)

5. Prof. Niveditha Lobo : Member - (Subject Expert)

6. Prof. Sabina Manjunathan : Member - (Meritorious Alumna)

7. Ms. Rachitha P Cabral : Co-opted Member

8. Ms. Pearl Lobo : Co-opted Member

AGENDA:

i.Preparation of Panel of Examiners pertaining to 2016 – 2017 examinations.

ii.Assessment and review of I-III-V [2015] & II-IV-VI [2016] Semester

Question Papers and results

iii.Any other matter.

Welcome by the Chairperson.

The Agenda tabled for consideration of the Board.

PART – II

The Panel of Examiners placed before the Board which the Board hereby approves and

recommends for adoption. As required, the Panel of Examiners is drawn separately and

forwarded to the Registrar (Evaluation), School of Social Work, Roshni Nilaya, in the

prescribed format.

PART – III

Members satisfied with the nature of questions, evaluation techniques and results of

Examinations held in the academic year 2015-16 i.e. I-III-V Semester Oct. / Nov. 2015

and II-IV-VI Semester Apr. / May 2016.

6

PART – IV: Any specific issue permitted by the Principal - Not Applicable

The Meeting concluded with the Chairperson proposing vote of thanks.

NAME: SIGNATURE:

1. Ms Shobhana N ……………Sd/-……………

2. Dr. Alwyn D‟Sa …………… Sd/-……………

3. Dr. Malini Hebbar ……………Sd/-………………

4. Dr. Shankara Narayana ………………Sd/-…………….

5. Ms. Pearl Lobo …………….Sd/-………………

6. Prof. Sabina Manjunathan …………….Sd/-………………

7. Ms Rachitha P Cabral …………….Sd/-………………

8. Prof. Niveditha Lobo ……………..Sd/-………………

Sd/-

SHOBHANA N

CHAIRPERSON

Board of Studies in English

7

OVERALL RESULT ANALYSIS OF GENERAL ENGLISH (B.A.):

OCTOBER 2015

Particulars I Semester

Oct. 2014

%

III Semester

Oct. 2014

%

No. of Students Appeared 42 44

No. of Students Passed 39 92.86 43 97.73

No. of Students Failed 01 2.38 01 2.27

No. of Students Absent 02 4.76 --

No. of Students Discontinued -- --

DETAILED RESULT ANALYSIS: OCTOBER 2015

Particulars I Sem.

Oct. 2015

% III Sem.

Oct. 2015

%

90% & Above -- --

80% & Above but below 90%

03 7.14 13 29.55

70% & Above but below 80% 19 45.24 15 34.09

60% & Above but below 70% 12 28.57 06 13.64

55% & Above but below 60% 03 7.14 01 2.27

50% & Above but below 55% 02 4.76 01 2.27

35% & Above but below 50% -- 07 15.91

Below 35% 01 2.38 01 2.27

Absent 02 4.76 --

Pass Percentage 92.86 97.72

REPEATERS‟ RESULT ANALYSIS: OCTOBER 2015

I Sem.

Oct.2015

% III Sem.

Oct.2015

%

No. of Student appeared 01 07

No. Students Passed 01 100 07 100

No. of Students Failed -- -- -- --

8

OVERALL RESULT ANALYSIS OF GENERAL ENGLISH (B.S.W):

OCTOBER - 2015

Particulars I Sem.

Oct. 2015

%

III Sem.

Oct. 2015

%


No. of Students Passed 21 84 30 96.77

No. of Students Failed 04 16 01 3.23

No. of Students Absent -- --



Particulars

I Sem.

Oct. 2015

%

III Sem.

Oct. 2015

%

90% & Above -- --


02 8 03 9.68

70% & Above but below 80% 06 24 04 12.90

60% & Above but below 70% 01 4 14 45.16

55% & Above but below 60% 05 20 04 12.90

50% & Above but below 55% 02 8 03 9.68

35% & Above but below 50% 05 20 02 6.45

Below 35% 04 16 01 3.23

Absent -- --

Pass Percentage

84 96.77


I Sem.

Oct.2015

% III Sem.

Oct.2015

%


No. Students Passed -- -- -- --

No. of Students Failed 01 01

9

OVERALL RESULT ANALYSIS OF OPTIONAL ENGLISH:

OCTOBER - 2015

Particulars

I Sem.

Oct. 2015

%

III Sem.

Oct. 2015

%

V Sem.

Oct. 2015

%

No. of Students Appeared 13 23 14

No. of Students Passed 10 76.92 23 100 14 100

No. of Students Failed 02 15.38 -- --

No. of Students Absent 01 7.69 -- --

No. of Students Discontinued -- -- --


Particulars I Sem.

Oct. 2015

%

III Sem.

Oct. 2015

%

V Sem.

Oct. 2015

%

90% & Above -- -- --

80% & Above but below 90% -- -- 06 42.86

70% & Above but below 80% 02 15.38 03 13.04 02 14.29

60% & Above but below 70% 03 23.07 10 43.48 03 21.43

55% & Above but below 60% 02 15.38 03 13.04 01 7.14

50% & Above but below 55% 01 7.69 02 8.70 01 7.14

35% & Above but below 50% 02 15.38 05 21.74 01 7.14

Below 35% 02 15.38 -- --

Absent -- -- --

Pass Percentage 69.23 100 100


I Sem.

Oct.2015

% III Sem.

Oct.2015

%

No. of Students appeared 02 --

No. Students Passed 02 100 -- --

No. of Students Failed --

10

OVERALL RESULT ANALYSIS OF ADDITIONAL ENGLISH (B.A.):

OCTOBER - 2015

Particulars

I Sem.

Oct. 2015

%

III Sem.

Oct. 2015

%



No. of Students Failed -- 01 12.50




Particulars I Sem.

Oct. 2015

%

III Sem.

Oct. 2015

%

90% & Above -- --

80% & Above but below 90% 04 44.44 --

70% & Above but below 80% 04 44.44 02 25

60% & Above but below 70% 01 11.12 04 50

55% & Above but below 60% -- --



Below 35% -- 01 12.50

Absent -- --

Pass Percentage 100 87.50

11

OVERALL RESULT ANALYSIS OF ADDITIONAL ENGLISH (B.S.W.):

OCTOBER - 2015

Particulars

I Sem.

Oct. 2015

% III Sem.

Oct. 2015

%


No. of Students Passed 02 100 09 100

No. of Students Failed -- --




Particulars I Sem.

Oct. 2015

% III Sem.

Oct. 2015

%

90% & Above -- --


70% & Above but below 80% -- 02 22.23

60% & Above but below 70% -- 04 44.44

55% & Above but below 60% 02 100 01 11.11

50% & Above but below 55% -- 01 11.11

35% & Above but below 50% -- 01 11.11

Below 35% -- --

Absent -- --

Pass Percentage 100 100

12

OVERALL RESULT ANALYSIS OF GENERAL ENGLISH (B.A.):

APRIL – 2016

Particulars II Sem.

April 2016

%

IV Sem.

April 2016

%



08No. of Students Failed -- 01 2.33


No. of Students Discontinued 04 01

DETAILED RESULT ANALYSIS: APRIL 2016

Particulars II Sem.

April 2016

%

IV Sem.

April 2016

%

90% & Above -- 06 13.94

80% & Above but below 90% 12 31.58 10 23.26

70% & Above but below 80% 21 55.26 10 23.26

60% & Above but below 70% 04 10.53 07 16.28

55% & Above but below 60% 01 2.63 03 6.98

50% & Above but below 55% -- 02 4.65

35% & Above but below 50% -- 04 9.30

Below 35% -- 01 2.33

Absent - --

Pass Percentage 100 97.67

REPEATERS‟ RESULT ANALYSIS: APRIL 2016

II Sem.

April 2016

% IV Sem.

April 2016

%

No. of Students appeared 01 01

No. Students Passed 01 100 01 100

No. of Students Failed

13

OVERALL RESULT ANALYSIS OF GENERAL ENGLISH (B.S.W.):

APRIL – 2016

Particulars II Sem.

April 2016

%

IV Sem.

April 2016

%



08No. of Students Failed 02 8 --


No. of Students Discontinued --- --


Particulars II Sem.

April 2016

%

IV Sem.

April 2016

%

90% & Above -- 02 6.90

80% & Above but below 90% 01 4 06 20.69

70% & Above but below 80% 06 25 12 41.38

60% & Above but below 70% 08 32 06 20.69

55% & Above but below 60% 01 4 --

50% & Above but below 55% 03 12 02 6.90

35% & Above but below 50% 04 16 01 3.45

Below 35% 02 8 --

Absent -- --



II Sem.

April 2016

% IV Sem.

April 2016

%

No. of Student appeared 01 --



14

OVERALL RESULT ANALYSIS OF OPTIONAL ENGLISH:

APRIL - 2016

Particulars

II Sem.

April 2016

%

IV Sem.

April 2016

%

VI Sem.

April 2016

%


No. of Students Passed 12 100 23 100 14 100

No. of Students Failed -- -- --

No. of Students Absent -- -- --

No. of Students Discontinued 01 -- -


Particulars II Sem.

April

2016

%

IV Sem.

April

2016

%

VI Sem.

April

2016

%

90% & Above -- -- --

80% & Above but below 90% -- 05 21.74 02 14.29

70% & Above but below 80% 05 41.67 06 26.09 04 28.57

60% & Above but below 70% 05 41.67 08 34.78 05 35.71

55% & Above but below 60% -- 01 4.35 01 7.14

50% & Above but below 55% -- 02 8.70 02 14.29

35% & Above but below 50% 02 16.67 01 4.35 --

Below 35% -- -- --

Absent -- -- --

Pass Percentage 100 100 100


II Sem.

April 2016

% IV Sem.

April 2016

%

No. of Student appeared -- 01

No. Students Passed -- -- 01 100


15

OVERALL RESULT ANALYSIS OF ADDITIONAL ENGLISH (B.A.):

APRIL – 2016

Particulars

II Sem.

April 2016

%

IV Sem.

April 2016

%






DETAILED RESULT ANALYSIS: APRIL - 2016

Particulars II Sem.

April 2016

%

IV Sem.

April 2016

%

90% & Above -- --

80% & Above but below 90% 01 11.11 07 87.50

70% & Above but below 80% 04 44.45 --

60% & Above but below 70% 03 33.33 --

55% & Above but below 60% 01 11.11 --

50% & Above but below 55% -- 01 12.50


Below 35% -- --

Absent -- --


REPEATERS RESULT ANALYSIS: APRIL 2016

II Sem.

April 2016

% IV Sem.

April 2016

%




16

OVERALL RESULT ANALYSIS OF ADDITIONAL ENGLISH (B.S.W.):

APRIL – 2016

Particulars

II Sem.

April 2016

%

IV Sem.

April

2016

%







Particulars II Sem.

April 2016

%

IV Sem.

April 2016

%

90% & Above -- --

80% & Above but below 90% -- 05 62.50

70% & Above but below 80% -- 02 25

60% & Above but below 70% 02 100 01 12.50




Below 35% -- --

Absent -- --


17

TOP SCORERS in ENGLISH LANGUAGE (B.A): 2013 – 2016 Batch

Aggregate of all Semesters

Reg. No Name of the Candidate

Marks

Obtained

(out of 400)

% Grade Ranking

Overall

Ranking

Among

B.A. degree

students

131370204 Delia 341 85.25 A++ FIRST FIRST

131370106 S Chandana 338 84.50 A++ SECOND FIFTH

131370105 Bharathi 328 82.00 A++ THIRD SIXTH

TOP SCORERS in ENGLISH OPTIONAL: 2013 - 2016 Batch



Marks

Obtained

(out of 1200)

% Grade Ranking

Overall

Ranking

Among

B.A.

Students

131370113 SUJIR PALLAVI

NAYAK 978 81.50 A++ FIRST

THIRD

131370105 BHARATHI P. 953 79.42 A+ SECOND SIXTH

131370104 ATHENA MARIA

ARANHA 935 77.92 A+ THIRD

FOURTH

18








Agenda No.1 (b) /SSW/AC/10/16

b. Sub: Approval of the Proceedings of the Board of Studies in Hindi for B.A. \

B.S.W. Degree Programme.

The Proceedings of the BOS meeting held on Wednesday, July 27, 2016 At 10.00 A.M.

at School of Social Work, Roshni Nilaya, Mangaluru – 2 is placed before the Academic

Council for its consideration and approval.

19

PART - I

PROCEEDINGS OF THE MEETING OF THE BOARD OF STUDIES IN HINDI

HELD ON WEDNESDAY, JULY 27, 2016 AT 10.00 A.M. AT SCHOOL OF

SOCIAL WORK, ROSHNI NILAYA, MANGALURU - 2

MEMBERS:

1. Dr. Keshava Gowda U : in the Chair

2. Dr. Parashurama G Malage : Member

3. Dr. Nagaratna N Rao : Member - (University Representative)

4. Dr. Sukanya Mary J : Member – (Subject Expert)

5. Dr. J.P Nautiyal : Member - (Industry Representative)

6. Ms. Juliet : Member - (Meritorious Alumna)

AGENDA:

i. Preparation of Panel of Examiners pertaining to 2016 – 2017 examinations.

ii. Assessment and review of I-III [Oct.2015] & II-IV [Apr.2016] Semester Question

Papers and results.

The Chairperson welcomed the honourable members.

The Chairperson tabled the Agenda for the consideration of the Board.

PART – II

The Panel of Examiners was placed before the Board which the Board hereby approves

and recommends for adoption. As required, the Panel of Examiners is drawn separately

and forwarded to the Registrar (Evaluation), School of Social Work, Roshni Nilaya, in

the prescribed format.

PART - III

The Board approved satisfaction over the previous Odd & Even semester [i.e. I-III-

Semester Oct. 2015 & II-IV Semester Apr. 2016] Question Papers pertaining to the

Board and the performance of the students in the Semester Examinations as reflected in

the results are found to be satisfactory.

20


The Meeting concluded with the Chairperson proposing a Vote of thanks.

NAME: SIGNATURE:

1. Dr. Keshava Gowda U : …………………Sd/-…..………………….....

2. Dr. Parashurama G Malage : …………………Sd/-…..………………….....

3. Dr.Nagaratna N Rao : …………………Sd/-…..………………….....

4. Dr. Sukanya Mary J : …………………Sd/-…..………………….....

5. Dr. J.P Nautiyal : …………………Sd/-…..………………….....

6. Ms. Juliet : …………………Sd/-…..………………….....

Sd/-

DR. KESHAVA GOWDA U.

CHAIRPERSON

Board of Studies in Hindi

21

OVERALL RESULT ANALYSIS HINDI LANGUAGE: OCTOBER – 2015 [B.A.]

Particulars

I Semester

Oct. 2015

% III Semester

Oct. 2015

%




No. of Students Absent 02 14.29 --


DETAILED RESULT ANALYSIS: OCTOBER - 2015

Particulars

I Semester

Oct. 2015

% III Semester

Oct. 2015

%

90% & Above -- -- -- --

80% & Above but below 90% 03 21.43 -- --

70% & Above but below 80% 02 14.29 -- --

60% & Above but below 70% 03 21.43 06 31.58

55% & Above but below 60% 01 7.14 -- --

50% & Above but below 55% -- -- 06 31.58

35% & Above but below 50% 03 21.43 06 31.58

Below 35% -- -- 01 5.26

Absent 02 14.29 -- --

Pass Percentage 85.71 -- 94.74 --


I Semester

Oct. 2015

%

No. of Student appeared 02

No. Students Passed 02 100


22

OVERALL RESULT ANALYSIS HINDI LANGUAGE: OCTOBER – 2015 [B.S.W.]

Particulars

I Semester

Oct. 2015

% III Semester

Oct. 2015

%


No. of Students Passed 10 90.91 6 100

No. of Students Failed 01 9.09 -- No. of Students Absent -- -- -- No. of Students

Discontinued --

--


Particulars

I Semester

Oct. 2015

% III Semester

Oct. 2015

%

90% & Above 02 18.18 -- -- 80% & Above but below 90% 02 18.18 02 33.33 70% & Above but below 80% 01 9.09 -- -- 60% & Above but below 70% 01 9.09 -- -- 55% & Above but below 60% -- -- -- -- 50% & Above but below 55% 01 9.09 01 16.67 35% & Above but below 50% 03 27.27 03 50 Below 35% 01 9.09 -- -- Absent -- -- -- Pass Percentage 90.91 100


I

Semester

Oct.

2015

% III Semester

Oct. 2015

%




23

OVERALL RESULT ANALYSIS HINDI LANGUAGE: APRIL - 2016 [B.A.]

Particulars

II Semester

April. 2016

% IV Semester

April. 2016

%

No. of Students Appeared 12 19 No. of Students Passed 11 91.67 19 100

No. of Students Failed 01 8.33 -- -- No. of Students Absent -- -- -- -- No. of Students

Discontinued 02 --


Particulars

II Semester

April. 2016

% IVSemester

April. 2016

%

90% & Above -- -- -- --

80% & Above but below 90% 03 25 01 5.26

70% & Above but below 80% 02 16.67 04 21.05

60% & Above but below 70% 02 16.67 04 21.05

55% & Above but below 60% 01 8.33 05 26.32

50% & Above but below 55% 02 16.67 04 21.05

35% & Above but below 50% 01 8.33 01 5.26

Below 35% 01 8.33 -- --

Absent -- -- -- --

Pass Percentage 91.67 100

24

OVERALL RESULT ANALYSIS HINDI LANGUAGE: APRIL - 2016 [B.S.W]

Particulars II Semester

April. 2016

%

IVSemester

April. 2016

%

No. of Students Appeared 11 06 No. of Students Passed 08 72.72 06 100

No. of Students Failed 03 27.27 -- No. of Students Absent

-- --



Particulars II Semester

April. 2016

%

IVSemester

April. 2016

%

90% & Above -- -- -- -- 80% & Above but below 90% 01 9.09 01 16.67

70% & Above but below 80% 02 18.18 01 16.67

60% & Above but below 70% 02 18.18 -- --

55% & Above but below 60% -- -- -- --

50% & Above but below 55% 01 9.09 01 16.67

35% & Above but below 50% 02 18.18 03 50

Below 35% 03 27.27 -- --

Absent -- -- -- --


TOP SCORERS in HINDI LANGUAGE (B.A): 2013 – 2016 Batch



Marks

Obtained

(Out of

400)

% Grade Ranking

Overall

Ranking

Among

B.A. degree

students

131370204 DELIA DOMINIC DIAS 363 90.75 O FIRST FIRST

131370113 SUJIR PALLAVI NAYAK 349 87.25 A++ SECOND THIRD

131370205 DELLA JOSEPH

NORONHA 341 85.25 A++ THIRD EIGHTH

25








Agenda No.1 (c) /SSW/AC/10/16

c. Sub: Approval of the Proceedings of the Board of Studies in Kannada for

B.A. / B.S.W. Degree Programme.

The Proceedings of the BOS meeting held on Friday, July 15, 2016 is placed before


26

PART - I


KANNADA HELD ON FRIDAY, JULY 15, 2016 AT 10.30 A.M. AT SCHOOL OF

SOCIAL WORK, ROSHNI NILAYA, MANGALURU - 2

MEMBERS:

1. Prof. Poornima : in the Chair

2. Dr.Prakash chandra : Member- (University Representative)

3. Dr.Meenakshi.R : Member – (Subject Expert)

4. Dr. Nagaveni.M : Member – (Subject Expert)

5. Sri Vijaya Kumar : Member(Industry Representative)

6. Mrs. Jnaneshwari : Member - (Meritorious Alumna)

AGENDA


ii. Assessment and review of I-III-V [2015] & II-IV-VI [2016] Semester

Question Papers and results

iii. Any other matter.



PART – II





PART - III

The Board approved satisfaction over the previous Odd & Even semester [i.e. I-III-

Semester Oct. 2015 & II-IV Semester Apr. 2016] Question Papers pertaining to the



27



NAME: SIGNATURE:

1. Prof. Poornima : ……………………Sd/-………………….

2. Dr.Prakash chandra : ……………………Sd/-…………………..

3. Dr.Meenakshi.R : ……………………Sd/-………………….

4. Dr. Nagaveni.M : ……………………Sd/-………………….

5. Sri Vijaya Kumar : ……………………Sd/-………………….

6. Mrs. Gnaneshwari : …………………….Sd/- ………………….

Sd/-

Prof. Poornima

CHAIRPERSON

Board of Studies in Kannada

28

OVERALL RESULT ANALYSIS KANNADA LANGUAGE : OCTOBER – 2015 [B.A.]

Particulars

I Semester

Oct. 2015

% III Semester

Oct. 2015

%



No. of Students Failed 01 7.14 -- No. of Students Absent 01 7.14 --

No. of Students

Discontinued -- --


Particulars

I Semester

Oct. 2015

% III Semester

Oct. 2015

%

90% & Above 01 7.14 -- 80% & Above but below 90% 02 14.28 02 12.50

70% & Above but below 80% 05 35.71 01 6.25

60% & Above but below 70% 02 14.28 07 43.75

55% & Above but below 60% 01 7.14 02 12.50

50% & Above but below 55% 01 7.14 02 12.50

35% & Above but below 50% -- -- 02 12.50

Below 35% 01 7.14 -- --

Absent 01 7.14 -- --


REPEATERS‟ RESULT ANALYSIS: OCTOBER - 2015

III Semester

Oct. 2015

%




29

OVERALL RESULT ANALYSIS KANNADA LANGUAGE: OCTOBER – 2015 [B.S.W.]

Particulars

I Semester

Oct. 2015

% III Semester

Oct. 2015

%



No. of Students Failed -- -- No. of Students Absent -- --

No. of Students

Discontinued -- --


Particulars

I Semester

Oct. 2015

% III Semester

Oct. 2015

%

90% & Above -- -- -- --

80% & Above but below 90% 02 22.22 02 13.33

70% & Above but below 80% 03 33.33 02 13.33

60% & Above but below 70% 02 22.22 06 40

55% & Above but below 60% 01 11.11 -- --

50% & Above but below 55% -- -- -- --

35% & Above but below 50% 01 11.11 05 33.34

Below 35% -- -- -- --

Absent -- -- -- --


REPEATERS‟ RESULT ANALYSIS: OCTOBER - 2015

III

Semester

Oct. 2015

%




30

OVERALL RESULT ANALYSIS KANNADA LANGUAGE: APRIL – 2016 [B.A.]

Particulars

II Semester

April 2016

% IV Semester

April 2016

%





No. of Students

Discontinued 02 --


Particulars

II Semester

April 2016

% IV Semester

April 2016

%

90% & Above 01 8.33 --

80% & Above but below 90% 03 25 03 20

70% & Above but below 80% 02 16.67 07 46.67

60% & Above but below 70% 03 25 02 13.33

55% & Above but below 60% -- -- 01 6.67

50% & Above but below 55% 02 16.67 02 13.33

35% & Above but below 50% 01 8.33 --

Below 35% -- --

Absent -- --


31

OVERALL RESULT ANALYSIS KANNADA LANGUAGE: APRIL – 2016 [B.S.W.]

Particulars

II Semester

April 2016

% IV Semester

April 2016

%





No. of Students

Discontinued -- --


Particulars

II Semester

April 2016

% IV Semester

April 2016

%

90% & Above -- 01 7.14

80% & Above but below 90% 01 11.11 05 35.70

70% & Above but below 80% 05 55.56 02 14.28

60% & Above but below 70% 01 11.11 03 21.43

55% & Above but below 60% 01 11.11 02 14.28


35% & Above but below 50% 01 11.11 01 7.14

Below 35% -- --

Absent -- --


TOP SCORERS in KANNADA LANGUAGE (B.A): 2013 – 2016 Batch


Reg. No Name of the

Candidate

Marks

Obtained

(Out of 400)

% Grade Ranking

Overall

Ranking

Among

B.A.

degree

students

131370406 SWATHI 361 90.25 O FIRST SECOND

131370310 DEEKSHITHA S. 331 82.75 A++ SECOND SEVENTH

131370212 CHARUDA K. SAJU 312 78.00 A+ THIRD --

32

OVERALL RESULT ANALYSIS KANNADA OPTIONAL: OCTOBER – 2015

Particulars

V Semester

Oct. 2015

%

No. of Students Appeared 08

No. of Students Passed 08 100

No. of Students Failed -- No. of Students Absent --

No. of Students

Discontinued --


Particulars

V Semester

Oct. 2015

%

90% & Above -- 80% & Above but below 90% 04 50

70% & Above but below 80% 03 37.50

60% & Above but below 70% 01 12.50

55% & Above but below 60% --



Below 35% --

Absent --

Pass Percentage 100

33

OVERALL RESULT ANALYSIS KANNADA OPTIONAL: APRIL – 2016

Particulars

VI Semester

April 2016

%




No. of Students

Discontinued --


Particulars

VI Semester

April 2016

%

90% & Above 01 12.50


70% & Above but below 80% 04 50


55% & Above but below 60% 01 12.50

50% & Above but below 55% -- -- 35% & Above but below 50% -- -- Below 35% -- - Absent -- -- Pass Percentage 100

TOP SCORERS in B.A Kannada (Optional): 2013 – 2016 Batch

[Aggregate of all Semesters]

Reg. No.

Name of the

Candidate

Marks

obtained

(Out of 1200)

%

GRADE

Ranking

Overall

Ranking

Among BA

Students

131370406 SWATHI 1047 87.25 A++ FIRST SECOND

131370408 VITA D SOUZA 886 73.83 A+ SECOND --

131370404 GEETHA 874 72.83 A+ THIRD --

34








Agenda No.1 (d) /SSW/AC/10/16

d. Sub: Approval of the Proceedings of the Board of Studies in French for

B.A. / B.S.W. Degree Programme.

The Proceedings of the BOS meeting held on Monday, July 11, 2016 at 10:00 a.m. is

placed before the Academic Council for its consideration and approval.

35

PART - I:


FRENCH HELD ON JULY 11, 2016 AT 10:00 AM AT SCHOOL OF SOCIAL

WORK, ROSHINI NILAYA, MANGALURU 575 002

MEMBERS:

1. Ms. Sunita Menezes : In the Chair

2. Ms. Samina Nayak : Member (Subject expert)

3. Mr. Ronald D‟Souza : Member (University nominee)

4. Ms. Ratna Pinto : Member (Meritorious Alumna)

AGENDA

i. Preparation of panel of Examiners pertaining to 2016-2017

examinations.

ii. Assessment and review of I-III [Oct. 2015] & II-IV [Apr. 2016]

Semester Question Papers and Results.




PART - II:

The Panel of Examiners was placed before the Board hereby approves and


forwarded to the Registrar (Evaluation), School of social work, Roshini Nilaya, in the

prescribed format.

PART III:

The Board approved satisfaction over the previous semester i.e. 4 Semester Apr/May

2016 Question Papers pertaining to the Board and the performance of the students in

the Semester Examinations as reflected in the results are found to be satisfactory.

[See Annexure: I]

36

PART - IV:

Revision/Modification of Syllabus – Not Applicable.

PART - V:

Any specific issue permitted by the Principal – Not Applicable.

The meeting concluded with the chairperson proposing a Vote of Thanks.

NAME SIGNATURE

a. Mrs.Sunita Menezes :…………Sd/-………….

b. Mrs.SaminaNayak :………… Sd/-………….

c. Mrs.Ratna Pinto :………… Sd/-………….

d. Mr. Ronald D‟Souza :…………Sd/-……….

Sd/-

MRS. SUNITA MENEZES

CHAIRPERSON

Board of Studies in French

37

OVERALL RESULT ANALYSIS FRENCH LANGUAGE: OCTOBER – 2015 [B.A.]

Particulars I Sem.

Oct. 2015

%




No. of Students Absent --

No. of Students Discontinued --


Particulars

I Sem.

Oct. 2015

%

90% & Above 01 20







Below 35% -- --

Absent -- --

Pass Percentage

100

38

OVERALL RESULT ANALYSIS FRENCH LANGUAGE: OCTOBER – 2015 [B.S.W]

Particulars I Sem.

Oct. 2015

%







Particulars

I Sem.

Oct. 2015

%

90% & Above -- --







Below 35% -- --

Absent -- --

Pass Percentage

100

REPEATERS RESULT ANALYSIS: OCTOBER - 2015

I Semester

Oct. 2015

%




39

OVERALL RESULT ANALYSIS FRENCH LANGUAGE: APRIL – 2016 [B.A.]

Particulars II Sem.

April 2016

%



No. of Students Failed 01


No. of Students

Discontinued

--


Particulars

II Sem.

April 2016

%

90% & Above -- --







Below 35% 01 20

Absent --

Pass Percentage

80.00

40

OVERALL RESULT ANALYSIS FRENCH LANGUAGE: APRIL – 2016 [B.S.W]

Particulars II Sem.

April 2016

%





No. of Students

Discontinued

--


Particulars

II Sem.

April 2016

%

90% & Above -- --







Below 35% -- --

Absent -- --

Pass Percentage

80.00

41








Agenda No.1 (e) /SSW/AC/10/16

e. Sub: Approval of the Proceedings of the Board of Studies in Computer

Applications for the B.A. Degree Programme.

The Proceedings of the BOS meeting held on Friday July 22, 2016 is placed before


42

PART – I


COMPUTER APPLICATIONS HELD ON FRIDAY, JULY 22, 2016 AT 3.00 P.M.

AT SCHOOL OF SOCIAL WORK, ROSHNI NILAYA, MANGALURU - 2

MEMBERS:

1. Asst. Prof. Annie Monica : in the Chair

2. Dr. Veerabhadrappa : Member

3. Assoc. Prof. Asha. M : Member

4. Assoc. Prof. Jayabharathi : Member (University Representative)

5. Mr. Jagadisha M : Member - (Industry Representative)

6. Mr. Shailesh Shetty : Member - (Meritorious Alumnus)

AGENDA:

The following Agenda was discussed by the Board:

i. Preparation of Panel of Examiners pertaining to 2016 –17 examinations.

ii. Assessment and review of I-V [Oct. 2015] & II-VI [Apr. 2016] Semester

Question Papers and Results.

iii. Any other matter-

The Chairperson welcomed the honorable members and conducted the meeting as per

the agenda.

PART – II





PART – III

The Board approved satisfaction over the previous Odd & Even semester [i.e. I-V

Semester Oct. 2015 & II-VI Semester Apr. 2016] Question Papers pertaining to the

Board and the performance of the students in the Semester Examinations as reflected

in the results are found to be satisfactory.

[See Annexure: I]


43

NAME: SIGNATURE:

1. Ms. Annie Monica : …..…….-Sd/-..……….…...

2. Dr. Veerabhadrappa : …..…….-Sd/-..……….…...

3. Ms. Asha. M : ………...AB.. .……….

4. Ms. Jayabharathi : …..…….Sd/-..………...

5. Mr. Jagadish M. : …………AB..…….…..

6. Mr. Shailesh Shetty : …………AB... .……….

Sd/-

Ms. ANNIE MONICA

CHAIRPERSON

Board of Studies in Computer Applications

.

44

OVERALL RESULT ANALYSIS COPUTER APPLICATIONS: OCTOBER – 2015

Particulars

III Semester

Oct. 2015

%






Particulars

III Semester

Oct. 2015

%

90% & Above -- 80% & Above but below 90% 01 16.67



55% & Above but below 60% 02 33.33

50% & Above but below 55% 02 33.33

35% & Above but below 50% 01 16.67

Below 35% -- --

Absent -- -- Pass Percentage 100 --

45

OVERALL RESULT ANALYSIS COMPUTER APPLICATIONS: APRIL – 2016

Particulars

IV Semester

April 2016

%



No. of Students Failed -- -- No. of Students Absent -- --



Particulars

IV Semester

April 2016

%

90% & Above -- --

80% & Above but below 90% -- -- 70% & Above but below 80% 1 16.66


55% & Above but below 60% 1 16.67

50% & Above but below 55% 1 16.67


Below 35% -- -- Absent -- -- Pass Percentage 100

REPEATERS RESULT ANALYSIS: OTOBER 2015

I Sem.

Oct. 2015

%


No. Students Passed -- --


46








Agenda No.1 (f) /SSW/AC/10/16

f. Sub: Approval of the Proceedings of the Board of Studies in Criminology for

the B.A. Degree Programme.



47

PART – I:

PROCEEDINGS OF THE MEETING OF THE BOARD OF STUDIES IN U.G.

CRIMINOLOGY HELD ON FRIDAY, JULY 15, 2016 AT 10.30 A.M. IN THE

DEPARTMENT OF CRIMINOLOGY, SCHOOL OF SOCIAL WORK, ROSHNI

NILAYA, MANGALURU – 575 002.

MEMBERS:

1. Mrs. Saritha D‟Souza - in the Chair

2. Dr. Mahabalesh Shetty - Member (University Nominee)

3. Dr. Geethalakshmi - Member (Allied Area)

4. Dr. Francis N.P. Monteiro - Meber (Subject Expert)

5. Mr. Don Mathew Caeiro - Member (Subject Expert)

6. Ms. Bhavyashree Rai - Member (Meritorious Alumna)

AGENDA:

i. Preparation of Panel of Examiners for academic year 2016-2017

examination.

ii. Assessment and review of I-III-V (October 2015) & II-IV-VI

(April 2016) Semester Question Papers and results.


The Chairperson welcomed the honourable members. The Chairperson tabled the

Agenda for the consideration of the Board.

PART – II

The Panel of Examiners for the academic year 2016-2017 was placed before the Board.

After the discussion, the final list of Panel of Examiners has been approved by the Board

and recommended for adoption. As required, the Panel of Examiners is drawn separately



48

PART- III

The Board approved satisfaction over the previous Odd and Even semester (i.e. I-III-V

Semester October 2015 & II-IV-VI Semester April 2016) Question papers. The Board

pertaining to the performance of the students in the semester examinations as reflected in

the results is found to be satisfactory. (See Annexure: 1.)

PART- IV: Any other matter with the permission of chairperson


NAME: SIGNATURE:

1. Dr. Mahabalesh Shetty :-------------Sd/- --------------

2. Dr. Geethalakshmi P. :-------------Sd/- --------------

3. Dr. Francis N.P. Monteiro :-------------Sd/- --------------

4. Mr. Don Mathew Caeiro :-------------Sd/- --------------

5. Ms. Bhavyashree Rai :-------------Sd/- --------------

Sd /-

SARITHA D‟SOUZA

CHAIRPERSON

Board of Studies in Criminology

49

OVERALL RESULT ANALYSIS CRIMINOLOGY: OCTOBER - 2015

Particulars I Sem.

Oct. 2015

% III Sem.

Oct. 2015

% V Sem.

Oct. 2015

%


No. of Students Passed 19 90.48 23 95.83 29 93.55

No. of Students Failed -- 01 4.17 02 6.45


No. of Students

Discontinued

-- -- --

B.A. DETAILED RESULT ANALYSIS: OCTOBER – 2015

Particulars I Sem.

Oct.

2015

% III Sem.

Oct.

2015

% V Sem.

Oct.

2015

%

90% & above marks -- -- -- -- -- --

80% & Above but below 90% marks 01 4.76 01 4.17 03 9.68






Below 35% -- -- 01 4.16 02 6.45

Absent 02 9.52 -- -- -- --

Pass Percentage 90.48 95.83 93.55


I Sem.

Oct. 2015

%




50

OVERALL RESULT ANALYSIS CRIINOLOGY: APRIL - 2016

Particulars II Sem.

April 2016

% IV Sem.

April 2016

% VI Sem.

April 2016

%



No. of Students Failed 03 14.28 02 8.33 03 9.68


No. of Students

Discontinued

02 -- --

B.A. DETAILED RESULT ANALYSIS: APRIL – 2016

Particulars II Sem.

April

2015

%

IV Sem.

April

2016

%

VI Sem.

April

2016

%

90% & above marks -- -- -- -- -- --






35% & Above but below 50% marks 01 5.27 01 4.17 -- --

Below 35% 03 15.78 02 8.33 03 9.68

Absent -- -- -- -- --


51


II Sem.

April 2016

%




TOP SCORES IN CRIMINOLOGY: 2013-2016 BATCH

(Aggregate of all Six Semesters)

Register

No.

Name of the

Candidate

Marks

Obtained

(Out of

1200)

%

Grade

Ranking

Among

Criminology

Students

Overall

Ranking

Among

B.A.

Degree

Students

131370204 Delia Dominic

Dias

1068 89.00 A++ FIRST FIRST

131370113 Sujir Pallavi Nayak 998 83.16 A++ SECOND THIRD

131370205 Della Joseph

Noronha

985 82.08 A+ THIRD EIGHTH

52








Agenda No.1 (g) /SSW/AC/10/16

g. Sub: Approval of the Proceedings of the Board of Studies in Economics for the

B.A. Degree Programme.

The Proceedings of the BOS meeting held on Tuesday, July 19, 2016 is placed before


53

PART - I


ECONOMICS HELD ON TUESDAY, JULY 19, 2016 AT 10.30 A.M. AT

SCHOOL OF SOCIAL WORK, ROSHNI NILAYA, MANGALURU - 2

MEMBERS:

1. Ms Cecilia F. Goveas : in the Chair

2. Prof. T. Krishnamurthy : Member - (University Representative)

3. Dr Ramakrishna B.M : Member - (Subject Expert)

4. Dr Radakrishna Shetty : Member - (Subject Expert)

5. Mr Harish Shenoy : Member - (Allied Sector)

6. Ms Nayana : Member - (Meritorious Alumna)

AGENDA:

i.Preparation of Panel of Examiners pertaining to 2016 – 2017 examinations.

ii. Assessment and review of Semester Question Papers and results I-III-V [2015]

& II-IV-VI [2016].




PART – II





PART – III

The Board approved satisfaction over the previous Odd & Even semester [i.e. I-III-V

Semester Oct. 2015 & II-IV-VI Semester Apr.2016] Question Papers pertaining to the

Board and the performance of the students in the I-III-V [2015] and II-IV-VI [2016]

Semester Examinations as reflected in the results are found to be satisfactory.

[See Annexure: I]

54

PART – IV: Revision / Modification of Syllabus - Not Applicable.

PART – V: Any specific issue permitted by the Principal - Not Applicable.


NAME: SIGNATURE:

1. Ms Cecilia F Goveas : ……………………Sd/-………………….

2. Prof. T. Krishnamurthy : ……………………Sd/-………………….

3. Dr Ramakrishna B.M : ……………………Sd/-………………….

4. Dr Radhakrishna Shetty : ……………………AB…………………

5. Mr harish Shenoy :…………………… Sd/-………………

6. Ms Nayana : ……………………Sd/-……………

Sd/-

Ms CECILIA F. GOVEAS

CHAIRPERSON

Board of Studies in Economics

55

OVERALL RESULT ANALYSIS ECONOMICS: OCTOBER - 2015

Particulars I Sem.

Oct. 2015

% III Sem.

Oct. 2015

% V Sem.

Oct. 2015

%


No. of Students Passed 20 95.24 13 92.86 18 100

No. of Students Failed -- 01 7.14 --


No. of Students

Discontinued

-- -- --


Particulars I Sem.

Oct.

2015

%

III Sem.

Oct.

2015

%

V Sem.

Oct.

2015

%

90% & above marks -- -- --

80% & Above but below 90% marks 02 9.52 -- 06 33.33




50% & Above but below 55% marks 01 4.76 01 7.14 -- --


Below 35% -- -- 01 7.14 -- --

Absent 01 4.76 -- -- -- --

Pass Percentage 95.24 92.86 100


I Sem.

Oct. 2015

%


No. Students Passed -- --


56

OVERALL RESULT ANALYSIS ECONOMICS: APRIL - 2016

Particulars II Sem.

April 2016

% IV Sem.

April 2016

% VI Sem.

April 2016

%





No. of Students

Discontinued

02 01 --


Particulars II Sem.

April

2015

%

IV Sem.

April

2016

%

VI Sem.

April

2016

%

90% & above marks 01 5.26 -- -- -- --






35% & Above but below 50% marks -- -- 04 30.77 03 16.67

Below 35% -- -- -- -- --

Absent -- -- -- -- --


57


II Sem.

April 2016

%




TOP SCORES IN ECONOMICS: 2013-2016 BATCH


Register No.

Name of the

Candidate

Marks

Obtained

(Out of

1200)

%

Grade

Ranking

Among

Criminology

Students

Overall

Ranking

Among

B.A.

Degree

Students

131370310 Deekshitha S.

983 81.92 A++ FIRST SEVENTH

131370306 Harshitha 926 77.17 A+ SECOND NINTH

131370311 Divya 904 75.33 A+ THIRD --

58








Agenda No.1 (h) /SSW/AC/10/16

h. Sub: Approval of the Proceedings of the Board of Studies in Psychology for the


The Proceedings of the BOS meeting held on Wednesday, July 27, 2016 is placed

before the Academic Council for its consideration and approval.

59

PART – I


PSYCHOLOGY HELD ON WEDNESDAY, JULY 27, 2016 AT 10:00 A.M. AT

SCHOOL OF SOCIAL WORK, ROSHNI NILAYA, MANGALURU – 2

MEMBERS:

1. Ms. Sandra S. Lobo : in the Chair

2. Prof. Vani Ballal : Member - (University Representative)

3. Prof. Gopala Patawardhan S : Member - (Subject Expert)

4. Dr. I. Shalini Aiyappa : Member - (Subject Expert)

5. Mr. Mahesh B. S : Member - (Allied area- Representative)

6. Ms. Bhavyashree G. Kulal : Member - (Meritorious Alumna)

AGENDA:

i. Preparation of Panel of Examiners pertaining to 2016 – 2017 Examinations.

ii. Assessment and review of I-III-V [Oct. 2015] & II-IV-VI [Apr. 2016] Semester

Question Papers and results.




PART – II





PART - III


Semester Oct. 2015 & II-IV-VI Semester Apr. 2016] Question Papers pertaining to the



[See Annexure: I]

60

PART – IV: Not Applicable

PART – V: Any specific issue permitted by the Principal - Not Applicable


NAME: SIGNATURE:

1. Ms. Sandra S. Lobo :…..………..Sd/-………………

2. Prof. Vani Ballal :……………Sd/-…………..….

3. Prof. Gopala Patawardhan S :……………Sd/-………………

4. Dr. I. Shalini Aiyappa : …………..Sd/-………………

5. Mr. Mahesh B. S :…………ABSENT…………..

6. Ms. Bhavyashree G. Kulal :…………….Sd/-……………

Sd/-

SANDRA S. LOBO

CHAIRPERSON

Board of Studies in Psychology

61

OVERALL RESULT ANALYSIS PSYCHOLOGY: OCTOBER - 2015

Particulars I Sem.

Oct. 2015

% III Sem.

Oct. 2015

% V Sem.

Oct. 2015

%





No. of Students

Discontinued

-- -- --


Particulars I Sem.

Oct. 2015

%

III Sem.

Oct. 2015

%

V Sem.

Oct.

2015

%

90% & above marks -- -- -- -- -- --


marks

-- -- 03 10 03 9.67


marks

03 14.28 06 20 04 12.90


marks

02 9.52 05 16.67 06 19.35


marks

04 19.05 03 10 04 12.90


marks

03 14.28 05 16.67 05 16.13


marks

06 14.29 06 20 04 12.90

Below 35% 02 9.52 02 6.67 05 16.13

Absent 01 4.76 -- -- -- --



I Sem.

Oct.

2015

% III Sem.

Oct.

2015

% V Sem.

Oct.

2015

%

No. of Student appeared 11 09 03

No. Students Passed 03 27.28 04 44.45 01 33.33


No. of Students Absent 04 36.36 03 33.33 01 33.34

62

OVERALL RESULT ANALYSIS PSYCHOLOGY: APRIL - 2016

Particulars II Sem.

April 2016

% IV Sem.

April 2016

% VI Sem.

April 2016

%


No. of Students Passed 18 94.74 27 90 28 90.32

No. of Students Failed 01 5.26 03 10 03 9.68


No. of Students

Discontinued

02 -- --


Particulars II Sem.

April

2015

%

IV Sem.

April

2016

%

VI Sem.

April

2016

%

90% & above marks -- -- -- -- -- --







Below 35% 01 5.26 03 10 03 9.98

Absent -- -- -- -- - --

Pass Percentage 94.74 90 90.32

63


II Sem.

April

2016

% IV Sem.

April 2016

% VI Sem.

April

2016

%

No. of Student

Appeared

04 01 01

No. Students Passed 02 50 -- 01 100

No. of Students

Failed

-- -- --

No. of Students

Absent

02 50 01

TOP SCORES IN PSYCHOLOGY: 2013-2016 BATCH


Register No.

Name of the

Candidate

Marks

Obtained

(Out of

1200)

%

Grade

Ranking

Among

Criminology

Students

Overall

Ranking

Among

B.A.

Degree

Students

131370204 DELIA DOMINIC

DIAS 1025 85.42 A++ First FIRST

131370113 SUJIR PALLAVI

NAYAK 1017 84.75 A++ Second THIRD

131370104 ATHENA MARIA

ARANHA 991 82.58 A++ Third FOURTH

64








Agenda No.1 (i) /SSW/AC/10/16

i. Sub: Approval of the Proceedings of the Board of Studies in Rural Development

for the B.A. Degree Programme.



65

PART - I

PROCEEDINGS OF THE MEETING OF THE BOARD OF STUDIES IN RURAL

DEVELOPMENT HELD ON JULY 29, 2016 AT 2.30 PM AT SCHOOL OF SOCIAL

WORK, ROSHNI NILAYA, MANGALURU -2

MEMBERS:

1. Mrs. Anuradha Shetty : in the Chair

2. Dr. Sripathi Kalluraya : Member (Subject Expert)

3. Ms. Colin D‟Souza : Member (Subject Expert)

4. Ms. Evelyn Benis : Member (Subject Expert)

5. Mrs. Vineetha K : Meritorious Alumna

6. Prof. Ramaraya Acharya : University Nominee

7. Mr. Chethan Mendonca : Industry Representative

AGENDA:

i. Preparation of Panel of Examiners pertaining to 2016-2017 examinations

ii. Assessment and review of Semester Question papers and Results of I-III-V [2015] &

II-IV-VI [2016]




PART – II

The Panel of Examiners was placed before the Board which the Board hereby approves and


forwarded to the Registrar (Evaluation), School of Social Work, Roshni Nilaya, in prescribed

format.

PART – III

The Board approved satisfaction over the previous Odd & Even semesters (i.e. I –III-V

Semester Oct. 2015 & II-IV-VI Semester April 2016) Question Papers pertaining to the Board

and the performance of the students in the Semester Examinations as reflected in the results

are found to be satisfactory.

(See Annexure: I)

66



NAME SIGNATURE

1. Mrs. Anuradha Shetty : .....................Sd/............................................

2. Dr. Sripathi Kalluraya : .....................Sd/......................................

3. Ms. Colin D‟Souza : .....................Sd/......................................

4. Ms. Evelyn Benis : .....................Sd/......................................

5. Mrs. Vineetha K : .....................Sd/......................................

6. Prof. Ramaraya Acharya : .....................Sd/......................................

7. Mr. Chethan Mendonca : .....................Sd/......................................

Sd/-

Mrs. Anuradha Shetty

Chairperson

Board of Studies in Rural Development

67

ANNEXURE: I

OVERALL RESULT ANALYSIS RURAL DEVELOPENT: OCTOBER – 2015

Particulars I Sem.

Oct. 2015

%

III Sem.

Oct. 2015

%

V Sem.

Oct. 2015

%

No. of Students Appeared 08 -- 07 -- 25 --


No. of Students Failed -- -- 01 -- 01 04

No. of Students Absent 01 12.5 -- -- -- --

No. of Students Discontinued -- -- -- -- -- --


Particulars I Sem.

Oct.

2015

%

III Sem.

Oct. 2015

%

V Sem.

Oct. 2015

%

90% & above marks -- -- -- 01 04

80% & Above but below 90% marks -- -- 01 14.29 02 08

70% & Above but below 80% marks 01 12.50 02 28.57 03 12

60% & Above but below 70% marks 02 25 02 28.57 09 36

55% & Above but below 60% marks 01 12.50 -- -- 01 04

50% & Above but below 55% marks 02 25 -- -- 01 04


Below 35% -- 01 14.29 01 04

Absent 01 12.50 -- -- -- --

Pass Percentage 87.50 85.71 96.00 --

REPEATERS‟ RESULT ANALYSIS: OTOBER 2015

I Sem.

Oct. 2015

%


No. Students Passed 01 33.34

No. of Students Failed 01 33.33

No. of Students Absent 01 33.33

68

OVERALL RESULT ANALYSIS RURAL DEVELOPMENT: APRIL – 2016

Particulars II Sem.

April

2016

%

IV Sem.

April

2016

%

VI Sem.

April

2016

%

No. of Students Appeared 07 -- 07 -- 25 --

No. of Students Passed 07 100 06 85.71 24 96

No. of Students Failed -- -- 01 14.29 01 04

No. of Students Absent -- -- -- -- -- --

No. of Students Discontinued 01 -- -- -- -- --

DETAILED RESULT ANALYSIS: APRIL – 2016

Particulars II Sem.

April

2016

%

IV Sem.

April

2016

%

VI Sem.

April

2016

%

90% & above marks -- -- -- -- -- --

80% & Above but below 90% marks -- -- -- -- 03 12




50% & Above but below 55% marks -- -- -- -- 05 20


Below 35% -- 01 14.28 01 04

Absent -- -- -- -- --

Pass Percentage 100 85.71 96.00

69

TOP SCORERS IN RURAL DEVELOPMENT: 2013 - 2016 Batch

[Aggregate of all Six Semesters]

Register No. Name of the

Candidate

Marks

Obtained

(Out of 1200)

%

Grade

Ranking

Among Rural

Development

Students

Overall

Ranking

Among

B.A.

Degree

Students

131370204 DELIA

DOMINIC DIAS 1039 86.58

A++ FIRST

FIRST

131370406 SWATHI 967 80.58 A++ SECOND SECOND

131370210 SUSHMITA S.S. 955 79.58 A+ THIRD


II Sem.

April

2016

%

IV Sem.

April

2016

%


No. Students Passed -- 01 33.34


No. of Students Absent 01 01 33.33

70








Agenda No.1 (j) /SSW/AC/10/16

j. Sub: Approval of the Proceedings of the Board of Studies in Secretarial

Practice for the B.A. Degree Programme.

The Proceedings of the BOS meeting held on Thursday, July 20, 2016 is placed before


71

PART - I


SECRETARIAL PRACTICE HELD ON THURSDAY, JULY 20, 2016 AT 3.30

P.M. AT SCHOOL OF SOCIAL WORK, ROSHNI NILAYA, MANGALURU - 2

MEMBERS:

1. Dr. Laxminarayana Bhat P. : in the Chair

2. Ms. Annie Monica : Member

3. Ms. Ranjini Shetty : Member - (University Representative)

4. Mr. Charles Stany Pais : Member – (Subject Expert)

5. Mr. Gerard Colaco : Member - (Industry Representative)

6. Ms. Chitra Phalgluni : Member - (Meritorious Alumna)

AGENDA:

i. Preparation of Panel of Examiners pertaining to 2016 – 2017

examinations.

ii. Assessment and review of I-III-V [Oct. 2015] & II-IV-VI [Apr. 2016]

Semester Question Papers and results.



Ms. Chitra Phalguni has expressed her inability to attend the BOS Meeting owing to

personal reasons. The Board hereby records and grants her leave of absence.


PART – II





PART - III

The Board expressed satisfaction over the previous semester [i.e. I-III-V Semester

Oct. 2015 & II-IV-VI Semester April 2016] Question Papers pertaining to the Board.

The performance of the students in the Semester Examinations as reflected in the results

is found to be satisfactory.

[See Annexure: I]

72

PART – IV: Any specific issue permitted by the Principal – Not Applicable

The Meeting concluded with the Chairperson proposing a vote of thanks.

NAME: SIGNATURE:

1. Dr. Laxminarayana Bhat P. : ……………………Sd/-………………….

2. Ms. Annie Monica : ……………………Sd/-………………….

3. Ms. Ranjini Shetty : ……………………Sd/-………………….

4. Mr. Charles Stany Pais : ……………….........Sd/-………………….

5. Mr. Gerard Colaco : ……………………Sd/-………………….

6. Ms. Chitra Phalguni : ………………ABSENT………………….

Sd/-

DR. LAXMINARAYANA BHAT P.

CHAIRPERSON

Board of Studies in Secretarial Practice

73

ANNEXURE: I

OVERALL RESULT ANALYSIS SECRETARIAL PRACTICE: OCTOBER –

2015

Particulars I Sem.

Oct. 2015

%

III Sem.

Oct. 2015

%

V Sem.

Oct. 2015

%

No. of Students Appeared 21 - 14 - 18


No. of Students Failed 02 9.52 02 14.29 -- --

No. of Students Absent 01 4.76 -- -- -- --

No. of Students

Discontinued --

-- --

-- --

--


Particulars I Sem.

Oct. 2015

%

III Sem.

Oct. 2015

%

V Sem.

Oct. 2015

%

90% & above marks -- -- -- -- -- --


marks --

-- 01

7.14 02

11.11




50% & Above but below 55% marks 02 9.52 -- -- 02 11.11


Below 35% 02 9.52 02 14.28 -- --

Absent 01 4.76 -- -- -- --

Pass Percentage 85.71 85.71 100


I Sem.

Oct.

2015

% III Sem.

Oct.

2015

% VSem.

Oct.

2015

No. of Student appeared 02 01 01

No. Students Passed 01 50 -- -- 01 100

No. of Students Failed -- -- 01 -- --

No. of Students Absent 01 -- -- --

74

OVERALL RESULT ANALYSIS SECRETARIAL PRACTICE: APRIL – 2016

Particulars II Sem.

April

2016

% IV Sem.

April

2016

% VI Sem.

April

2016

%


No. of Students Passed 18 94.74 13 100 18 100

No. of Students Failed 01 -- --


No. of Students Discontinued -- -- --


Particulars II Sem.

April

2016

% IV Sem.

April

2016

% VI Sem.

April

2016

%

90% & above marks 01 5.26 -- -- -- --







Below 35% 01 5.26 -- --

Absent -- -- -- -- --

Pass Percentage 94.74 100 100

TOP SCORERS IN SECRETARIAL PRACTICE: 2013 - 2016 Batch


Register No. Name of the

Candidate

Marks

Obtained

(Out of 1200)

%

Grade

Ranking

Among

Secretarial

Practice

Students

Overall

Ranking

Among B.A.

Degree

Students

131370306 HARSHITHA 1002 83.50 A++ FIRST NINTH

131370310 DEEKSHITHA S. 951 79.25 A+ SECOND SEVENTH

131370315

GRENITA

REENA

REBELLO

902 75.17

A+

THIRD

75








Agenda No.1 (k) /SSW/AC/10/16

k. Sub: Approval of the Proceedings of the Board of Studies in Sociology for the


The Proceedings of the BOS meeting held on Wednesday 27, July 2016 is placed


76

PART - I


SOCIOLOGY HELD ON WEDNESDAY, JULY 27, 2016 AT 10.30 A.M. AT

SCHOOL OF SOCIAL WORK, ROSHNI NILAYA, MANGALURU - 2

MEMBERS:

1. Ms Joan Rita O‟Brien : in the Chair

2. Ms Shirly Rani K : Member - (University Representative)

3. Dr Vinay Rajath : Member - (Subject Expert)

4. Ms Reebu Samuel : Member - (Subject Expert)

5. Dr Vazeer Ahmed : Member - (Allied Sector)

6. Ms Sheelavathi : Member - (Meritorious Alumna)

AGENDA:


ii.Assessment and review of Semester Question Papers and results I-III-V [2015]

& II-IV-VI [2016].




PART – II





PART – III


Semester Oct. 2015 & II-IV-VI Semester Apr.2016] Question Papers pertaining to the

Board and the performance of the students in the I-III-V [2015] and II-IV-VI [2016]

Semester Examinations as reflected in the results are found to be satisfactory.

[See Annexure: I]

77

PART – IV: Revision / Modification of Syllabus - Not Applicable.

PART – V: Any specific issue permitted by the Principal - Not Applicable.


NAME: SIGNATURE:

1. Ms. Joan Rita O‟Brien : ……………………Sd/-………………….

2. Ms. Shirly Rani K : ……………………Sd/-………………….

3. Dr. Vinay Rajath : ……………………Sd/-………………….

4. Ms. Reebu Samuel : …………………… Sd/-………………….

5. Dr. Vazeer Ahmed : ……………………Sd/-………………….

6. Ms. Sheelavathi : ……………………Sd/-……………

Sd/-

Ms JOAN RITA O‟Brien

CHAIRPERSON

Board of Studies in Sociology

78

ANNEXURE: I

OVERALL RESULT ANALYSIS SOCIOLOGY: OCTOBER – 2015

Particulars I Sem.

Oct. 2015

%

III Sem.

Oct. 2015

%

V Sem.

Oct. 2015

%


No. of Students Passed 20 95.24 14 100 25 96.15

No. of Students Failed -- -- -- -- 1 3.85

No. of Students Absent 1 -- -- -- -- --

No. of Students

Discontinued --

-- --

-- --

--


Particulars I Sem.

Oct. 2015

%

III Sem.

Oct. 2015

%

V Sem.

Oct. 2015

%

90% & above marks -- -- -- -- 01 3.84







Below 35% -- -- -- -- 01 3.84

Absent 01 4.76 -- -- -- --

Pass Percentage 95.24 100 96.15

79

OVERALL RESULT ANALYSIS SOCIOLOGY: APRIL – 2016

Particulars II Sem.

April 2016

% IV Sem.

April 2016

% VI Sem.

April 2016

%





No. of Students Discontinued 02 01 --


Particulars II Sem.

April

2016

% IV Sem.

April

2016

% VI Sem.

April

2016

%

90% & above marks -- -- -- -- 01 6.25





50% & Above but below 55% marks -- -- 01 7.69 -- --

35% & Above but below 50% marks -- -- 01 7.69 -- --

Below 35% -- -- -- -- -- --

Absent -- -- -- -- -- --


TOP SCORERS IN SOCIOLOGY: 2013 - 2016 Batch


Register

No.

Name of the

Candidate

Marks

Obtained

(Out of

1200)

%

Grade

Ranking

Among

Secretarial

Practice

Students

Overall

Ranking

Among

B.A.

Degree

Students

131370306 HARSHITHA 1002 83.50 A++ FIRST NINTH

131370310 DEEKSHITHA S. 951 79.25 A+ SECOND SEVENTH

131370315

GRENITA

REENA

REBELLO

902 75.17

A+

THIRD

80








Agenda No.1 (l) /SSW/AC/10/16

l. Sub: Approval of the Proceedings of the Board of Studies in Foundation Course

for the B.A. Degree Programme.

The Proceedings of the BOS meeting held on Saturday July 23, 2016 is placed before


81

PART – I


FOUNDATION COURSE HELD ON SATURDAY JULY 23, 2016 AT 11.00 AM

AT SCHOOL OF SOCIAL WORK, ROSHNI NILAYA, MANGALURU - 2

MEMBERS:

8. Dr. Joyce Sabina Lobo : in the Chair

9. Mrs. Anuradha Shetty : Member

10. Mrs. Vineetha K : Member

11. Sri. Tharanath : University Nominee

12. Dr. Ganesh Shetty U : Subject Expert

13. Dr. Mohammed Guttigar : Subject Expert

14. Mrs. Maria Shaila D‟Souza : Subject Expert

15. Dr. Anusuya Devi : Subject Expert

16. Sri. Abdul Saleem : Representative of Industry

17. Shri Chitharanjan Das : Meritorious Alumna

AGENDA:

iv. Preparation of Panel of Examiners pertaining to 2016-2017 examinations

v. Assessment and review of I-III (Oct. 2015) & II-IV (April 2016) Semester


vi. Any other matter.



PART – II




prescribed format.

82

PART – III

The Board approved satisfaction over the previous Odd & Even semester (i.e. I –III

Semester Oct. 2015 & II-IV Semester April 2016) Question Papers pertaining to the

Board and the performance of the students in the Semester Examinations as reflected

in the results are found to be satisfactory.

(See Annexure: I)



NAME SIGNATURE

8. Dr. Joyce Sabina Lobo :............................ Sd/-.................................

9. Mrs. Anuradha Shetty : ...........................Sd/-..................................

10. Mrs. Vineetha K : ...........................Sd/-..................................

11. Sri. Tharanath : ...........................Sd/-..................................

12. Dr. Ganesh Shetty U : ...........................Sd/-..................................

13. Dr. Mohammed Guttigar : ............................Sd/-................................

14. Mrs. Maria Shaila D‟Souza : ............................Sd/-.................................

15. Dr. Anusuya Devi : ............................Sd/-.................................

16. Sri. Abdul Saleem : ............................ Sd/-................................

17. Sri. Chitharanjan Das : .............................Sd/-................................

Sd/-

DR. JOYCE SABINA LOBO

CHAIRPERSON

Board of Studies in Foundation Course

83

ANNEXURE: I

OVERALL RESULT ANALYSIS FOUNDATION COURSE: OCTOBER – 2015

[B.A]

Particulars I Sem.

Oct. 2015

%

III Sem.

Oct. 2015

%




No. of Students Absent 02 -- -- --

No. of Students

Discontinued -- -- -- --


Particulars I Sem.

Oct. 2015

%

III Sem.

Oct. 2015

%

90% & above marks -- -- -- --

80% & Above but below 90% marks -- -- -- --

70% & Above but below 80% marks 05 11.90 07 15.91





Below 35% 02 11.90 01 2.27

Absent 02 11.90 -- --


84

OVERALL RESULT ANALYSIS FOUNDATION COURSE: OCTOBER – 2015

[B.S.W.]

Particulars I Sem.

Oct. 2015

%





No. of Students

Discontinued -- --


Particulars I Sem.

Oct. 2015

%

90% & above marks -- --

80% & Above but below 90% marks 01 04






Below 35% 07 28

Absent -- --

Pass Percentage 72.00

85

OVERALL RESULT ANALYSIS FOUNDATION COURSE: APRIL – 2016 [B.A.]

Particulars II Sem.

April 2016

% IV Sem.

April 2016

%

No. of Students Appeared 38 43 No. of Students Passed 36 94.74 39 90.70


No. of Students Absent -- -- 04 9.30

No. of Students Discontinued 04 01


Particulars II Sem.

April

2016

% IV Sem.

April

2016

%

90% & above marks -- 10 23.26




55% & Above but below 60% marks 10 26.32 -- --

50% & Above but below 55% marks 02 5.26 -- --


Below 35% 02 5.26 -- --

Absent -- -- 04 9.30


86

OVERALL RESULT ANALYSIS FOUNDATION COURSE: APRIL – 2016 [B.S.W.]

Particulars II Sem.

April 2016

%







Particulars II Sem.

April

2016

%

90% & above marks -- --







Below 35% 04 16

Absent -- --

Pass Percentage 84

87








Agenda No.1 (m) /SSW/AC/10/16

m. Sub: Approval of the Proceedings of the Board of Studies in Social Work

(UG) for the B.S.W. Degree Programme.

The Proceedings of the BOS meeting held on Wednesday, July 20, 2016 is placed


88

PART – I


SOCIAL WORK HELD ON WEDNESDAY, JULY 20, 2016AT 3.45 P.M.

ATSCHOOL OF SOCIAL WORK, ROSHNI NILAYA, MANGALORE

MEMBERS:

1. Mr. Joselyn T. Lobo : in the Chair

2. Ms. Vineetha K : Member

3. Dr. Loveena Lobo : Member – (University Representative)

4. Dr. Lena Ashok : Member - (Meritorious Alumna)

5. Mr. Krishnamoorthy : Member (Subject Expert)

6. Ms. Mariella D‟Souza : Member (Subject Expert)

7. Mr. Jayaprakash Rao : Member - (Industry Representative)

AGENDA:


ii. Assessment and review of I-III-V [Oct. 2015] &II-IV-VI [Apr. 2016]

Semester Question Papers and results.




PART – II


Semester Oct. 2015& II-IV-VI Semester Apr. 2016] Question Papers pertaining to the



[See Annexure: I]

PART - III





PART –IV: Any specific issue permitted by the Principal - Not Applicable

89


NAME: SIGNATURE:

1. Mr. Joselyn T. Lobo :………………Sd/- …..………………….....

2.Ms. Vineetha K :………………Sd/- …..………………….....

3.Dr. Loveena Lobo :………………Sd/……..………………….....

4.Dr. Lena Ashok :………………Sd/-…..………………….....

5.Mr. Krishnamoorthy :………………Sd/-……..……………….....

6.Ms. Mariella D‟Souza :………………Sd/….………………….....

7. Mr. Jayaprakash Rao :………………Sd/-..………………….....

Sd/-

JOSELYN T LOBO

CHAIRPERSON

Board of Studies in Social Work: UG

90

ANNEXURE - I

B.S.W. OVERALL RESULT ANALYSIS: OCTOBER - 2015

Particulars I Sem.

Oct. 2015

%

III Sem.

Oct. 2015

%

V Sem.

Oct. 2015

%


No. of Students Passed 18 72 25 80.64 28 96.55

No. of Students Failed 07 28 06 24 01 3.45

No. of Students Absent -- -- -- -- -- --

No. of Students Discontinued -- -- -- -- -- --

B.S.W DETAILED RESULT ANALYSIS : OCTOBER -2015

Particulars I Sem.

Oct. 2015

% III Sem.

Oct. 2015

% V Sem. Oct.

2015

%

90% & Above -- -- -- -- --

80% & Above but below 90% 01 04 02 6.45 -- --

70% & Above but below 80% 01 04 04 12.90 07 24.14

60% & Above but below 70% 08 32 10 32.25 13 44.82

55% & Above but below 60% 04 16 05 16.12 03 10.34

50% & above but below 55% 03 25 04 12.90 01 3.44

35% & Above but below 50% 01 04 -- -- 04 13.79

Below 35% 07 28 06 19.35 01 3.44

Absent -- -- -- -- -- --

Pass Percentage 72 80.65 96.55

REPEATERS‟ RESULT ANALYSIS: OTOBER 2015

I Sem.

Oct.

2015

% III Sem.

Oct.

2015

%


No. Students Passed 11 45.83 03 75


No. of Students Absent -- 01 25

91

B.S.W. OVERALL RESULT ANALYSIS: APRIL – 2016

Particulars II Sem.

April 2016

% IV Sem.

April 2016

VI Sem.

April 2016

%


No. of Students Passed 19 76 24 82.75 29 100

No. of students Failed 06 24 05 17.25 -- --

No. of students absent -- -- -- -- -- --

No. of Students Discontinued -- 02 --

B.S.W. DETAILED RESULT ANALYSIS :APRIL - 2016

Particulars II Sem.

April 2016

% IV Sem.

April 2016

% VI Sem.

April 2016

%

90% & Above -- -- -- -- --

80% & Above but below 90% 01 04 03 10.34 02 6.89

70% & Above but below 80% 07 28 08 27.58 13 44.83

60% & Above but below 70% 08 32 07 24.13 08 27.58

55% & Above but below 60% 02 08 03 10.34 03 10.34

50% & above but below 55% 01 04 03 10.34 01 3.45

35% & Above but below 50% -- -- -- -- 02 6.89

Below 35% 06 24 05 17.24 -- --

Absent -- -- -- -- -- --

Pass Percentage 76 82.76 100

92


II Sem.

April 2016

%





TOP SCORERS IN B.S.W. DEGREE PROGRAMME: 2013 - 2016 Batch


Reg. No. Name of the

Candidate

Marks obtained

[out of 5000]

% Grade Ranking

131370501 ASHILA

YIMCHUNGER 4085 81.70

A++ FIRST

131370517 JACINTHA MARY 3935 78.70 A+

SECOND

131370504 S. LINE VUDU

PAO 3868 77.36

A+ THIRD

93








Agenda No.1 (n) /SSW/AC/10/16

n. Sub: Approval of the Proceedings of the Board of Studies in Social Work

(PG) for the M.S.W. Degree Programme.

The Proceedings of the BOS meeting held on Saturday, August 13, 2016 is placed


94

PART – I


SOCIAL WORK (P G )HELD ON SATURDAY , AUGUST 13, 2016 AT 10.00

A.M. AT SCHOOL OF SOCIAL WORK,ROSHNI NILAYA, MANGALURU

575 002

MEMBERS:

1 Dr.Rameela Shekhar : In the Chair

2 Dr Meena Monteiro : Member

3 Dr Sebastine K V : Member

4 Dr Jenis Mary : Member

5 Ms Eveleen Benis : Member

6 Dr P Usha Rao : University Nominee

7 Dr Paul G Aquinas : Subject Expert

8 Mr P P Shetty : Industry Representative

9 Mr Mahesh : Allied Field

10 Sr Anna Maria : Meritorious Alumna

AGENDA:

i. Preparation of Panel of Examiners pertaining to 2016 -2017 Examinations

ii. Assessment and Review of I-III [Nov.2015] & II-IV [May 2016] Semester

Question Paper and Results.

iii. Approval of the Revised CBCS Pattern and Syllabus (2016-2018)

iv. Any other Matter

The Chairperson welcomed the Honourable Members.

The Chairperson Tabled the Agenda for the consideration of the Board.

PART – II

The Panel of Examiners was placed before the Board, which the Board hereby

approves and recommends for adoption .As required the Panel of Examiners is drawn

separately and forwarded to the Registrar (Evaluation), School of Social Work, Roshni

Nilaya, in the prescribed format.

95

PART – III

The Board approved satisfaction over the previous Odd and Even Semester [i.e. I-III

Semester Nov.2015 & II-IV Semester May 2016] Question Papers and the

performance of the students in the Semester Examination as reflected in the result are

found to be satisfactory.

PART- IV

The Revised CBCS Pattern and Syllabus (2016-2018) was placed before the Board.

The Board after a detailed discussion hereby accords approval for adoption of the

same. Hence the Resolution.

RESOLVED that the Revised CBCS Pattern and Syllabus for MSW approved

and recommended by the Board be and is hereby adopted for implementation

with effect from 2016-17.

The Meeting concluded with Chairperson proposing a Vote of thanks.

NAME SIGNATURE:

1 Dr.Rameela Shekhar : --------------Sd/------------------

2 Dr. Meena Monteiro : --------------Sd/------------------

3 Dr. Sebastine K V : --------------Sd/------------------

4 Dr. Jenis Mary : --------------Sd/------------------

5 Ms. Eveleen Benis : --------------Sd/------------------

6 Dr. P Usha Rao : --------------Sd/------------------

7 Dr. Paul G Aquinas : --------------Sd/------------------

8 Mr. P P Shetty : --------------Sd/------------------

9 Mr. Mahesh : --------------Sd/------------------

10 Sr Anna Maria : --------------Sd/------------------

Sd/-

DR. RAMEELA SHEKHAR.

CHAIRPERSON

Board of Studies in Social Work (PG)

96

ANNEXURE - I

OVERALL RESULT ANALYSIS: MSW NOVEMBER - 2015

Particulars

I Sem.

Nov. 2015

% III Sem.

Nov. 2015

%






M.S.W. DETAILED RESULT ANALYSIS : NOVEMBER - 2015

Particulars I Sem.

Nov. 2015

% III Sem.

Nov 2015

%

90% & Above -- -- -- --

80% & Above but below 90% 03 5.08 05 9.61

70% & Above but below 80% 13 22.03 32 61.53

60% & Above but below 70% 35 59.32 12 23.08

55% & Above but below 60% 03 5.08 -- --

50% & above but below 55% 01 1.69 -- --

35% & Above but below 50% -- -- -- --

Below 35% 03 5.08 03 5.77

Absent 01 1.69 -- --


94.24

REPEATERS‟ RESULT ANALYSIS: November 2015

III Sem.

November 2015

%





97

OVERALL RESULT ANALYSIS: MSW MAY - 2016

Particulars

II Sem.

May 2016

% IV Sem.

May 2016

%




No. of Students Absent -- -- -- --

No. of Students Discontinued 1 --

MSW DETAILED RESULT ANALYSIS : MAY-2016

Particulars II Sem.

May 2016

% IV Sem.

May 2016

%

90% & Above -- -- -- --

80% & Above but below 90% 06 10.34 09 16.98

70% & Above but below 80% 31 53.45 28 52.83

60% & Above but below 70% 19 32.76 15 28.30

55% & Above but below 60% 01 1.72 -- --

50% & above but below 55% -- -- -- --

35% & Above but below 50% -- -- -- --

Below 35% 01 1.72 1 1.89

Absent -- -- -- --


98.11

98

REPEATERS‟ RESULT ANALYSIS: May 2016

IV Sem.

May 2016

%





TOP SCORERS IN MSW DEGREE PROGRAMME: 2014 - 2016 Batch

[Aggregate of all four Semesters]

Reg. No.

Name of the Candidate

Marks

obtained

[out of 2500]

%

Ranking

14313718 MELORA NISHAL PAIS 1959 78.36 FIRST

14313731 CHEMBAKASSERY JINSA

JOSEPH CHINNAMMA 1950 78.00

SECOND

14313748 SALOME BENJAMIN

GONSALVES

1946 77.84 THIRD

99

MSW Syllabus for the Academic Year 2016-2018

(Batch 2016-2018)

School of Social Work, Roshni Nilaya, Mangalore

(Autonomous)

COLLEGE WITH POTENTIAL FOR EXCELLENCE

Re-Accredited by NAAC with “A” Grade – CGPA-3.42

OUR VISION

To be a Centre of Excellence in Education, developing Personal and

Professional Competencies to build a Just, Sustainable and Inclusive Society.

OUR MISSION

To Impart General and Professional Education fostering Love of Learning,

Integrity and Social Responsibility for Holistic Development.

OUR MOTTO [

“Love is made fruitful in service”

AIMS OF PROFESSIONAL SOCIAL WORK

The Master of Social Work Education which covers theoretical courses, Social Work

practicum, skill-training laboratories, action research, extension services and other co-

curricular activities seeks to attain the following aims:

To provide quality educational experience to prepare personnel, who are socially

concerned, committed and competent to meet the social welfare, social

development and human rights promotion needs of our society.

To develop competency among the learners to apply all the major methods of

Social Work practice namely Social Case Work, Social Group Work, Community

Organization, Social Action, Social Work Research and Social Welfare

Administration in their respective fields of work.

To facilitate the process of enabling the learners to develop both personally and

professionally so that they become change agents in the society.

To promote among the learners a sense of social responsibility and commitment to

offer preferential services to the marginalised sections of society.

100

To train Professional Social Workers to plan and execute an extensive range of

social services, social welfare activities and work in commercial, industrial ,

service and training institutions.

MAJOR COMPONENTS OF MSW PROGRAMME

Theory papers and Skill Development programmes

Social Work Practicum – Concurrent, summer and winter placement as well as

Block Field Work

Research - Minor Research

Extension/Outreach activities and Fora activities

101

MSW (Choice Based Credit System)

2016-2018


Semester I

Hard core T.Hrs. Credits Exam

Hrs.

Intrnl

Ass.

Exam Total

Marks

MSW 401 P-I

Foundation of

Professional Social

Work

4 4 3 30 70

100

MSW 411-P-II

Social Case Work

4 4 3 30 70

100

MSW 421 P-III

HC-11I Social Group

Work

4 4 3 30 70

100

MSW 431 P-IV

Skill Development in

Working with

Individuals & Groups 4 4 -

30

70

(Records)

100

MSW 441 P-V Social

Work Practicum &

Viva Voce

12

4

4

30

70

100

Soft Core

MSW 451 P-VI

Psychological

Perspectives on Human

Behaviour

4 4 3 30 70 100

Total Credits

24

600

102

Semester II

Hard core T.Hrs. Credits Exam

Hrs.

Intrnl

Ass.

Exam

Total

Marks

MSW 402-P-VII

Community Organization &

Social Action

4 4 3 30 70

100

MSW 412 P-VIII

Skill Development in Working

with Families & Communities 4 4 - 30

70

(Records)

100

MSW 422 P-IX

Social Work Practicum &

Viva Voce

12

4

4

30

70

100

Soft Core

MSW 432.1 P-X.1 Rural,

Tribal And Urban Societies In

India/ OR

MSW 432.2 P X.2 Health And

Mental Health Issues/ OR

MSW 432.3 P X.3 Human

Resource Management

4 4 3 30 70

100

MSW 442.1 P – XI.1

Education For Social

Transformation/ OR

MSW 442.2 P XI.2 Positive

Psychology in Clinical Social

Work / OR

MSW 442.3 P XI.3 Labour

Laws – I

4 4 3 30 70

100

Open Elective

P - OE 2.1

Resource Management in

Human Service

Organizations

3 3 3 30 70

100

Total Credits

23

[20+3*]

600

*Non Credit Subject

103

Semester III

Hard core T.

Hrs. Credits

Exam

Hrs.

Intrnl

Ass.

Exam Total

Marks

MSW 403-P-XII

Social Work Research and Statistics

4 4 3 30 70

100

MSW 413.1 P – XIII.1

Skill Development :Setting up

Community development organizations

MSW 413.2 P – XIII.2 Interventions

with Individuals & Families with Health

Issues

MSW 413.3 P – XIII.3 Setting up new

business and H R Dept

4 4 - 30 70

(Records)

100

MSW 423 P - XIV Social Work

Practicum & Viva Voce

12

4

4

30

70

100

Soft Core

MSW 433.1 P XV.1 Legal Literacy

For Community Development/ OR

MSW 433.2 P XV.2 Medical Social

Work/ OR

MSW 433.3 P XV.3 Principles and

Practice of Management

4 4 3 30 70

100

MSW 443.1 P – XVI.1

Environment And

Sustainable Development/OR

MSW 443.2 P – XVI.2 Psychiatric

Social Work/ OR

MSW 443.3 P XVI.3 Relationship

Management and Employee

Development

4 3 30 70

100

Open Elective

OE 3.1

Disaster Management –Psycho Social

Care and Support

3 3 3 30 70 100

Total Credits

23

[20+3*]

600

*Non Credit Subject

104

Semester IV

Hard Core Total Credit = 52

Soft Core Total Credit = 28

Project = 05

Open Electives = 06*

Total Credits = 85+6* [*Non credit subject]

Hard core T.

Hrs. Credits

Exam

Hrs.

Intrnl

Ass.

Exam Total

Marks

MSW 404 P - XVII

Social Welfare Administration 4 4 3 30 70

100

MSW 414 P - XVIII

Social Work Practicum

12

4 - 30

70

(Records)

100

MSW 424 P- XIX – Research

Project &

Viva Voce

8

5

4

30

--

--

70

100

100

100

100

Soft Core

MSW 434.1 P – XX.1

Livelihoods And Social

Entrepreneurship/OR

MSW 434.2 P – XX.2

Therapeutic Counselling / OR

MSW 434.3 P – XX.3 Labour

Laws - II

4

4

3

30

70

100

MSW 444 P - XXI

Organizational Development and

Behaviour

4 4 3 30 70

100

Total Credits 21

600

105

SCHEME OF EXAMINATION

(Common for all semesters)

Section: „A‟

5 questions to be answered in a sentence or two each. Questions to be spread

across the entire syllabus. No choice. Each question carries 2 marks i.e.5x2=10

marks

Section: „B‟

4 questions out of 5 to be answered. Questions to be spread across the entire

syllabus. Each question caries 5 marks. I.e. 4x5=20 marks

Section: C

4 essay type/analytical type questions out of 5 to be answered. Questions to be

spread across the entire syllabus. Each question carries 10 marks. I.e.

4x10=40marks

106

SOCIAL WORK PRACTICUM (M.S.W. I & II SEMESTER)

During the I M.S.W. (1st and 2nd semester) the following Objectives and Areas of

learning would be the focus of Field Work Practicum

Supervised Concurrent Field Work in an approved Field Work Agency is an integral

part of the Master‟s in Social Work course. The components of the practicals in the

Social Work course include the following:

ORIENTATION VISITS - Governmental and Voluntary Organizations in the field

of Social Work will be visited as per the schedule of the Department of Social Work

during the course

CONCURRENT FIELDWORK- It shall be for 12 hours a week (including

Individual Conference and Group Conferences ), spread over two days in all the four

semesters. Apart from all this, it would also include the Skill Development Course in

each semester which is for four hours.

RURAL CAMP - Duration of the rural/tribal camp shall be between 5-8 days during

the first semester

STUDY TOUR - Duration of the study tour shall be between 4-8 days. Reputed

organizations (Governmental/Voluntary) will to be visited during the exercise

WINTER PLACEMENT – Will be undertaken by students between the I and II

semester to a reputed agency related to their area of interest for 7-10days.

SUMMER PLACEMENT - Will be undertaken by students between the II and III

semester to a reputed Agency/Community/Corporate Sector related to their area of

interest for 3 weeks. Objectives of the Summer Placement are to experience direct

practice and management operations, to enhance and integrate practice of Social Work

Methods and strategies and experience self in the role of the Professional Social

Worker.

BLOCK PLACEMENT - will be undertaken by the student after the III semester in

a reputed agency related /community /corporate sector related to their specialization

for three weeks.

A student who does not fulfill the field work requirement during the given semester

will not be eligible to continue with the course, until he/she repeats the Field Work

training programme for that semester to the satisfaction of the Department. Field Work

requirements include:

107

100 % Field Work Attendance

Appropriate Code of Conduct

Fulfilling the workload norms as prescribed by the Department

Regular and timely submission of Field Work Reports

Regular attendance of the Field Work Conference

The decision of the Department regarding the satisfactory completion of the Field

Work and Block Placement Training will be final and binding on the student.

Field Work Records: Students shall submit the Field Work record on the First working

day of the following week before 9.45 Am. However, if the date of submission of

report is a holiday, the Field Work report should be submitted on the subsequent

working day.

Field Work programme should have a well defined and fully equipped training

programme, and policy of maintaining high standards of service through application of

the methods of Social Work.

AIM AND OBJECTIVES OF SOCIAL WORK PRACTICUM: 1ST YEAR

Aim: The broad aim of Social Work Practicum is to provide opportunities for applying

the knowledge and the information gained in the classroom to reality situations. This

learning experience should provide an opportunity of working with communities,

groups, individuals/families and planning and executing tasks of managing

organizations.

OBJECTIVES:

To understand the agency as an organisation, its structure, functions, activities

and sources of funding.

Developing knowledge of the socio-economic and cultural realities, and their

impact on the client systems with specific focus on marginalized groups.

Develop skills to analyse the impact of the micro and macro forces of the

political economy and their impact on families, individuals, groups,

communities and organizations.

Develop the ability to involve people in the problem solving process, utilizing

skills of social work interventions, including research.

To develop an understanding of the application of the methods of social work

practice in the field.

Develop skills in identifying and utilizing community resources both

Government and Voluntary.

Make conscious use of professional values and ethics.

108

AREAS OF LEARNING:

AREA I – UNDERSTANDING THE AGENCY/COMMUNITY.

Tasks provided should aid the learner to.

Understand the socio-economic and cultural realities and their impact on the

organization/community and the client system.

Understand the administrative structure, the communication patterns,

leadership, power structure, decision-making and functions of personnel in

government and voluntary organization.

Understand programmes, programme management and participate in their

delivery with use of appropriate programme media. Show ability to write

proposals for new programmes and initiate them.

Understand the relationship of the organization to others and appreciate need for

networking.

Understand the financial management, including source of funds, efforts at fund

raising.

Understand and appreciate the role of the Social Worker and the learners in the

organization.

AREA II – DEVELOPING KNOWLEDGE OF ADMINISTRATIVE

PROCEDURE AND PROGRAMME MANAGEMENT.

Involve learners in day-to-day administration planning, implementation and

evaluation.

Tasks like preparing project proposals for new programmes.

Administration of ongoing services, maintaining accounts and ledgers.

Correspondence and records of the organization.

Budgeting and fund raising.

Working with various categories of personnel in the organization and also as a

member of a team.

Planning and implementing short-term training programmes for personnel in the

organization.

109

AREA III – PROBLEM SOLVING PROCESS AND PRACTICE BASED

RESEARCH

Identify problems and analyse them.

Analyze the causative factors and dynamics in the problem situations.

Select appropriate strategy, methods and techniques of problem solving.

Establish and maintain relationships.

Identify focus of work together with individuals, groups/communities.

Involve the primary stakeholders in the problem solving process.

Identify and utilize resources – human, material and financial.

Select and utilize appropriate tools for problem – solving, such as interviews –

individual/group, home visits, programme media and research.

Integrate Theory and Practise, and utilize the integrated approach in Social

Work Practice.

Conduct a small Practice Based Research Activity.

Field Work Requirements for I and II Semesters

Social Case Work: Each Student should conduct a minimum of two Case Work for

each Semester and submit the case records with their Field Work reports.

Social Group Work: Students should conduct 04 Social Group Work sessions in the

First Semester and 06 sessions in the Second Semester.

SOCIAL WORK PRACTICUM (MSW-III AND IV SEMESTER)

INTRODUCTION:

During the II M.S.W. the learner has to start using a holistic approach to problem

solving, organize people to meet their needs, move from problem to issue based work

and gain greater confidence to work independently. Learners specialising in CD,

MPSW and PMIR shall be given specialisation specific guidelines as well.

OBJECTIVES:

Develop skills to effectively use the integrated approach to problem solving

and enhance skills of intervention, at the micro and the macro levels of the

systems, in relation to the needs and problems of the client system.

Develop skills to organize people to meet their needs and solve their problems

use roles appropriate to work e.g. advocacy for child‟s right, human rights,

labour rights and women‟s rights.

Develop understanding of the pattern of behaviours of people – their strengths

and pathological behaviour.

Develop the ability to carry out tasks in relation to service delivery and

programme management. Routine administration, staff supervision, and

training; prepare project proposals, time management, and management by

objectives, and enhance skills in documenting.

110

Develop the ability to make innovative contribution to the organization‟s/

communities functioning.

Gain confidence to represent the profession in interdisciplinary teams, and

integrate theory or classroom training into practice.

Develop recording skills (both process and summary) as a tool for learning and

growth as a practitioner.

Develop the capacity to utilize instruction for enhancing and integrating field

practices.

Utilize field instructions for enhancing and integrating professional growth.

Utilize practice-based research to test effectiveness of specific aspects of

intervention.

AREAS OF LEARNING

AREA I. Study and analyse agency /organisation /community

Develop skills to analyse complex situations, and evaluate the agencies functions

in relation to needs/problems of the client system, and situate this in the larger

state, national and international context.

Evaluate the functions of the agency, health agency, panchayat or corporate

organization in relation to the needs and problems of the client system.

Critically analyse the philosophy, policy, thrust, traditions of the organization

within the framework of the national policy, constitutional rights, human rights

and international programmes.

Identify gaps in policy, develop initiative and use advocacy skills to bring about

change at local, state and national level.

Use skills of Social Work and different roles to enable people meet challenges.

AREA II. Working in Teams

Enhance skills of working with inter-disciplinary teams to support peoples‟

quest to meet needs and goals.

Take initiative and leadership roles while working with teams.

AREA III

(A) Programme Management

Encourage learner involvement in programmes for social issues/concerns, and

projects. Prepare proposals for new programmes.

Develop skills for evaluation of programmes, prepare reviews, and document.

Develop plans and implement these for staff development.

111

Develop skills to guide and train various groups connected with your field work

setting – Volunteers, members of organizations, S.H.G‟S, NSS Volunteers and

youth.

Collect information of other similar programmes and develop skills of

networking effectively with other agencies/organizations/groups.

(B) Records

Records should show

i. Analysis of problem solving situations for new and significant areas of

problem solving.

ii. Internalization of professional values.

Independently prepare and utilizes records like summary records, case studies,

agency reports- annual and six monthly, minutes of meetings, press releases.

Masters skills for documentation of activities like project, programmes and

case studies.

(C) Planning

Plan, implement and evaluate programmes independently.

Be analytical and evaluate agency functions in relation to needs and problems

of the client system.

Takes the initiative in leadership while working with various teams, consciously

assume different roles to suit different situations and take leadership and helps

other to do so.

Provide opportunities to use selectively skills of Social Work and utilize them

to effect change.

AREA IV. PRACTICE STRATEGIES AND TOOLS

Manifest selective and rational use of approaches, skills and techniques.

Introspect in relation to own behaviour, values (relative and absolute, intrinsic,

and extrinsic ) and utilize this for growth.

Appreciate others‟ contributions however small in the field.

AREA V

(A) Responsibility towards Self

Professional responsibility and concern for the client system is manifested in terms of:

Showing mastery in the time management, regularity and sincerity in work.

Demonstrating social work values.

Using participatory approaches and problem solving skills.

Preparing for termination with a view of helping the client system for self-

dependence.

(B) Responsibility towards the organization.

112

Function confidently as a representative of the organization with respect to tasks

undertaken.

Guide junior colleagues/volunteers to develop skills.

Provide leadership in specific tasks in the team of social workers as well as in

the inter-disciplinary teams.

Show responsibility toward other organisations.

Practice professional ethics.

AREA VI. PROFESSION AND THE PROFESSIONAL SELF

Enhances faith in the profession which is committed to social change. Willingly

take up challenging tasks with confidence.

Represent the Profession:

a) To the public and other disciplines at meetings, seminars and enhances the

image of the profession.

b) Writing about the professional activities.

Conduct self as the bearer of professional values.

GUIDELINES TO BE FOLLOWED BY II MSW STUDENTS IN SOCIAL

WORK PRACTICUM

As Social Work Practicum is expected to develop in the students a sense of

responsibility and proper work habits, the student is expected to have 100% attendance

in field work.

The student should observe regularity, punctuality in attendance. If the student is

placed in an agency or through an agency in a community, the attendance should be

marked each day of field in an attendance book placed in the agency.

In general, the student should follow the work schedule of the agency where he/she is

placed, with reference to working days and working hours. Any special schedule of

work for the student may be decided upon by mutual discussions between the faculty

supervisor and the agency supervisor or if is a direct community placement by mutual

discussion between the faculty supervisor and student.

The student shall abide by the rules and regulations of the agency that normally apply

to the other agency staff.

When skill acquisition workshops are held on field work days, participation in such

workshop should be considered a part of field work and agencies shall be asked to

permit the students to attend the same by the concerned faculty supervisor or Heads of

the department. Such workshops on field work days should not exceed a total of 6 days

in a semester.

Any extra hours demanded by the nature of the work allotted to the student, cannot be

adjusted against the minimum 15 hours of work expected per week. However, such

113

extra hours of work put in by the student may be taken into account by the

faculty/agency supervisor at the time of assessing the student‟s professional

commitment and work values.

Time taken for travel to and fro between residence and the agency as well as the lunch

break shall not be included in the field work time.

The student is not eligible to take leave on field work days. If a student has to be

absent on a field work day for serious reasons and unavoidable circumstances, it shall

be with knowledge and permission of the faculty supervisor. In such a situation, the

student should be responsible for informing the agency of his / her leave. The number

of days of leave so granted by the faculty supervisor must be compensated by the

student through extra days of field work, in consultation with the faculty and agency

supervisor. Any leave taken by the student without the permission of the faculty

supervisor shall be considered as absence from field work.

The student is required to have regular weekly supervisory conferences with the

faculty supervisor according to a pre-planned schedule. Conferences shall be

considered a part of field work. Both individual and group conferences shall be held

once every consecutive week. Regularity and punctuality of attendance at conferences

both individual and group is compulsory. Failure to attend conferences will be viewed

seriously.

Record of the work done during a week must be submitted to the faculty/agency

supervisor on the first working day of the following week. If records are submitted

later the student will not be allowed to have the conference scheduled for that week.

Late submission of records and / or absence from conferences will be taken into

account at the time of assessment.

The student placed in agencies shall keep her/his regular record of the weekly work in

the prescribed form (time sheet) provided and submit it every week to the faculty

supervisor with signature of the agency supervisor where applicable. Weekly record

sheet submitted without the signature of the agency supervisor will not be accepted by

the faculty supervisor. Students placed directly in communities shall submit the time

sheet to the faculty supervisor.

The student may not make any arrangements or alterations of scheduled work in the

field without the permission of both the faculty and agency supervisor.

Student shall observe the dress regulations on field work days, namely that student

shall be dressed modestly and neatly.

114

RURAL CAMP/ STUDY PROGRAMME: ( DURING I YEAR MSW )

The students are engaged in various activities besides their core curriculum. They are

encouraged to organize and carry out programmes, processions and events for social

cause. The objective of such activities is to build the personal and professional skills of

the students and to facilitate self-development.

An integral part of the curriculum for the first year students is the “Rural Camp”

conducted in the backward and neglected areas of the District/State. It is recommended

here that it be held at the end of 1st semester. Attendance at this camp is compulsory

and marks will be assigned for it.

STUDY TOUR – SPECIALIZATION WISE

This programme is organised usually at the end of the 3rd

semester and would be for 5

to 8 days. Attendance at this Study Tour is compulsory and marks will be assigned

for it.

OBJECTIVES:

Understand government, private and people based organisations and developmental

services in the context of emerging social realities in the respective specialization.

Understand the programmes/strategies, administration / management of the

organisations/programmes/services and participation of the stake holders in

problem solving and management.

Understand the role of Professional Social Workers and other disciplines in relation

to the organisation/development programmes/services in the respective

specialization.

Appreciate and analyse critically the organisation, its services/programmes and

strategies in terms of their relevance, effectiveness to meet the organisational goals

and achieve overall development of the people.

Through the experience of group living appreciate its value in terms of self-

development, interpersonal relationships and mutual responsibility.

Acquire skills in planning, organizing and evaluation of the study tour, learn

conscious use of time, communication skills, team spirit, handling relationships,

conflicts and differences of opinions, decision making, appreciation, sharing of

resources and tasks, coping skills in problem situations with cooperation and

coordination.

Appreciate the role of a Professional Social Worker and to immolate on those lines

Learners are helped to participate in planning, implementing and evaluating the

experience with the help of the faculty.

115

GENERAL GUIDELINES FOR OBSERVATION, FOR VISITING

AGENCIES/ORGANISATIONS:

History, philosophy thrust, values, assumptions, principles of the organisations

including its vision and mission statements.

Socio-economic background, needs and problems of the people.

The organizational pattern and administration of the different programmes

services/strategies and their relevance to the needs of people. The inter-

relationship between problems at the micro-level and at the macro level.

The problems faced by the people in relation to the policies, services of the

agency, participation of the client system in the management.

Role of social work in the different settings.

Role of other professionals in the organization of services/programmes and

developing strategies.

The administration and funding pattern of the organization/services.

Other areas (applicable to varied fields of specialisations).

Learners to prepare group reports of the visit and evaluate own efforts for planning and

implementing the plan for visit.

BLOCK PLACEMENT (AT THE END OF THE III SEMESTER)

Block Placement is organised at the end of THIRD SEMESTER for students in their

area of interest and specialisation. An organisation which can provide learning

experiences and opportunities to learn by doing are selected by the college and

arrangements are made for the placement of students for a period of 4 weeks.

OBJECTIVES:

The block placement aims at enabling students to,

Develop enhanced practice skill and integrate learning.

Develop greater understanding of reality situations through involvement in day to

day work.

Develop appreciation of other‟s efforts and develop sensitivity to gaps in the

programme.

Enhance awareness of self in the role of a professional social worker.

SEMINARS:

Seminars related to the subjects of the respective semester shall be presented by

students individually AS WELL AS GROUP WISE. This will be assessed by the

respective faculty

OBJECTIVES:

T o enhance students knowledge in the subject

To encourage upgrading of information

To improve communication and presentation skills

To develop self confidence

116

CO-CURRICULAR ACTIVITIES

Seminars and Workshops

Seminars and Workshops involving students themselves in paper presentation and

discussion will be conducted on a regular basis both as Intra-Forum and Inter-Fora

events. Conferences, Seminars and Symposium will also be organized inviting experts

from the relevant disciplines/fields of study. Students are expected to involve

themselves actively in organizing, conducting and participating in these events.

Participation in Seminar/Workshops/Conferences/events organized outside the college:

The students shall be provided equitable opportunities to participate in some selective

seminars, workshops, conferences and other events organized by other Social work

colleges and other related agencies and organizations if they opt to do so with approval

from the Student Welfare Officer / HOD/ Dean.

Such participation would be considered a component of theoretical study and students

would be given attendance if it falls on a class day. If it falls on day/days of social

work practicum, students are expected to make up for the absence by working on extra

day/days on tasks designed in consultation with the field work instructor.

Research, Extension and Outreach Activities:

Research, extension and outreach activities are a regular feature of the P.G.

Department of Social Work.

Through these activities, the department seeks to fulfill the following:

Contribute to the achievement of concrete benefits/outcomes for the persons,

groups and communities it seeks to serve.

Respond to situations of crisis/disasters to the extent possible within the constraints

imposed by the academic nature of the institutions.

Provide experiences to the staff and students in initiating, planning, executing,

monitoring and evaluation of such activities.

Initiate and develop replicable and sustainable models of extension/outreach.

Document and disseminate the best practices among the educational institutions

and civic society groups.

Build linkages/networks for collaborative work directed at micro-macro policy

change beneficial to local communities and the region at large.

From the 1st Semester itself the M.S.W students are expected to actively participate in

initiating, planning and executing the research, extension/outreach activities to be

launched under the aegis of the P.G. Department of Social Work, and where necessary

in collaboration with the B.S.W department of the college.

FORA AND THE STUDENT COUNCIL: The student fora associated with the three departments of specialization are as follows:

Community Development : Social Change Management Forum

Medical and Psychiatric social Work : Family Cosmos Forum

Personnel Management and Industrial Relations: Human Resource management

Forum

117

As inter-disciplinary and inter-specialization exposure is necessary for Professional

Social Workers, all students are expected to actively participate in intra-forum as well

as inter-forum activities and programmes.

The student council will consist of all the fora representatives and other elected

representatives such as the coordinator, secretary, treasurer, class representatives and

sports representatives.

The student council shall function under the guidance of a Student Welfare Officer and

undertake activities that are of general interest and for the wellbeing of the students.

Spandana an annual event would be organized by the student council with active

participation of all the students under the guidance of Student Welfare Officer and with

support from the Faculty members of the P.G. Department of Social Work.

SEMESTER I

MSW 401 P-I

FOUNDATION OF PROFESSIONAL SOCIAL WORK

Course Objectives:

To help students understand the meaning of Social Work and related concepts

and to acquire knowledge about the historical development of social welfare

and social work in England, USA and India.

To enable students to understand and appreciate social work as a profession.

To expose students to some ideologies concerning human equity and their

significance for social work.

To help students understand different approaches to social work.

Course Content:

UNIT I

SOCIAL WELFARE, SOCIAL WORK – CONCEPTS AND HISTORICAL

DEVELOPMENT

Charity, Philanthropy, Social Reform, Social Services, Social Welfare and

Social Work.

Definition, purpose, objectives, scope and distinguishing characteristics of

Social Work.

Organized Charity: Elizabethan Poor Law-1601, Poor Law Reform: 1834,

Charity Organization Society (COS) 1869, Friendly Visitors, Settlement Houses

1886, New York initiated training programme 1896.

Perspectives of Social Work in different religions: Buddhism, Christianity,

Hinduism, Islam and Jainism.

Indian Social Reformers: Raja Rammohan Roy, Swami Vivekananda, Mahatma

Gandhi, B. Ambedkar, Baba Amte, Mother Theresa

118

Constitutional guarantees for Social Welfare in India: Fundamental Rights and

Directive Principles of State Policy.

UNIT II

SOCIAL WORK AS A PROFESSION

Difference between an occupation and a Profession.

Attributes of a Profession. Social Work as a Profession.

Values, Principles and Methods of Social Work.

Role and functions of a Professional Social Worker.

Code of ethics of Professional Social Work.

Limitations of Professional Social Work

UNIT III

IDEOLOGIES REGARDING HUMAN EQUITY AND SOCIAL CHANGE

Ideologies that marginalize vulnerable groups: Utilitarianism and Social

Darwinism.

Capitalism, Marxism, Socialism

Raisers of Consciousness: Feminist Social Work and Paulo Freire.

Neo-liberalism – Concept and Analysis.

Globalisation -- Concept and Impact.

Social/People‟s Movements: Dalit Movement, Chipko Movement, Narmada

Bachao Andolan, National Alliance of People‟s Movement and World Social

Forum.

UNIT IV

APPROACHES TO SOCIAL WORK

Micro, Mezzo and Macro practice of Social Work.

Relief, Welfare, Clinical/Therapeutic and Developmental models of Social

Work.

Systems Theory and Ecological approach to Social Work.

Integrated Social Work practice

Human Rights, Social Justice and Radical Social Work

Role of government and non- government organizations in Social Welfare.

References:

Banerjee, G. R. (1972). Papers on Social Work: An Indian Perspective.

Bombay: TISS.

Bartlett, H. M. (1970). The Common Base of Social Work Practice, New York:

Prentice Hall.

119

Battacharya, Sanjay (2005). Social Work an Integrated Approach, New Delhi:

Deep and Deep Publications.

Chekov-Yanoor, Benyamin (1997). Social Work Practice A Systems Approach.

New York. The Haworth Press. .

Desai, M (2006). Ideologies and Social Work: Historical and Contemporary

Analyses.New Delhi: Rawa Publications.

Friedlander, Walter and Robert Z. Apte (1982). Introduction to Social Welfare.

New Delhi: Prentice Hall.

Freire, Paulo, (1972). Pedagogy of the Oppressed. Great Britain: Penguin

Books.

Gangrade, K. D. (2005). Gandhian Approach to Development and Social Work.

New Delhi: Concept Publishing Company.

Gilbert, Neil and Harry Spech (1977). The Emergence of Social Welfare and

Social Work. USA: Peacock Publishers In

Gore, M. S. (1993).Social Context of Ideology: Ambedkar‟s Social and

Political Thought. New Delhi: Sage Publications.

Gore, M. S. (2003). Social Development: Challenges Faced in an Unequal and

Plural Society. Jaipur: Rawat Publications.

Harvey, David (2005). A Brief History of Neo Liberalism USA: Oxford

University Press.

Healey, Karen (2000). Social Work Practices. New Delhi: Sage Publications.

Hingorani, R. C. (1985). Human Rights in India. New Delhi: Oxford &IBH

Publishing Co.

Johnson, Louise C. and Stephen J. Yanca. (2010). Social Work Practice: A

Generalist Approach. Indian ED. New Delhi: PHI Learning Pvt. Ltd.

Joseph, Josantony and Gracy Fernandes (eds.) (2006). An Enquiry into Ethical

Dilemmas in Social Work. Mumbai: College of Social Work.

Kohli, A. S. (2004). Human Rights and Social Work. New Delhi: Kanishka

Publishers.

Korten, David C. (1992) Getting to the 21st Century. Voluntary Action and the

Global Agenda. New Delhi: Oxford & IBH Publishers.

Kumar, Hajira. (2005) Social Work and Developmental Issues. New Delhi:

Aakar Books.

Miley, Karla Krogsrud, Michael O‟ Melia and Brenda L. Du Bois. (1998)

Generalist Social Work Practice. Boston: Allyn & Bacon.

Misra, P. D. and Beena Misra (2004). Social Work Profession in India.

Lucknow: New Royal Book Co.

Mohanty, Jaganath (2005). Teaching of Human Rights. New Trends and

Innovations.New Delhi: Deep & Deep Publications.

Natrajan, S. (1971). 19th

Century Social Reforms in India. New Delhi:

Macmillan India Ltd.

120

Pandya, Sarita P. (2014). Theory and Perspectives in Social Work. Jaipur:

Rawat Publications.

Patel, Chaya, (ed) (1999). Social Work Practice. Religio- Philosophical

Foundations. Jaipur:Rawat Publications.

Pathak, Shanker, (2012). Social Work and Social Welfare, Bangalore: Niruta

Publications.

Payne, Malcom, (2006). What is Professional Social Work. New Delhi: Rawat

Publications.

Sooder, K. S. (2008). Social work Theory and Practice. Lucknow: Nav Jyoti

Simrramjeet.

Specht, H. and A.Vickery (1978). Integrating Social Work Methods, London:

George Allen and Unwin.

Timms, Noel, (1983). Social Work Values: An Enquiry, London: Routledge &

Kegan Paul.

Wadia, A.R. (1961). History and Philosophy of Social Work, Bombay: Allied

Publishers Ltd.

Younghusband, Eileen, (1967). Social Work and Social Values, London:

George Allen & Unwin.

Journals:

Economic and Political Weekly.

Indian Journal of Social Work. TISS, Mumbai.

Journal of Progressive Human Services Vol 21 no1, Jan. 2010 Philadelphia, USA:

Routledge Taylor & Francis Group

MSW 411 P – II

SOCIAL CASE WORK

Course Objectives:

Understand Social Case Work as a method of Social Work

Develop in students an understanding of and an ability to adopt a

multi-dimensional approach in assessment.

Understand the process of working with individuals/families

Develop the ability to analyse and assess the components and process

of Case Work Practice.

Course Content:

UNIT I

INTRODUCTION TO SOCIAL CASE WORK

Definition and objectives of Social Case Work

Historical development of Case Work in West and India.

121

Principles of Social Case Work

Components of Social Case Work: Person, Place, Problem and Problem

Solving Process

Case Work Values

Social Case Work practice in Indian Society

UNIT II

PROCESS OF CASE WORK

Phases of Helping Process in Social Case Work: Intake, Study, Assessment,

Negotiating contracts, Diagnosis, Intervention, Termination, Evaluation &

Follow Up

Case Work Skills: Communication skills, Listening, Paraphrasing, Responding,

Summarizing, Attending, Questioning and Clarifying,

Case Work Tools: Relationship building, Interview, observation, Co-lateral

contact-Home visit.

Techniques of Case Work: Modifying Behaviour, Supportive, and Resource

Enhancement, Client-Worker Relationship: Definition, use and characteristics.

Transference and Counter Transference

Recording in Case Work: Structure and Content

Methods of Recording: Verbatim, Narrative, Analytical and Summary records,

Use of Student records

Ethics in Social Case Work

UNIT III

THEORETICAL MODELS OF SOCIAL CASE WORK

Different models in conceptualization of Social Case Work practice and interventions

Humanistic and Psychodynamic Approaches

Person Centered Therapy

Psychoanalytical Therapy

Gestalt Therapy and Transactional Analysis

Post Modern Approaches

Family Therapy

Behaviour Therapy

Strength based approach

Identification of a problem and the use of one of the above models in intervention

UNIT IV

SCOPE AND RECENT DEVELOPMENTS IN SOCIAL CASE WORK

Scope of Social case work - Families and Child Welfare, Adoption, Hospital,

Correctional, Industrial, Community, School, Marriage, Adolescent & Youth,

Addiction, Elderly, Sexual Minorities

122

Crisis Intervention,

Case Work, Guidance, Counselling and Psychotherapy

Conflicts and Dilemmas in working with individuals & Families

Supervision - Development of Personal and Professional self

Preventive Case Work Intervention

References:

Beistek Felix (1957). Case Work Relationship. Chicago: Loyola University Press

Berne Eric, (1964) Games People Play, A Handbook of Transactional Analysis,

Ballantine Books, NewYork.

Bhatachari (2005) An Integrated Approach to Social Work, Sage Publications

Corey, Gerald, (1996) Theory and Practice of Counselling and Psychotherapy (fifth

edition) California, Brooks/Cole

Desai, Murali, (1994) Family and Intervention, Mumbai, Tata Institute of Social

Sciences.

Fischer, J. (1978).Effective Case Work Practice- An Eclectic Approach. New York:

McGraw Hill Book Co.

Friedlander, Walter A, (1978) Concepts and Methods of Social Work, Englewood

Cliffs: Prentice Hall

Grace Mathew (1992). Introduction to Social Case Work. Bombay: Tata Institute of

Social Sciences.

Hamilton Gordon, (1976). Principles of social case recording. New York:

Colombia University Press.

Hepworth & Larsen (2010). Direct Social Work Practice: Theory and Skills (Eighth

Edition). Belmont, CA: Brooks/Cole/ Thompson.

Perlman, H.H. (1957). Social Case Work: A Problem Solving Process. Chicago:

University of Chicago Press.

Richmond Mary E, (1965) Social Diagnosis, University of Chicago Press.

Roberts, R.W, Nee R.H. (1970). Theories of Social Case Work. Chicago: University of

Chicago press

Soodan, K, S.(2006) Social Work Theory and Practice, Nav Jyoti Simran Publications,

Lucknow

Turner, Francis J., (1968) Differential Diagnosis and Treatment in Social Work, New

York: The Free Press.

Upadhyaya R.K., (2003) Social Case Work a Therapeutic Approach, Sage Publications

Woods, M. & Hollis, F. (2000). Case work: A Psycho-Social Therapy. New York:

McGraw Hill Inc.

123

MSW 421 P – III

SOCIAL GROUP WORK

Course Objectives:

Develop understanding of the relevance and efficacy of Group Work as a

method of Social Work.

Understand the process of Group Work and gain skills to form social groups

Develop skills to use purposeful programme media in Group Work

Enable the learners to gain knowledge, skills and attitudes to practice Social

Group Work in different settings and with diverse groups.

Course Content:

UNIT I

FOUNDATION FOR SOCIAL GROUP WORK

Understanding Social Group Work as a method of Social Work – Definition,

objectives, role of social group in the development of a person

Social Group Work in the global context

Types of social groups - Educational, growth oriented groups, socialization,

therapeutic and task groups, the mutual aid model -support groups, self help

groups, social action groups

Standards for social work practice with groups – AASWG

Ecological systems, empowerment, transformative and strengths based

perspectives on group work

Applicability of the perspectives in diverse social groups – a project

UNIT II

PROCESS OF GROUP WORK AND STAGES OF GROUP DEVELOPMENT

Forming a group : Establishing the Group‟s purpose, Assessing potential

sponsorship and membership, Selecting and screening of members, Composing

the group with special reference to factors of group formation (Homogeneity

and Heterogeneity factors, Group size, Frequency and duration of meeting,

Length of groups, Place for meetings, Membership – closed membership and

open membership), Orienting members to the group, contracting, Preparing the

group‟s environment, (Developing a proposal for a group – an exercise)

Initial stage (Pre-affiliation)

Transition stage (Power and control))

Working stage(Intimacy and Differentiation))

Ending stage(Separation)

Developing a proposal for a group – An exercise

124

UNIT III

DYNAMICS AND PRINCIPLES OF GROUP WORK

Understanding Group Dynamics(Group Process): Sub groups, isolates,

scapegoats, newcomers, bond and group cohesion, role, leadership, group

control

Conflicts and decision making(conflict management), hostility, behaviour

contagion, verbal and non-verbal communication

Assessing interaction patterns in group process- An exercise

Handling group dynamics – An exercise

Principles of group work: Social Work values, Human needs, Cultural setting,

Planned group formation, Specific objectives, Purposeful worker-group

relationship, Continuous individualization, Guided group interaction,

democratic group self determination, Flexible functional organization,

Progressive programme experience, Resource utilization, Evaluation

Application of Principles of Group Work

UNIT IV

GROUP WORK SKILLS

Skills for working with short term groups: Skills for facilitating group

processes, data gathering and assessment skills, action skills.

Selection and use of programme media/Participatory Training Methodologies in

social group work: Games, arts and crafts, group discussion, Buzz group, role

play, brainstorming, camps

Designing a training programme – An exercise

Group work with children, adolescents, adults, elderly and the marginalised

Application social group work in various settings – schools, hospitals,

correctional institutions, industries, communities: a simulation

Efficacy of social group work : planning and preparing an evaluation sheet

References:

Beal et. Al. (1962). Leadership and Dynamic Group Action. The lowastate

University Press, U.S.A.

Brown, Allan. (2006). Group Work. Ashgate, U.S.A.

Burnard, Phillip. (2004). Interpersonal Skills Training. Viva Book Pvt. Ltd,

New Delhi.

Capuzzi, David et al. (2010). Introduction to Group Work. Rawat publications,

Jaipur.

Corey, Marianne Schneider/Corey, Gerald. (2002). Group Process and Practice.

Brooks/Cole, Thomas Learning, Australia.

Corey, Marianne Schneider & Corey, Gerald. (2004). Group techniques.

Brooks/Cole Thomson Learning, Australia.

Garvin, Charles D. Et. Al. (2002). Hand Book of Social Work with Groups.

Rawat Publications, Jaipur.

125

Garwin, C. (1987). Contemporary Group Work. Prentice Hall Inc., New York.

Getrude, Wilson & Ryland, Gladys. (1949). Social Group Work Practice the

creative use of social process. Houghton Mifflin Co., Boston.

Golpelwar, Banmala. (2007). Social Group Work. Indian Institute of Youth

Welfare, Nagpur.

Guha, Dr. Ratna. (2012). Social Work with Individuals and Groups. Centrum

Press, New Delhi.

Gupta, Manju, & Jha, Dr. Prem Kant. (2008). Group Discussion. Mahaveer

Publishers. New Delhi.

Konopka, Gisela. (1963). Social Group Work a helping process. Prentice,

London.

Misra, P.D., Misra, Bina. (2010). Social Group Work – Theory and Practice.

New Royal Book Co., Lucknow.

Hart Ford Magaret E. (1971). Group in Social Work. Columbia University

Press, New York.

Northern, Helen & Kurland, Roselle. (2001). Social Work with groups.

Columbia University Press, New York and London.

Peterson, Mark. (2007). Group Discussion – Sure Way to Success. Lotus Press,

New Delhi.

Pincus, Allen & Minhan, Anne. (1973). Social Work Practice: Model and

Method. F.E. Peacock, U.S.A.

Prasad, Hari Mohan & Mohan, Rajnish. (2009). How to prepare for Group

Discussion and Interview. Tata Mc Graw Hill Education Private Limited, New

Delhi.

Roberts W Roberts and Helen Northen ed. (1976). Theories of Social Work

with groups. Columbia University Press, New York.

Rogers, Jessica & Epstein, Robert. (2001). The big book of motivational games.

Mc Graw Hill, New York.

Siddiqui, H.Y. (2008). Group Work Theories and Practices. Rawat publications,

Jaipur.

Soodan, K.S. (2008). An introduction to social work theory and practice. Nav

Jyoti Simprranjeet publications, Lucknow.

Toseland, W Ronald Rivas. (1984). An introduction to group work practice.

Mac Millan Publishing Company, New York.

Thackeray, Skidmore A. (1964), Introduction to Social Work, Prentice Hall,

New Jersey

Trecker, Harleigh B, (1955). Group Work Foundations and frontiers. Whiteside

inc. and William Morrow and Company.

Trecker, Harleigh B. (1972). Social Group Work Principles and Practices.

Whiteside, inc. and William Morrow and company,

Zastrow, Charles H. (2009). Social Work with Groups. CENGAGE Learning,

Australia.

126

Journals:

Adelaide Journal of Social Work, School of Social Work, Roshni Nilaya,

Mangalore

Journal of Madras School of Social Work, Chennai

Journal of School of Social Work, NIMHANS, Bangalore

Journal of Social Work and Development Issues, Udaipur school of Social

Work, Rajasthan

National Journal of Professional Social Work, Indian Society of Professional

Social Work, NIMHANS Bangalore

Participative Development, Centre for Social Research and Development, Pune

Perspectives in Social Work, College of Social Work, Nirmala Niketan,

Mumbai

Rajagiri Journal of Social Development, Rajagiri college of Social Scieinces,

Kerala

Social Action, Social Action Trust, New Delhi

The Indian Journal of Social Work, Tata Institute of Social Sciences, Mumbai

Websites

www.asgw.org/diversity.htm

www.apa.org/ethics/code2202.html

www.groupsinc.org//group/ethicalguide.html

www.asgw.org/training-standards.htm

www.asgw.org/best.htm

www.counselling.org

MSW 431 P – IV

SKILL DEVELOPMENT IN WORKING WITH INDIVIDUALS AND GROUPS

Course Objectives:

1. To cultivate the ability to develop appropriate skills and attitudes to work with

Individuals

2. Develop skills to work with groups in developmental areas

3. To cultivate ability to critically analyse understand and intervene in problems of

Individuals

4. To develop the skills required to relate to cultural issues in groups-

Course Content:

UNIT I

MICRO SKILLS IN WORKING WITH INDIVIDUALS

Attending & Listening Skills

Observation & Communication Skills

Responding, Paraphrasing & Summarising Skills

Questioning & Clarifying Skill

http://www.asgw.org/diversity.htm

http://www.apa.org/ethics/code2202.html

http://www.groupsinc.org/group/ethicalguide.html

http://www.asgw.org/training-standards.htm

http://www.asgw.org/best.htm

http://www.counselling.org/

127

Diagnosing Skills

Intervention Skill

UNIT II

MACRO SKILLS IN WORKING WITH INDIVIDUALS

Problem solving skills

Decision making Skill

Interpersonal relationship

Supportive & Resource Enhancement

Coping with Stress

Empathy

UNIT III

UNDERSTANDING THE GROUP PROCESS

Group dynamics

Tools used to assess Group dynamics

Conflicts & Decision making

Importance of Communication in the group

Verbal and Non Verbal Communication

Handling group dynamics

UNIT IV

PREPARATION OF GROUP MODULES

Parenting

Adolescents

Study Habits

Life Skills

Building Interpersonal Relationships

Designing a training Programme

References:

Anthony John 2003 Skills of councilling,Anugraha Publications Tamilnadu

Antony John 2015:Emotions in counselling, Anugraha Publications, TamilNadu

Bhatachari 2005: An Integrated approach to Social Work, Sage Publications

Gordon Hamilton 2013:Theory & Practice of Social Case Work,New York

Coombia University press

Hamilton, Gordon, 1940: Theory and Practice of Case WorkNew York:

Columbia University Press

ISPSW: National Journal of Professional Social Work

128

Monteiro Meena 2012:Learning to grow, School of social work, Roshni Nilaya

Mangalore

Nehra Arora 2013: Case Work Concepts & Principles, Sage publications

Nitesh Dhauvan, 2006 : Social Work Perspectives, Sage Publications

Shekhar Rameela , Sandra Lobo , Dr R Parthasarathy, 2012:Child Mental

Health – manual for Teachers & Parents,School of Social Work, Roshni Nilaya

Mangalore

Shekhar Rameela, Madhava BM 2010:Psycho Social Skills required in teachers

to deal with Problems in children, School of Social Work, Roshni Nilaya

Mangalore

Soodan K.S., 2006 : Social Work Theory and Practice, Nav Jyoti Simran

publication Lucknow

Zastrow, Charles, 1995: The Practice of Social Work, California: Brooks/Cole

MSW 451 P – VI

PSYCHOLOGICAL PERSPECTIVES ON HUMAN BEHAVIOR

Course Objectives:

To gain knowledge of the major influences in human development.

To develop sensitivity towards human needs and problems

To understand the common psychiatric disorders in children, adult and elderly

To develop and understanding of Disaster situation and its impact

Course Content:

UNIT I

UNDERSTANDING PSYCHOLOGY AND HUMAN BEHAVIOUR

Definition of Psychology, nature and scope of Psychology.

Relevance of Psychology in Social Work practice

Concept of Personality, Personality Theories – Mc Crae and Costa‟s Big 5

Personality Theory and Meyer Friedmand Ray Roseman‟s Type A/B

Personality Theory

Freudian Approaches to understanding human Behaviour

Determinants of human behaviour: Heredity and Environment

Basic Human needs and Behaviour

UNIT II

IMPORTANCE OF INTELLIGENCE, EMOTIONS AND STRESS COPING

MECHANISMS

Concept of IQ, Levels of Intelligence, Factors affecting Intellectual

Development

129

Problems associated with Low IQ , Reaction of the parents , Role of a Social

worker

Emotions -Definition, characteristics of emotions and Effects of emotions on

behaviour

Emotional quotient – meaning and components and methods of improving

Emotional Quotient

Stress : Meaning , Causes of Stress and Effects of stress

Stress Coping Mechanisms and Stress Management techniques

UNIT III

INTRODUCTION TO ABNORMAL PSYCHOLOGY

Concept of Normality and Abnormality

Types of Psychiatric Disorders - Minor and Major Psychiatric Disorders

Minor Psychiatric Disorders – Neurosis ( ( Symptoms and Treatment)

Major Psychotic Disorders – Schizophrenia ( Symptoms and Treatment )

Major Psychotic Disorders- Affective Disorders ( Symptoms and Treatment )

Substance Abuse – Alcoholism and Drug Abuse ( Concept , Characteristics and

Treatment )

UNIT IV

SPECIFIC DISORDERS AND INTERVENTION

Childhood Disorders: Specific Learning Disability, Hyperkinetic Disorders,

Conduct Disorder ( Symptoms and treatment )

Child Sexual Abuse - Impact and Intervention

Psychiatric Disorders in the Elderly – Dementia and Alziemers (

Characteristics and Treatment )

Disaster : Concept , Types - Effects

Post Traumatic Stress Disorder and Disaster

Psychosocial support and mental health services in disasters.

References:

Baron Robert A, (2013) Psychology Pearson, New Delhi.

Berrios, G.E & Dawson, J.H, (1983) Treatment and Management in Adult

Psychiatry, Bailiere Tindall, London.

Birnabaum, F., Coplon, J.,and Scharff, T.( 1973,) Crisis Intervention after a

Natural Disaster”, Social Case Work, Vol. 54, No.9, 545.551

Carson, Butcher, J. & Mineka, S. (2000). Abnormal Psychology and Modern

Life. Boston: Allyn & Bacon - Chicago: Nelson-Hall.

Carson Robert C Butcher,(2005), Abnormal Psychology, Byword Viva

Publishers, New Delhi.

Coleman James. C, 1975 Abnormal Psychology and Modern Life,

D.B. Taneporevela, Mumbai.

130

Davidoff L.L. (1981). Introduction to Psychology London: McGraw Hill Inc.

Book Inc .Co.

Davison, G. & Neale, J. (2004). Abnormal Psychology. New York: Wiley

Desouza.A, (1975). Psychiatry in India, Bhalani Book Depot

Medical Booksellers, Mumbai

Feldman, Robert S.( 1999) Understanding Psychology, New Delhi, Tata

McGraw Publishing Comp. Ltd,.7 West Patel Nagar.

Hayes, Nicky, (1994). Foundation of Psychology: An introductory Text.

London

Hayes, Nicky (2011), Applied Psychology made simple, Hodder Education.

London

Hutchison, E. (2007). Dimensions of Human Behavior: Person and

Environment. Thousand Oaks: Sage Publications, Inc.

Jacob, K,S, Kuruvilla Anju (2010) Psychiatric Presentation in General Practice :

A guide to Holistic Management. Byword Books. Delhi.

Keniston Allen (ed.). (1998). Perspectives: Life Span Development. Madison:

Coursewise Publishing Inc.

Lindgren , H.C Byme, D. (1971). Psychology: An Introduction to Behavioural

Sciences New York: John Wiley and Sons Inc

Mangal, S.K. (1988) . General Psychology, New Delhi: Sterling Publishers

(P) Ltd

Mangal, S.K. (2008). Abnormal Psychology. City: Sterling Publishers Pvt.Ltd.

Morgan, C.T., King, R.A., Weisz, J.R., & Schopler, J (2004) Introduction to

Psychology. New Delhi: Tata Mc Graw-Hill book Co.

Needhan, Alix (2002). Stress Management Kit” Connection Book Publishing Ltd:

St. Chads House, 148Kings Cross Road London

Newman B.M., Newman P.R. (1999). Development through life: a Psychosocial

approach. Wardsworth, New York

W.H.O. (1994). ICD 10 Classification of Mental and Behavioural Disorders.

Oxford University Press

Zastrow, C.&K.(2010). Understanding Human Behavior and the Social

Environment. Chicago: Nelson-Hall.

SEMESTER II

MSW 402 P - VII

COMMUNITY ORGANIZATION AND SOCIAL ACTION

Course Objectives:

Develop competence to undertake critical and holistic analysis of social issues and

community dynamics.

131

Enhance understanding of the models and strategies of Participatory Community organization Practice.

To develop skills of community problem analysis and problem solving

Develop an attitude of concern, commitment and social responsibility to work among the subaltern groups and communities.

Course Content:

UNIT – I

CONCEPTS AND MODELS OF COMMUNITY ORGANISATION

Concept of Community, Community Work, Community Organization and

Community Development: Historical and emerging perspectives, principles and

application.

Western Models of Community Work Practice: Rothman‟s three models –

locality development, social planning and social action, Radical structural

change models.

Gandhian method of organizing: Satyagraha, Civil disobedience and philosophy

of non violence, Phule, Ambedkar perspective on addressing subaltern

communities.

Similarities and difference between community organization and community

development

Roles of Community organization practitioners.

Skills and competencies required for community organization practice.

UNIT – II

COMMUNITY POWER DYNAMICS:

Community Power Structure: Concepts – Power, community power structure.

Aspects and Bases of power

Power dynamic in Indian Rural communities.

Power dynamics in Urban communities

Caste, class, inequality in relation to power dynamics.

Concept and process of Empowerment

UNIT – III

COMMUNITY ORGANIZATION PROCESS:

Fact finding -Participatory Rural Appraisal (PRA) Needs assessment study

Analysis of planned change- problem analysis (causes & effects)

Discussion, Organization, Planning - analysis of planned change (force field)

force field analysis SWOT analysis

Planning and Resource Mobilization;

Intervention –use of strategies

Reflection, Evaluation, Modification and Continuation.

132

UNIT IV

SOCIAL ACTION METHOD:

Social Action as a Method of Social Work

Social Action : Meaning and définitions, Principles and Process of Social

Action

Strategies and techniques and skills of Social Action

Social Change and social Justice, multiculturalism and Social Inclusion – as

essential dimensions of the Rights Based Approach (RBA)

Emerging Trends in Community Organization –Globalization, Gender

sensitivity, Marginalized groups

Role of social worker in facilitating social action

References:

Alinskey, S.O.,1971 : Rules for Radicals, New York: Random House

Arthur Dunham.: Community Welfare Organisation- Principles and Practice

Barua, Jayanthi2001: Social mobilization, Modern society,New Delhi: Mittal

Publishers

Bharadwaj –Bedal, Sangeeta 2009: Gender, Social Structure and

Empowerment: Status Report of Women in India, Jaipur and Delhi: Rawat

Publications

Brager, G. and Specht, H.1969: Community Organization, New York:

Columbia University Press.

Burton, P2003: Community involvement in neighbourhood regeneration:

stairway to heaven or road to nowhere? www.neighbourhoodcentre.org

Butcher Hugh & Banks Sarah.: Critical Community Practice

Cadler,G2003: Communitarianism and new labour www.dhb.co.uk social

issues

Chambers, Robert, 1997 : Whose Reality Counts: Putting the First Last,ITDG

Publishing

Chatterjee, Partha2004: The Politics of the Governed: Reflection in Popular

Politics in most of the World, New Delhi: Permanent Black

Collin, T2002: Community development and state building: A shared project,

Community development journal, vol.37, Jan. pp91-100

Cox, M. et al (eds) 1974 : Strategies of Community Organization: A book for

readings, Illinois: P .E. Peacock

Desrochers, John: Development, Human Rights and Action Groups, Bangalore:

Centre for Social Action.

Ernest B. Harper & Arthur Dunham .: Community Organisation in Action

Fals Borda & Rahman M.A. (ed) 1991: Action & Knowledge: Building the

Monopoly with participatory Action-Research, New York

http://www.neighbourhoodcentre.org/

133

Fine, J. 2006: Workers Centres : Organizing Communities at the Edge of the

Dreams, London : ILR Press

Gangrade K. D.1971: Community Organisation in India, Bombay: Popula

Prakashan.

Green Duncan, 2008: From Poverty to power – How Active Citizens and

Effective

States can change the World, New Delhi: Academic Foundation

Henderson Paul & Thomas David M., 1981: Readings in Community work,

London: George Allen & Enwin

Hines, C, 2000: Localisation: A global manifesto, London: Earthscan

Hunter, F, 1953 : Community Power Structure, Chapel Hill: University of North

California Press

John G. Sommer, 2001: Empowering the oppressed: Grassroots Advocacy

Movements in India, Sage : New Delhi

Kumar Somesh, 2002: Methods for Community Participation: A Complete

Guide for Practitioners, New Delhi : Visthar

Lou Turner and John Alan (eds) 1986: Frantz Fanon, Sowito & American Black

Thoughts, Chicago: News & Letters Publications.

Manuel, Castells, 1997: The Power of Identity, Oxford: Blackwell Publishers

Mayo, M & Craig G. (eds): Community Empowerment: A Reader in

Participation and Development, Zed Books: London

Mayoux, L., 1998: Women‟s Empowerment and Micro Finance Programmes:

Approaches, Evidences and Ways Forward, DPP Working Paper No. 41,

Milton Keynes: Open University.

Mendonza, W & D‟Souza, John, 2002: The Land & Winding Road, From

Structural Change to Structural Transformation: Backgrounder on N.G.O.‟s and

People‟s Movements: CEO, Bangalore

Mosley Paul & Hume David1998: “Microenterprise Finance: Is There a

Conflict between Growth and Poverty Allevation”? World Development, Vol

26, No. 5

M P Boraian 2008 Community development and out reach approach Anmol

publications pvt. Ltd. New Delhi

Murthy, S. Ranjani (ed)2001: Building Women‟s Capacities: Interventions in

Gender Transformations, New Delhi: Sage

Nagaraj D.R.1993: The Flaming Feet: A Study of the Dalit Movement, South

Forum Press, Bangalore.

Nair, K.S. & Ascroft J. (eds)1994: Participatory Communication: Working For

Change and Development, New Delhi: Sage Publications

Nish Chaudhary 2010Social welfare and Community Development

Nuijten M, 2003: Power, Community and the State, Pluto Press

Patel, Vibhuti, ed, 2009: Discourse on Women and Empowerment, Delhi: The

Women Press

134

Paul Henderson & David N. Thomas : Readings in Community Work.

Paulo, 2003: National occupational standards for community development

work, available at ww.communitydevelopmentlearning.org.uk

Polson and Sanderson, 1979: Rural Community Organisation, New York: John

Wiley & Sons.

PRIA 2002: Participatory Research: Revisiting the Roots, New Delhi: Society

for Participatory Research in Asia.

PRIA1991: Work and Empowerment : Manual for Activists, New Delhi: PRIA

PRIA,2000: Doing Research with People, New Delhi: Society for Participatory

Research in Asia.

Rahman Aminur,1999: Micro Credit Initiatives for Equitable and Sustainable

Development: Who Pays?, World Development, Vol 27, No.1, January PP 67-

82

Rappaport J, Swift C., Hess R. (eds) : Structures in Empowerment: Steps

Towards Understanding and Action, New York: Haworth Press

Reason P, 2002: Justice, sustainability and participation: Inaugural lecture,

Available at the http://[email protected]

Robson T., 2000: The state and community action, London: Pluto

Ross, Murray G. 1967: Community Organisation: Theory, Principles and

Practice, New York: Harper and Row.

Roy, Indrajit, 2002: “Community, Organization and Representation :

Implications for Development” E.P.W. August 31.

R.S. Pandey 2010:Communitisation – The third way of governance

Concept publishing company pvt. Ltd. New Delhi - 110059

Samuel H. Taylor and Robert W. Robert: Theory and Practice of Community

Social Work.

Sharma, Subhash, 2009 : Why People Protest: An Analysis of Ecological

Movements, New Delhi : Publications Division, Ministry of Information and

Broadcasting, Govt. of India

Sharp, J. P., P. Routledge, P. Chris and R. Addison (ed), 2000: Entanglements

of Power : Geographies of Domination/Resistence, Routledge

Shaw, M ,2004: Community work: policy, politics and practice,

Hull:Universities of Hull & Ediburgh

Siddique, M. & R. Khwaja, 2008: The Acrobatics of Change: Concepts,

Techniques and Strengths and Execution, London: Response Books

Siddiqui, H.Y. (ed), 1984: Social Work and Social Action, New Delhi: Harnam

Publications.

Sukhadeo Thorat, 2009: Dalits in India: Search for a common destiny, Sage

Publications

Taylor, M, 2000: Top down meets bottom up: Neighbourhood Management,

Joseph Rowntree Foundation

mailto:[email protected]

135

Thomson, M,2003: Promoting Equality: Challenging discrimination and

openness with Human Services, London: Mac Millan

Ujjwal Singh (ed): Human Rights and Peace, Delhi: Sage

Urs, Kshithij and Richard Whittell, 2009 : Resisting Reform? Water Profits and

Democracy, New Delhi: Sage Publications

Vivek Rampal 2009Social Work and Community Development

SKILL DEVELOPMENT IN WORKING WITH FAMILIES AND

COMMUNITIES MSW 412 P-VIII

Course Objectives:

1. To sharpen the skills and techniques required to work with families

2. Understand the process and skills of working with community

3. Bring out a module to work with families and communities

4. Develop an attitude of concern, commitment and social responsibility to work

among the subaltern groups

Course Content:

UNIT I

UNDERSTAND THE SKILLS TECHNIQUES AND INTERVENTIONS OF

FAMILY CENTERED SOCIAL WORK

Globalization and Families

Family Life Cycle

Life enrichment

Family Empowerment

Protection of Human Rights

Quality of Life Indicators

UNIT II

UNDERSTAND THE FAMILY DYNAMICS

Power

Myths

Roles

Changing Family Structure

Changing situations in Marriage

Vulnerability in families

136

UNIT III

UNDERSTAND STEPS AND THE PROCESS OF COMMUNITY WORK

Skills acquisition in Participatory Rural Appraisal (PRA)

Use of PRA Techniques in Field Work

Testing the principles

Familarising the techniques of PRA

Analysis of one NGO & one CBO

Micro credit analysis-Practical

UNIT IV

DEVELOPING MODULES TO ENRICH FAMILY AND COMMUNITIES

Family Life Education

Building Effective Communication and Skills in Families

Life Skill Education

Work Life Balance

Time Management

Stress Management

References:

Butcher Hugh & Banks Sarah.: Critical Community Practice,Sage publications

Kumar Somesh, 2002: Methods for Community Participation: A Complete

Guide for Practitioners, New Delhi : Visthar

Mary Jenis, 2015:Voices of the Vulnerable,School of Social Work , Roshni

Nilaya , Mangalore

Murthy, S. Ranjani (ed)2001: Building Women‟s Capacities: Interventions in

Gender Transformations, New Delhi: Sage publications

PRIA 2002: Participatory Research: Revisiting the Roots, New Delhi: Society

for Participatory Research in Asia.

PRIA1991: Work and Empowerment : Manual for Activists, New Delhi: PRIA

PRIA,2000: Doing Research with People, New Delhi: Society for Participatory

Research in Asia.

Rahman Aminur1999: Micro Credit Initiatives for Equitable and Sustainable

Development: Who Pays?, World Development, Vol 27, No.1, January PP 67-

82

137

MSW 432 P-X.1

RURAL TRIBAL AND URBAN SOCIETIES IN INDIA

Course Objectives:

Develop ability to study and analyze the historical and emerging trends in

tribal, rural and urban societies through critical application of social science

perspectives.

Develop sensitivity and commitment to work among the disadvantaged

rural/tribal communities.

Acquire understanding of the strategies, skills and techniques required to

facilitate participatory, sustainable and integrated development of rural, tribal

and urban communities.

Understand governmental and non-governmental initiatives for rural, tribal and

urban development.

Course Content:

UNIT I

RURAL SOCIETIES

Concept of rural, tribal, urban distinctions and continuities

Issues of concern in rural areas: Livelihood insecurity and poverty, out-

migration, depeasantisation and prolitarianisation, indebtedness, Agrarian

struggles and New Social movements.

Situation of marginalised sections, dalits, tribal‟s, backward castes and

minorities, women and children in the villages.

Rural Development: Perspectives and approaches

Government structures for Rural and Tribal Development- Ministries,

Departments and commissions (Central and State) and Panchayati Raj

Government Programmes: Sectoral, target group and area development.

Recent programmes and trends – Rehab Act

UNIT II

TRIBAL SOCIETIES

Concept of tribe, adivasi, aborigines and indigenous groups

Tribal‟s in India: Demographic profile in various geographic locations,

Extinction.

Tribal social institutions and cultures: Case studies.

Issues facing tribals: Survival, Rights over forests land, livelihood and food

security, health, education, development

Current trends regarding displacement, resettlement of Tribals and violation of

human rights.

Tribal distress, unrest and tribal, peasant, ecological and new social movements.

138

UNIT III

URBAN SOCIETIES

Concept of urbanization, urbanism, urban industrial syndrome, urban

development and urban community development

Urban Situation : Demographic, economic, governance, socio-cultural, Urban

Infrastructure and urban services

Slums: Profile, proliferation, slum sub-culture, evictions and human rights

violation and Urban environmental issues

State agencies and local Government institutions in urban community

development.

Urban social services and development programmes

National Building Code : Critical analysis

UNIT IV

NON-GOVERNMENT AGENCIES IN RURAL, TRIBAL AND URBAN

DEVELOPMENT

Perspectives and Approaches of N.G.O.‟s

Programmes and processes initiated through N.G.O‟s

Impact of N.G.O interventions: Urban, Tribal and Rural Case studies.

Voluntary Organization and Council for Advancement of people‟s Action and

Rural Technology (CAPART); Objectives, schemes;

NABARD: Objectives and programmes: Banks in relation to development

Role of social worker in facilitating participatory change in rural, tribal and

urban communities

References for Rural and Tribal Development:

Boraian M P 2008 Community development and outreach approach Anmol

publications pvt. Ltd. New Delhi

Chaudhuri, B (ed.) : Tribal Development in India,: B.R. Publishing, Delhi

Chaudhary Nisha- ed :(2011):Social Work & Community Development, Murari

Lal,Sons New Delhi

Desrochers, John: Development, Human Rights and Action Groups, Bangalore:

Centre for Social Action.

Furer- Haimenderf C.1989: Tribes of India: The struggle for survival. Delhi:

Oxford University Press

G0l, 2000 : Report of the task force to study the functioning of cooperative

credit system & suggest measures for its strengthening: Ministry of Finance :

New Delhi

139

Government of India . 2005: Report of the task force on revival of rural

cooperative credit institutions, New Delhi: Ministry of Finance,

Government of India.

Herring, Ronald. J.Y. 198: Land to the Tiller: The Political Economy of

Agrarian Reform in South Asia, Delhi: Oxford University press.

Mishra 2001 : Empowering people: Grass root organizations and Rural

Development Karnataka publication, New Delhi:

Mishra R K 2013: Urbanisation and Environment in India Avon Publications

New Delhi.

Pradeep Kumar Johari 2005: social work for community Development ,

Anmol publications New Delhi 110002

Rajapurohit, A.R. (eds) 1984 : Land Reforms in India Ashish Publishing

House , New Delhi:

Ramachandran, H. (ed) 1991: Environmental Issues in Agricultural

Development New Delhi: Concept Publishing.

Radhakrishna, Meena 2001: Dishonoured by History: Criminal Tribes and

British Colonial Policy, Hyderabad: Orient Longmen.

Rao, M.S.A (ed) 1984 : Social Movement in India: Studies in Peasant

Backward classes, Sectarian, Tribal and Women‟s Movement, New Delhi:

Manohar Publications

Riley, John M, 2002: Stakeholders in Rural Development: Critical

Collaboration in State. NGO Partnerships, Sage. New Delhi:

Paulo, 2003 : National occupational standards for community development

work, available at ww.communitydevelopmentlearning.org.uk

Rahman Aminur 1999 : Micro Credit Initiatives for Equitable and Sustainable

Development: Who Pays?, World Development, Vol 27, No.1,January PP 67-82

Samuel H.Taylor and Robert W.Robert: Theory and Practice of Community

Social Work.

Sharma, B.U, 1995 : Whither Tribal Areas – Delhi, Sahyog Pustak Kutir:

Vivek Rampal 2009 :Social Work and Community Development

References for Urban Development:

Aziz, Abdul 1984 : Urban poor and Urban informal sector New Delhi: Ashish

publishing House

Cox, Fred, et. Al ( 1977) : Tactics and Techniques of Community Practice,

Illinois: Peacock Publishers

Desai, A.R. & Pillai S.D. (eds) 1990 : Slums and Urbanization, Mumbai:

Popular Prakashan

Desai, Angina(1985) : Environmental perception – The human factor in urban

planning, New Delhi: Hashish Publishing house

140

Desrochers, John (ed) : India‟s Growing slums, Bangalore:Centre for Social

Action

Diddee Jayamala Rangaswamy, Vimal , 1993 : Urbanisation. Trends,

perspectives & challenges, Jaipur: Rawat Publications

Ghosh, Archana 2003 : Urban Environment – Local Government and

Community Action, New Delhi: Concept Publishing Company

Jayapalan, N 2002 : Urban Sociology, New Delhi: Atlantic Publishers and

Distributors

K.K. Bhatnagar, K.K. Gadeode 2007 : Urban Development and Administration

Aalekh Publishers: Jaipur

Ledwith, M 2006 (1st edition 2005) : Community Development: A Critical

Approach Bangalore: Rawat publication

Misra K. Girish & M.K. Naran, 1989 : Development programmes for urban

poor, New Delhi: Indian Institute of public administration

Nagpaul, Hans 1996 Modernisation & Urbanisation in India New Delhi:

Rawat publications.

Sathpal, Puliani 2000: The Karnataka Town & Country Planning Act, 1961,

Bangalore: Karnataka Law Journal Publications.

Sharma, K. Rajendra 2004 : Urban Sociology New Delhi: Atlantic Publishers

and Distributors

Shashidhar, H 2001 : Census of India 2001. GOI

Singh, Sandhu Ravinder(Editor), 2003 : Urbanisation in India – Sociological

Contributions New Delhi: Sage Publications

Thudipara, Z. Jacob 1993 : Urban Community Development, Jaipur: Rawat

Publications

Tiwari, R.S 1997 : Role of informal sector in Urban communities, Mumbai:

Himalaya publishing House

JOURNALS:

Economic and Political Weekly, Vol: XLII, May-June 2007

Social Change, Vol: 36, December 2006

The Indian Journal of Social Work, Vol. 67, July 2006

MSW 432 P-X.2

HEALTH AND MENTAL HEALTH ISSUES

Course Objectives:

Develop an Understanding of the holistic concept of Health and Mental health

Acquire knowledge of socio cultural factors influencing health and mental

health Understanding of Common Physical Ill health issues

Develop a knowledge of clinical psychopathology

Understanding major health and mental health policies and programmes

141

Course Content:

UNIT I

UNDERSTANDING THE CONCEPT OF HEALTH

Concept of health , Components : Physical, psychological , emotional ,social

and spiritual

Determinants of health and indicators of health

Socio economic and cultural factors that influence health status

Health status of people in India and critical review of health and five year

plans

Understanding health from the Human rights perspective

Concept of Community health, preventive and primitive ,social and

community medicine

UNIT II

COMMUNICABLE AND NON COMMUNICABLE DISEASE

Etiology, Symptoms, treatment of Respiratory Infections - Chickenpox,

Measles, Mumps, Diphtheria, Tuberculosis

Intestinal Infections – Poliomyelitis, Cholera and Typhoid

Arthropod Infections - Malaria, Filiriasis and Dengue

Non communicable diseases - Coronary Heart Diseases, Hypertension,

Diabetes - Impact of these Non Communicable Illness on the Individual and

family

Life Style illnesses and its impact on the Younger Generation

Medico Social Case Work (Practical) – Role of Clinical Social Worker

UNIT III

UNDERSTANDING THE CONCEPT MENTAL HEALTH:

History and growth of Psychiatry. Traditional and Modern attitude towards

psychiatric illness

Concept of Mental health and characteristics of mentally healthy person

Factors influencing mental health. Brain, Nervous System and mental health

Socio economic and cultural aspects of mental health

Mental Health Services in India

Mental health and Human rights

UNIT IV

SCIENCE OF MENTAL ILLNESS

Disorders of perception, thought, speech, memory, emotion, , consciousness and

Motor

Classification in psychiatry - DSM V and ICD 10

Classification and symptoms of psycho-pathology in children and adults

142

Critical analysis of Indian lunacy Act 1912 and Mental Health Act 1987, Mental

Health Care Bill 2013.

National Mental Health Policy 2014

Practical in Psychiatric Interviewing - Case history recording and Mental

Status Examination – Role of a Clinical Social Worker

References:

Ahuja Niraj (2002). Short Textbook of Psychiatry Jaypee Brother Medical

Publisher, New Delhi

Anderson R. & Bury M. (Eds), (1988). : Living with Chronic Illness – The

Experience of Patients and their Families: London: Unwin Hyman

Ajit, (2005). Social Dimensions of Health, Rawat Publications, New Delhi

Bajpai, (1998). Social Work Perspectives on Health, Rawat Publications, New

Delhi

Branon Linda: Jess Feist (2004). “Health Psychology- An Introduction to

Behaviour and Health” Thomas Learning Inc; USA

Cockerham William C (2000). Medical Sociology, Prentice Hall

David Marks: Michael Murray (2005). Health Psychology- Theory, Research

and Practice” Sage Publication India Pvt, Mathur Road, New Delhi

Desjariasi, R et. Al (eds) (1995). World Mental Health: Problems & Priorities in

Low Income countries, London: Oxford University Press

Goel, S L. (2004). Health care policies and programmes:Health care system and

management-2, Deep & Deep Publications

M.C. Gupta & B.K. Mahajan (2003).Textbook of Preventive and Social

Medicine, Jaypee Brothers

Park K. (2009). Preventive and Social Medicine, Banarsidas Bhanot Publishers

Sekar .K, Prakshi Rajaram, Rameela Shekhar and Mubarak A.R (ed) (2010).

Women and Mental Health, NIMHANS, Bangalore.

MSW 432 P-X.3

HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT

Course Objectives:

To understand HRM as a profession.

To understand the role of HRM in business

To equip learners with knowledge, skills, attitude, professional competencies

and social sensitivities essential for a successful career in HRM.

To integrate the knowledge obtained from theory with the practice.

143

Course Content:

UNIT – I

INTRODUCTION TO HUMAN RESOURCE MANGEMENT

Concept, scope and applicability of Human Resource Management- HR as a

profession (Strategic Role – Basics)

Structure, functions, mechanisms of HRM.

Functional area of Human Resource Management.

Role, characteristics and skill essentials of Human Resource Managers.

International HRM.

HRM in a dynamic environment – Basic concepts and trends.

UNIT –II

BASICS OF HUMAN RESOURCE MANGEMENT PRACTICE

Procurement of Personnel – Human Resource Planning, Recruitment, selection.

Talent Management – Acquiring, nurturing and retaining talent in knowledge

based economy- issues, challenges and approaches.

Mobility of people – concept of promotion, transfer, separation – Management

and issues.

Wage determination and Administration – Pay roll management, and

deductions – issues and challenges. Fringe benefits, profit bonus, pay for

performance and competency based pay.

Social Compliance Audit and HR Audit.

Competency Development and Management.

UNIT - III

CONTEMPORARY HUMAN RESOURCE MANGEMENT

Process, benefits and relevance of strategic HR.

Human Resource - The Strategic Business Partner.

Mergers and acquisitions – Concept, meaning, process and issues.

Human Factors in mergers and acquisitions.

Employee engagement and Climate/Engagement Surveys – Meaning, concept

and best practices.

Bench marking – Meaning, concept and purpose.

UNIT – IV

CARREER DEVELOPMENT

Career development and succession planning - Concept and changing aspects.

Mentoring and employee development – Concept and issues.

Performance Management System – Meaning, Methods, Merits and limitations.

Quality Management System and its significance – ISO Standards

Employee Counseling – Relevance and Practice.

Corporate Social Responsibility – Relevance and challenges, Company Act

with reference to CSR.

144

References:

K.B Akhilesh,(2006). Enabling execution excellence - Himalaya Pub House

Abraham, E, (1988). Alternative approaches and strategies of Human

Resource Development, Jaipur: Rawat Publications

Agarwal, Naik Banerjee (2003). Personnel Management & Industrial

Relations, Meerat: Pragathi Publications.

Agarwae, R.D. (1973). Dynamics of Personnel Management in India, Delhi:

Tata McGraw Hill.

Aquinas, P.G. (2005). Personnel Management, Mangalore: Sita Publishing

House

Aswathappa K, (2002). Human Resource & Personnel Management, Tokyo:

Tata McGraw Hill

Alan Barkar, (1997). How to hold better meetings – Magan Page Ltd

Alan Barkar,(2005). Creativity for Managers Excel books. Magan Page Ltd

Armstrong Angela,(2007). Strategic HRM - Barn Jaico Pub house

Armstrong and Murlis(2007). Reward Management – Kagan Page

K Ashwathappa,(2002). Human Resource and Personnel Management Tata

– Mc Graw Publication 3rd Edition

Britt and Boyd,(1999). Marketing and Administrative Action 3rd Edition –

Mac Glaw

Bhaskar Chatterjee, (2004). Human Resource Management Sterling

Publishers

Bhargava P.P, (1990). Issues in Personnel Management, Print well

Publishers

Beardwell Ian Len Holden, (1995). Human Resource Management, De Mont

fort University

Bhagoliwal T.N., (1996). Personnel Management & Industrial Relations,

Agra: Sahithya Bhavan Publications,

Bhaskar Chattergi, (2004). Human Resource Management, New Delhi:

Sterling Publications Pvt. Ltd

Cole, G.A. Personnel Management, Theory & Practice, London: D.P.

Publications

Cushway & lodge (2001). Organizational Behaviour and Design, NewDelhi:

Inst Publishing house

Cushway, (2001). Human Resource Management, New Delhi: Crest

Publishing house

Cascio F Waynes, (2004). Managing Human Resources, New Delhi: Tata

McGraw Hill

Chaudhri K.K (1998). Personnel Management for Executives, New Delhi:

Himalaya Publishing House

145

Cynthia D. Fisher, (1998). Human Resource Management, Chennai: All

India Publishers and Distributors

Davar R. S, (1980). Personnel Management & Industrial Relations, New

Delhi: Vikas Publishing House

Davis, Keith, (1983). Human Behaviour at work, New Delhi: Tata McGraw

Hill

Dyer, W.G, (1987). Team Building, London: Addison Wisley

Edwin B. Fillipo, (1984). Personnel Management, New Delhi: Tata McGraw

Hill

Flippo, Edwin B, (1981). Principles of Personnel Management, Tokyo:

McGraw Hill

Gary, Dessler (2003). Human Resource Management, New Delhi: Pearson

Education Pvt Ltd

G.R.Krishna, (1993). Human Resource Management in Multinationals,

Delhi: Kaniska Publishing House

Herbert G. Heneman, (2000). Personnel Management & Human Resource

Management, New Delhi: Universal Book Stall

Ian Beardwell & Len Holden, (1998). Human Resource Management- A

Contemporary Perspective, New Delhi: Published by McMillan India Ltd.

Mary P Jenis,(2014). Resource Management in Social Work Practice–

Adelaide Publications

Mamoria C.B, (1989). Personnel Management, Bombay: Himalaya

Publishing House

McGregor, Douglas, (1964). The Human side of Enterprise, New York:

McGraw Hill book Co.

Mornsey G.L, (1972). Appraisal & Development, the objectives & results,

London: Addisson Wilsey

P Subba Rao, Publication and Human Resource Management Text and

Cases – Himalaya Publication

Paul & Ken (1999). Management of Organizational Behaviour, Prentice Hall

of India Pvt. Ltd.

Rao, T.V. Strategies of Developing Human Recourses; Experiences from 14

organizations. IIM Ahmedabad

Rao, V.S.P, (2006). Human Resource Management Text and Cases, Excel

Book, New Delhi

Sharma K.K. Organization Behaviour, New Delhi: Deep & Deep

Publications

Subroto Bagchi (2008) Go kiss the world. Penguin India.

Subroto Bagchi (2009). The Professional. Penguin India.

Subroto Bagchi (2006). The High Performance Entrepreneur. Penguin India.

146

MSW 442 P-XI.1

EDUCATION FOR SOCIAL TRANSFORMATION

Course Objectives:

Develop critical perspective on the systems of formal as well as non formal

education including adult continuing education.

Develop understanding of the concepts, goals, principles, programmes as well

as methods of alternative education as a facilitating process.

Acquire skills in designing and conducting educational programmes for varied

groups of disadvantaged learners.

Develop understanding of Social Worker's role in the field of education and

community medicine.

Course Content:

UNIT – I

CONCEPT AND CRITIQUE OF EDUCATION

Education: Concept and definition, Types of education: formal, non formal

and informal-Concept, characteristics and distinctions.

Functional education and functional literacy, Goals of education for social

transformation.

Schools in India: Historical background of child and youth education in India,

Policies on education.

Critique of formal system of education, perspective of Freire, Illich and Marx.

Gender issues in formal education.

Historical background of adult education in India. National policy on Adult

Education; National Literacy Mission; Total Literacy campaigns, Continuing

Education Programmes in India.

Present Educational System – An analysis.

UNIT II

THEORETICAL PERSPECTIVES ON EDUCATION FOR SOCIAL

TRANSFORMATION

Gramsc‟s, Freire's and Illich‟s contribution to education for liberation;

Buddhist; Gandhian, Ambedkar‟s perspectives on education.

Perspectives and Approaches to adult literacy Andragogy and pedagogy and

Principles of adult learning, application of learning principles in the practice

of adult education.

Process of designing participatory adult education programmes:

Understanding the learners, Identifying and analyzing learning needs.

147

Formulating general and measurable objectives, Selecting appropriate content

Methods and materials in education

UNIT III

EXECUTION AND EVALUATION OF PARTICIPATORY ADULT

EDUCATION PROGRAMMES

Criteria and methodology for participatory and non-participatory evaluation.

Budgeting; Mobilization of human and material resources,

Scheduling, conducting, monitoring and evaluating the educational

programme.

Designing an educational project for competency enhancement of a

marginalized group. Case Studies - RnD

Formulating measurable instructional objectives and designing a project for an

educational programme.

Role of the Social Worker in the practice of adult education.

UNIT IV

COMMUNITY MEDICINE

Concept of health , determinants and indicators of health, Community Health

Prevention, levels of prevention, and modes of intervention

Health education and health promotion in the community

Nutrition and Balance Diet

Food preservation and sanitation of food

Communicable and non communicable diseases.

References:

Abhivyakti, (2005). For they have their own thoughts, Goa: Multiversity

Aggarwal, Yash (2002).“An Assessment of Trends in access and retention”;

New Delhi: National Institute of Educational planning and Administration:

Ambroise, Y & Britto, P.J.(2002). Methods of Non-Formal education,

Secunderabad : APSS Publication

Basu, B.D, (1989). History of education in India, New Delhi: Cosmo

Publications

Bhan Susheela N – (1980). NAEP, Delhi: Oxford University Press

Buzan, T., (2005). Buzan‟s Embracing change, B.B.C. Books

Casmir F.L. (1991). Communication in Development Morwood, N.J: Ablex

Chanana, Karuna, (ed) (1988). Socialisation, Education and Women:

Explorations in

148

Gender Identity, Delhi: Orient Longman

Coombs, P & Ahmed M, (1974). Attacking rural poverty: How Non Formal

Education can Help,Washington D.C: World Bank

Dahama O.P. & Bhatnagar O.P. (1991). Education and Communication for

Development New Delhi: Oxford

De Bono, Edward (1993). Serious Creativity: Using the power of Lateral

Thinking to create new idea, New Delhi : Harper Collins

De Bono, Edward (2004). How to Have a Beautiful Mind, London: Vermilion

De Bono, Edward, (1987). Six Thinking Hats, London: Penguin

Desai, I.P. & Gore, M.S. (eds) (1975). Sociology of Education in India, New

Delhi: NCET

Desrochers, John, (1987). Education for Social change Bangalore: Centre for

Social Action

Freire, Paulo, (1974). Education for Critical consciousness : London: Shed

and Ward

Freire, Paulo, (1974). Pedagogy of the oppressed, Hermondsworth, penguin

Books

Gamez, G. (2006). Creativity, How to catch lightning in a bottle, Mumbai:

Jaico Publishing House

Gramsci, A (1971). Selection from the prison Notebooks, New York:

Internationalist

Harry Alder (2006). Boast your creative Intelligence kogan page India Pvt.

Ltd. New Delhi

Hill, D (ed) (2000). Education, education, education: Capitalism, Socialis and

“The third way”, London: Cassoll.

Illich, Ivan, (1974). Deschooling Society, New York: Harper & Row

Jesudasan I (1984). A Gandhian Theory of Liberation, New York:

Mary Knoll Kamath A.R, (1985). Education and Social Change in India,

Bombay: Somaiya Publications

Krishna Kumar and Oesterhald, J (eds), 2007 : Education and Social Change in

South Asia, New Delhi:

Journals:

Vimukti Shiksha – Adult Education and Development

149

MSW 442 P-XI.2

POSITIVE PSYCHOLOGY IN CLINICAL SOCIAL WORK

Course Objectives:

To give an orientation to the learner in positive psychology as helping

professionals

To equip the learners with knowledge and skills to enhance multi intelligence

To promote positive thoughts, emotions and relationships with theoretical

inputs and practical sessions

To enhance life and to build their strengths

Course Content:

UNIT I

INTRODUCTION

Meaning, definition and goals of Positive Psychology

Eastern and Western Perspectives on Positive Psychology

Positive Psychology and Social work

Positive Approaches in the Organization of Personality

Positive Psychology in Training, Development and Work

Practical: Administration and Analysis of “Inventory of the Intervention

Domain”

UNIT II

MULTI INTELLIGENCES

Physical Intelligence: Concept and Enhancement strategies

Emotional Intelligence: Concept and Enhancement strategies

Social Intelligence: Concept and Enhancement strategies

Creative Intelligence: Concept and Enhancement strategies

Spiritual Intelligence: Concept and Enhancement strategies

Practical: Administration of Multi-intelligences - Tool and Analysis

UNIT III

POSITIVE SELF

Self Esteem: Meaning, Acquiring and affirming self Esteem

Virtues: Wisdom, Courage, Hope and Optimism,

Self –Efficacy: Meaning, Sources and Coping Strategies

Mindfulness: Meaning and Benefits

Happiness: Meaning, Types and Steps Happiness

Practical :“ Assessment of Human Strengths (Multiple Resources)”

150

UNIT IV

PERSONAL GROWTH AND HUMAN STRENGTHS

Empowerment of Individuals: Vision, Mission, Goals and Roles

Life Skills: Definition, types and Significance

Human Strengths: Meaning, types and strategies

Positive Change : Thoughts, Attitudes, Emotions

Positive Coping Strategies

Practical: “Assessment and analysis of Life Skills”

References:

Alan Carr (2002) Positive Psychology, London, Routeledge

Albrecht Karl, (2006). “Social Intelligence-The New Science of Success” New

Delhi: Wiley India Edition.

Bharwaney Geetu (2006). “Increase Your Emotional Intelligence”, Jaico

Publishing Bangalore

Borg James (2010). “Mind Power”. Pearson Education Ltd

Covey R.Stephen, Merrill A Roger, Merril Rebecca, (1994).First Things First,

Simon & Schuster UK Ltd, London, 1994.

Daniel Goleman, Bantam (1998). Working with emotional intelligence. Bantam

Books

David G.Myers (1993). The Pursuit of Happiness. Harper Paperworks.

Mishra K Rajive (2012). Personality Development, Rupa Publications

Monbourquette (2008). Self Esteem and the Soul, Novalias Publication

Prentiss Chris (2010). Be who you want have what you want, Power Press

Pareek Uadai, Rao Venkateswara (2000). First Handbook of Psychological and

Social Instruments.

Rajamanickam (1999). Contemporary fields of Psychology and Experiments.

Concept Publishing, New Delhi

Sandhan Team. Life Skills Education Training Manual, Jaipur

Seligman. (2002). Positive Psychology, Free Press

Snyder C.R & Lopez Shane J. (2007). “Positive Psychology-The Scientific and

Practical Explorations of Human Strengths” New Delhi: Sage Publications India

Pvt Ltd, 2007.

Schultz Duane (2012). Psychology and Work Today. Pearson Publication, New

Delhi

Spradlin E Scott (2003). Don‟t Let Your Emotions Run Your Life. Pearson

Publication, New Delhi

151

MSW 442 P-XI.3

LABOUR LAWS-I

Course Objectives:

To understand the Historical growth of Labour movement and Legislations in

India.

To understand the administrative and judicial set up of labour in India.

To develop conceptual clarity on various legislations pertaining to conditions of

labour in India

To provide in depth knowledge of labour laws with regard Industrial Relations

and their impact in major industrial and service sectors.

Course Content:

UNIT I

INTRODUCTION

History and Development of Labour Legislation in India

Importance and purpose of Labour Legislation

Labour Policy of India

Principles of Labour Legislation

Constitution of India and labour law.

Social justice and Human rights from Labour perspective.

UNIT II

ADMINISTRATIVE STRUCTURE OF LABOUR LEGISLATION

Administrative setup and judicial systems in relation to labour laws.

Classification of Labour Laws in India.

Understanding the organization, structure and functions of the Department of

Labour.

Social Security system in India.

Women labour and the law.

International Labour Organisation (ILO).

152

UNIT III

LAWS PERTAINING TO SERVICE CONDITIONS

The Factories Act, 1948

Object & Scope, Application and Major provisions

The Karnataka Shops and Commercial Establishment Act, 1961

Object & Scope, Application &Major provisions

The Contract Labour (Regulation and Abolition) Act, 1970.


Plantation Labour Act,1951


The Mines Act, 1952


Legal Compliances and Filing of Returns

UNIT IV

INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS AND OTHER LAWS

The Trade Unions Act, 1926


The Industrial Establishment (Standing Orders) Act, 1946


The Industrial Disputes Act, 1947


The Workmen‟s Compensation Act, 1923


The Apprentices Act, 1941



References:

Garg. Ajay (2012). Nabhis Labour Laws, Nabhis Publication, New Delhi.

Giri V. V. (1958). Labour Problems in Indian Industry Madras: Asia Publishing

House

Kapoor N.D, (1992). Element of Industrial law New Delhi: Sultan Chand &

Sons

Kumar H.N. Law relating to Strikes, Gherao & Demonstrations,

Malhotra O.P. (1985). Industrial Disputes Act 1947, Lucknow: East law book

company

Moorthy M.V. (1968). Principles of Labour Welfare Vizg: Gupta Brothers

Mutalik Desai and Rairkar, B.R. (1978). Labour Welfare and Industrial

Relations Bombay: Noble Publishing House

153

Punekar, Deodhar and Sankaran, (1980). Trade Unionism Industrial Relation

and Labour Welfare Bombay: Himalaya Publishing House

Sachdeva Anil. (1999). Industrial and Labour Laws, Rajasthan Law Publishing,

Jodhpur

Saxena, R.C. (1961). Labour Problems and Social Welfare Meerat:

Jaiprakashnath & Co Silvera, D.M (1991). Human Resource Development A

Indian experience New Delhi: New India Publications

Singh B D, (2009). Labour Laws for Managers, Excel Books, New Delhi

Srivastav, K.N., (1954). Industrial Peace & Industrial Relations,Allahabad:

Kitab Mahal

Srivastava, K.D. Commentories on Factories Act 1970 New Delhi: Deep &

Deep publication

Taxman. (2012). Labour Laws, Taxman Publishing House, New Delhi

Vaid K.N., (1965). Labour Welfare in India, Madras: Asia Publishing House

Vaid K.N., (1970). State and Labour in India ,Madras: Asia Publishing House

Journal : Labour Law Journal, Journal of Industrial Relations

Bare Act : Published by various law Agencies like Allahabad Law , Delhi Law

House & Eastern Book Company

MSW P-OE 2.1 [OPEN ELECTIVE]

RESOURCE MANAGEMENT IN HUMAN SERVICE ORGANIZATIONS

Course Objectives:

To give an overall understanding of various dimensions of resource

management

To give an increased understanding of the human, non-human and organizations

resources available in the Human service organizations

To equip the learners with needed skills and knowledge to identity the

intangible resources and its effect in the functioning of the organization

To equip the growing professions to access, utilize, mobilize, develop the

resource in reaching the goal in the organizations settings

Course Content:

UNIT –I

INTRODUCTION

Organization: Meaning, Concept and Classifications

Human Service Organizations: Concept, History, Functions and Typology

Vision, Mission, Goals and Roles in Human Service Organizations

Resource Management: Meaning, Concept, History and Types

Human Resource Efficacy: Meaning, Sources and Coping Strategies

Development and Training in Human Service Organizations

154

UNIT-II

MODELS, THEORIES AND APPROACHES OF HUMAN SERVICE

ORGANISATIONS

DNA Model

5 R Model

Transformational and Transactional Theory

XY Management Theory

Approach in the organization of personality

Practical: Achievement Motivation Test for growing Professionals

UNIT-III

DIMENSIONS OF ORGANIZATIONAL AND HUMAN RESOURCES

Skills Management

Knowledge Management

Value Management

Management of Motivation

Work Culture

Organization of Structure

UNIT-IV

MANAGING NON – HUMAN RESOURCES

Time Management

Management of Technology

Management of Finance

Problem Management

Professional burnout and Constrains in Human Service

Case Study- Resource Management in Human Service Organizations

References:

Adair John (2003). Time Management and personal development, New Delhi :

Viva Books Pvt Ltd

Abhay Saxena (2012). Human Values and Professional Ethics, Wisdom

Publication, New Delhi

Covey R.Stephen, Merrill A Roger, Merril Rebecca, (1994) First Things First,

Simon & Schuster UK Ltd, London, 1994.

Jenis Mary (2011) Thesis. Resource Management in Human Service

Organisations.

Jenis Mary (2013). Resource Management in Social Work Practice, Adelaide

Research Publication Centre, School of Social Work Roshni Nilaya, Mangalore

Kandasami M (1997). “Governance and Financial Management in Non Profit

Organizations”

155

Katz L Robert (1995) . “Skills of an Effective Administrator” Harvard

Business Review

Khanka S.S. (2000). “Human Resource Management – Text and Cases”, Chand

& Company, New Delhi

Koontz Harold (2007) . “Essential of Management” New Delhi, Tata

McGraw Hill Publishing Company Ltd

Lyle M. Spencer (2010). Competence at Work. John Wiley and Sons, New

Delhi

Luthens Fred (1995). Organizational Behavior New York: McGraw Hill

Maxwell C.John. The 21 Indispensable Qualities of a Leader, Three ESS

Publications, New Delhi

McGrath (2011). Basic Managerial Skills for All, PHI Learning Pvt Ltd, New

Delhi

MC Dowell D.Stephen (2008). Managing the info sphere, Governance,

Technology and Cultural Practices in Motion

Mishra K Rajiv (2004). Personality Development –Transform yourself, Rupa

Publication

Schultz Duane (2012). Psychology and Work Today, Pearson, New Delhi

SEMESTER III

MSW 403-P-XII

SOCIAL WORK RESEARCH AND STATISTICS

Course Objectives:

Understand the role of Research as a method of Social Work Profession

Acquire research knowledge and skills to be able to undertake research project

independently.

Become familiar with some of the statistical techniques.

To apply statistical techniques in the field of Social Work Research and Social

Work Practice.

Course Content:

UNIT I

SOCIAL WORK RESEARCH

Meaning, objectives, Application of research and Research as a Science

Research Process(Formulation of Problem, Review of concepts, theories,

previous research findings, Formulation of Hypothesis, Formulation of

Research Design, Collection of Data, analysis and Interpretation of the data,

Reporting)

156

Problems formulation and Concept Construct (Problem Formulation:

Objectives, Sources, Need, Steps, and Techniques. Concept: Framework, Role)

Hypotheses and Variables ( Meaning, Types and Functions)

Ethics and quality of a researcher

Identifying the Research Problem Formulating the Hypothesis and Variables

(Practical)

UNIT II

RESEARCH METHODS AND TECHNIQUES

Types of Research and Research Design

Population, Universe and Sampling Need & Methods

Methods of Primary and Secondary Data Collection

Problems in Data Collection

Preparation of research Proposal format and Steps

Tool Construction and Administration(Practical)

UNIT III

DATA PROCESSING, ANALYSIS AND REPORTING

Case studies - Analysis

Focus Group Discussion, Analysis and interpretation

Data Processing (Editing, Coding, classification, Data Entry and Tabulation)

Analysis (Organizing the data, Graphs, charts and Tables-Univariate, Bivariate,

Trivariate, Multivariate) and Interpretation

Research Reporting

Preparation of Synopsis (Practical)

UNIT IV

STATISTICS UTILITY

Meaning, definition and Functions of Statistics in Social Work Researches

Scope and Limitations of Statistics

Central Tendency: Definition, Merits and Demerits

Utility of Statistical Tests (Mean, Mode, Median, Chi-square, Correlation, t-

Test, ANOVA, Regression, Factor analysis)

Data Management with Statistics Package for Social Sciences(SPSS)

SPSS (Practical )

157

References:

Ajai S. Gaur and Sanjaya S. Gaur, (2009), Statistical Methods for Practice and

Research: A Guide to Data Analysis using SPSS

Antony Joseph, (1986), Methodology for Research, Bangalore: Theological

Publications in India.

Asthana, B.N. (1976), Elements of Statistics, Allahabad: Chaitanya Publishing

House

Bajpai, (1992), Methods of Social Survey and Research, Kanpur, Kitab Ghar.

Blalock, Hubert, M., (1972): Social Statistics Tokyo: McGraw Hill Kogakusha

Ltd.

Britha, Mikkelsen, (1995), Methods for Development Work and Research,

New Delhi: Sage Publications.

Bruce, A. Chadwick, Howard M. Bahr, Stan L. Albrecht, (1984), Social Science

Research Methods, New Jersey: Prentice Hall Inc.

Byari Ibrahim (2009) Business Statistics and Mathematics, Mangala

Publications. Bejai, Mangalore

Devendra, Thakur, (1993), Research Methodology in Social Sciences, New

Delhi: Deep and Deep Publications.

Feldman, Martha S. (1995), Strategies for Interpreting Qualitative Data, New

Delhi: Sage Publications.

Galtung J.(1967), Theory and Methods of Social Research London:

George Allen and Unwin Garrette H.E.(1971), Statistics in Psychology &

Education Bombay: Vakil Fiefer & Simons Pvt. Ltd.

Goldstein, Harris K. (1969), Research Standards and Methods for Social

Workers; Wheeling: Whitehall Co. Publishers.

Goode and Hatt (1952), Methods in Social Research New York: McGraw Hill

Gupta Mukul, Deepa Gupta (2011). Research Methodology. PHI Learning Pvt

Ltd, New Delhi

Hans Raj, (1985), Theory & Practice in Social Research, New Delhi: Surjeet

Publications

Hosker Ian, (2010), Statistics for Social Sciences, Viva Books Pvt Ltd, New

Delhi

Jaspal Singh (1991), Introduction to Methods of Social Research, New Delhi:

Sterling Publishers Pvt. Ltd.

Kothari, (1978), Research Methodology, Methods and Techniques; Madras:

Wiley Easter Ltd.

Marshall, Catherine & Rossman, Gretcher B. (1995), Designing Qualitative

Research (2nd edition), New Delhi: Sage Publications.

Mason J, (2002), Researching Your Own Practice: The Discipline of Noticing

McMillan N., (1952), Statistical Methods for Social Workers, Chicago:

University of Chicago Press

158

Mencher, Samuel, (1959), Research Methods in Social Work Education, New

York: Council of S. Work Edn.

Moser C.A., (1969), Survey Methods in Social Investigation, London:

Heinemann Educational Books Ltd.,

Polansky Norman A., (1960), Social Work Research Chicago: Univ. of Chicago

Press

Rajaraman D. and Rajaraman V., (1986), Computer Primer, New Delhi:

Ambika Publications

Ramachandran P., (1987), Missing values: Alternatives in Data Analysis;

Bombay: T.I.S.S.

Ramachandran, P., (1990), Issues in Social Work Research in India, Bombay:

Tata Institute of Social Sciences.

Ramachanrdan P., (1993), Survey Research for Social Work, A Primer.

Bombay; Institute for Community Organization Research

Reason P and Bredbury H (eds) , (2001), Handbook of Action Research:

Participatory Enquiry and Practice, London: Sage

Reichmann, W.J.,(1981), Use and abuse of Statistics, New Delhi: Sage

Publications.

Santosh Gupta, (1993), Research Methodology and Statistical Techniques,

New Delhi: Deep and Deep Publications.

Selltiz, Claire, (1976), Research Methods in Social Relations,New York: Holt,

Rinehart & Winston

Shah P .V., (1977), Reporting Research, Ahmedabad: Rachana Prakashan.

Sirkin, R. Mark (1995), Statistics for the Social Sciences, New Delhi: Sage

Publications.

Society for Participatory Research in Asia (1995) Participatory Research: An

Introduction

(Participatory Research Network series No.3), New Delhi.

Swartz. Omar. (1997), Conducting Socially Responsible Research, New Delhi:

Sage Publications.

TISS, (1985), Special Issue on Research Methodology, Indian Journal of Social

Work Vol 46 No.3, Oct, Tata Institute of Social Sciences, Bombay.

William Ellet (2007), Case Study Handbook , Harward Business Press

Young, Pauline V. (1946), Scientific Social Surveys and Research, New York:

Prentice Hall.

159

MSW 413-P-XIII.1

SKILL DEVELOPMENT:

COMMUNITY BASED INTERVENTION- SKILL DEVELOPMENT

Course Objectives:

Develop skills to work among the disadvantaged rural/tribal communities.

Acquire the strategies, skills and techniques required to facilitate

participatory, sustainable and integrated development of rural, tribal and urban

communities

Acquire skills in designing and conducting educational programmes for varied

groups of disadvantaged learners in the community

Acquire knowledge and skills required to facilitate participatory project

management: Planning, execution, monitoring and evaluation

Course Content :

UNIT -I

INTRODUCTION

Resource mapping of a village: An exercise

Demographic analysis of rural

Demographic analysis of Tribal

Urban ward locality/community

Floating community

Refugees

UNIT -II

GROUP STUDY OF A MARGINALIZED COMMUNITY

Rural & urban community

Participant or Stakeholder Analysis

Budget estimates : Capital and Recurring

Gender Mainstreaming in project Formulation and Management

Behavior implication analysis

Gypsies` economic social and habitation activities

160

UNIT III

PROJECT DESIGNING

Formulating measurable instructional objectives and designing a project

for an educational programme

Self help group and young artisans

Designing and conducting an adult education workshop in the field

placement agency/community

Developing a resource person list.

Non formal education curriculum planning

Enhancing the marginalized learners for higher education.

UNIT IV

PRACTICAL ASSIGNMENT

An analysis of Government/N.G.O./ Corporate initiatives for rural, tribal

and urban community development

Urban social services-A study

National building code : Critical analysis

Identification of bio-diversity and plantation -an exercise

Health, hygiene and waste management –Green auditing

Social entrepreneurship for the marginalized

References:

Bamberger, Michael, 1988: The Role of Community participation in

Development planning and Project Management, EDI policy seminar

Report, No 13. Washington, D.C: The World Bank

Buch, M.N1993: Environmental consciousness & Urban planning,

Hyderabad: Orient Longmen

Dasgupta, Partha 2001: Human well – Being and the Natural Environment,

Delhi: Oxford University press

Fisher, U.F. 1997: Towards Sustainable Development Struggling over

India‟s Narmada River , New Delhi Publication

Ghosh, Archana2003: Urban Environment – Local Government and

Community Action, New Delhi: Concept Publishing Company

Sharma, S.K, Malhotra S.L 1977: Integrated Rural Development:

Approach, Strategy and Perspectives New Delhi: Abhinav Publications

161

Mukherjee M, 2001: Participatory Learning and Action with 100 Field

Methods, New Delhi: Concept Publishing Company

Mukherjee, N. 1993 : Participatory Rural Appraisal: Methodology And

Applications, New Delhi: Concept Publishers.

UNDP, 1988 : Development of Rural small Industrial Enterprise:

Lessons from Experience; Vienna: UNIDO

MSW 413-P-XIII.2

SKILL DEVELOPMENT:

INTERVENTIONS WITH INDIVIDUALS & FAMILIES WITH HEALTH

ISSUES

Course Objectives: 1. Introduce Intervention and skills needed for Medical Social Work Practice

2. Develop preventive, promotive and rehabilitative modules in the Health sector

3. Imbibe the concepts of prevention and promotive aspects in Mental Health field.

4. Develop modules of Health and Mental Health Care

Course Content:

UNIT I

APPLICATION OF SOCIAL WORK METHODS IN MEDICAL SETTINGS

Health as a prevention process

Health Promotion concepts

Psycho social dimensions of life style diseases such as diabetes and hyper

tension

Health of the elderly

Pain and Palliative Care

Health in Industry

UNIT II

COMMUNITY HEALTH

Developing a Health Education Module to prevent illness and promote health

Prepare preventive and promotive health modules for Schools and Industries

162

Use of Mass media in imparting Health Education

Use of Social Media and Network

AYUSH

Ethical Considerations in Health Field

UNIT III

APPLICATION OF SOCIAL WORK METHODS IN PSYCHIATRIC

SETTINGS

Understand the traditional mental health care practices in the district

Prevention & promotion of Mental Health services in Voluntary and

Government Settings

Mental Health Care in Correctional Setting

Mental Health Care in Industrial Setting

Mental Health Care in Educational Setting

Lifestyle Changes and Health Care

UNIT IV

PREVENTION AND PROMOTION OF MENTAL HEALTH

Suicide Prevention Programme

Student Enrichment Programme

Pre Marital and Marital Enrichment Programme

Family Enrichment Programme

Risk behaviour in Students

Geriatric care

References:

Antony John 2003: Psychotherapies in Counselling, Anugraha publications,

Nagarcoil

Anthony John 2004:Types of Counselling, Guru publications ,Dindigul

Anthony John 1995:Skills in Counselling, Anugraha publications, Nagarcoil

Capuzzi David ,Douglas R Gross,1999:Counselling and Psychotheraphy,

Prentice Hall, New Jersey,Ohio

M.C. Gupta & B.K. Mahajan (2003). Textbook of Preventive and Social


Mishra, (2000) Indian Health Report, Oxford University Press, Delhi

163

Narayana, (1997) Health and Development, Rawat Publications, New Delhi

Park J E and K Park 2009: Preventive and Social Medicine, Banarasi Das

Bhavath publishers ,Jabalpur

Sekar K, Prakashi Rajaram, Rameela Shekar, Mubarak. A.R 2010: Women and

Mental Health, NIMHANS , Bangalore

Shekar Rameela, Sandra S Lobo, R.Parthasarathy (2012). Child Mental Health

– Manual for teachers and parents. SSW, Roshni Nilaya, Mangalore.

Verma, Ratna, (1991). Psychiatric Social Work in India, New Delhi : Sage

Publications

World Health Organization, (1986) Prevention of Mental, Neurological and

Psychosocial problems

WHO, (1991) Innovative Approaches in Mental Health Care, Psychosocial

Interventions and Co-management, Geneva

MSW 413-P-XIII.3

SKILL DEVELOPMENT:

SETTING UP NEW BUSINESS AND H R DEPT

Course Objectives:

To help the learners understand the procedure of setting up a new business

organisation

To enable the learners up date with legal formalities while setting a new business

To help the learners understand the components to be considered while setting a HR

Department

To develop among the learners the essential skills to practice Human Resource

functions effectively

Course Content:

UNIT - I

SETTING UP A NEW BUSINESS ORGANISATION

Land acquisition and land conversion

Approval from the concerned pollution control board

Approval from municipality, labour department and town planners

Acquiring import/export licence

Building factory and installation of machinery

Permission from electricity and water authorities

164

UNIT - II

FORMALITIES UNDER VARIOUS LAWS WHILE SETTING UP A NEW

BUSINESS

Companies Act, 2013

Registration under the concerned labour enactments (eg. Factories Act)

Provident Fund Act, 1952

Employee State Insurance Act,1948

Contract Labour Regulation and Abolition Act, 1970

Interstate Migrant Workmen Act, 1979

UNIT - III

SETTING UP A HR DEPARTMENT FOR AN ORGANISATION

Creating job profiles and Hierarchical structure of the organisation

Recruitment and Selection (Preparing Job Descriptions, Selection Tools, Background

Checks, Offer letter)

Compensation and pay roll (i.e. Methods, Market trend and Compliance)

Mandated Benefits and Record Keeping (i.e. Social Security, Employee Compensation, PF, Gratuity, Maternity Benefit etc. Record keeping include HRIS,

Personal Files, Confidential Records and Other Forms)

Training and Development (i.e. New Employee Orientation, Staff Development, Technical and Safety, Leadership, Reimbursement, Career Planning etc)

Employee Communication (i.e. Hand book, News letter, Recognition Programs,

Announcements and Electronic Communication)

UNIT - IV

SKILLS FOR EFFECTIVE HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT

PRACTICE

Interviewing

Written Communication

Managing Conflict

Time Management

Negotiation

Financial Analysis

References:

Achar, M.R, 1979: Labour Rules in Karnataka, Bangalore: Yellamma Publications

Bare Acts: Booklets, Published by different Publishers like – Allahabad Law , Delhi Law House & Eastern Book Company

Rao, V.S.P, 2006: Human Resource Management Text and Cases, New Delhi : Excel Book

Herbert G. Heneman, 2000: Personnel Management & Human Resource

Management, New Delhi: Universal Book Stall

165

Gary, Dessler 2003: Human Resource Management,New Delhi : Pearson Education Pvt Ltd

Cushway, 2001: Human Resource Management, New Delhi: Crest Publishing house

Cascio F Waynes, 2004: Managing Human Resources, New Delhi : Tata McGrow Hill

Srivastava K.D, 1992: Commentaries on Factories (Regulation & abolition ) Act 1970, New Delhi: Deep and Deep Publications

MSW 433-P-XV.1

LEGAL LITERACY FOR COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT

Course Objectives:

Understand the Indian Constitution and Judicial System.

Develop an understanding of the legal system and get acquainted with the Civil-

Justice system.

Understand the concept of Social Legislations , its need in a country like India and

examine a few recently enacted social legislations with a view to understand their

objectives.

Acquire skills to make appropriate use of legal procedures in Social Work

intervention

Course Content:

UNIT I

LEGAL FRAMEWORK

Preamble , Fundamental Rights, Duties and Directive Principles of State Policy

Powers of the Legislature, Executive and Judiciary ,

Public Interest Litigation (PIL)

Basic Legal Procedures of :

Civil Cases :Notice, Affidavit, Plaint, Written Statement, Framing of Issues, Discov

ery and Inspection, Trial, Arguments, Decree, Judgment

- Criminal – FIR, Charge Sheet, Trial and Judgement

-Labour – Interstate, Migrant, Workmen‟s Compensation Act(1923), Plantation

Labour Act

Interim applications and interim orders

Social Legislation : Concept , Objectives, Types and Importance,

Legal Services Authorities Act 1987

Laws to fight corruption – Lokpal Act (2013), Lokayuktha – Structures and

functions in Karnataka

166

UNIT II

LAND

Land Records

Development [town planning, development plans, land usage]

Special Economic Zone

The Scheduled Tribes & Other Traditional Forest Dwellers (Recognition Of For

est Rights) Act 2006

Land reforms in India and Karnataka State

Land Acquisition Act (2003)

UNIT III

URBAN LOCAL GOVERNMENT INSTITUTIONS

Municipality, City corporation, Urban Development Authorities - structure and

functions

Citizen participation in urban development and good governance – Ward

committees, Citizens councils and Building societies

Challenges faced by urban local bodies

Street Vendors Protection and Regulation Act 2014

Citizens participation in Governance - Principles and significance

Role of social workers in promoting Good Governance.

UNIT IV

CIVIC SOCIETY

Civic society – concept and components

Concept of social capital and its utility in understanding the role of civic society

Role of NGOs, trade unions, media, industries and other civic society

organisations in the process of facilitating Good Governance.

Right to Information Act and effective governance

Use of Consumer protection act in effective governance

Factors promoting and hindering civil society participation in governance

References:

Atul, Kohli, (1990). Democracy & Discontent: India Growing crisis of

Governability: Cambride: Cambridge University press

Bare Acts

Chopra, Kanchan, (2002). Social Capital & Development processes: Role of

Formal & Non-formal Institutions, E.P.W. July 13

167

Government of India: Urban Development Plan Formulation and

Implementation guidelines, New Delhi: Ministry of urban affairs and

employment, Government of India

Harrin, J (2005) Political participation, representation and the urban poor.

Findings from Delhi, EPW, XL.II, March 12, pp10, 41 -54

Jhanvala Noshirvan: 2001: Civil code of procedure Jamnadas Education Law

Mumbai.

Misra, Suriya, Narayan: (2012): Indian Penal Code, Central Law Publications

Allahabad.

Mathew P: (1983): Public Interest Litigation ,Indian Social Institute New Delhi

Ratanlal, Dhirajlal: (1992): Code of Criminal procedure Wadhwa &Co, New

Delhi

Ratanlal, Dhirajlal:(2011): Indian Penal Code Lexis Nexis Publishers, Hariyana

Ratanlal, Dhirajlal:(2009):The Code of Civil Procedures Wadhwa & CO New

Delhi

Land Acquisition Act: (2003): Commercial Law Publishers New Delhi

Land Acquisition Act Karnataka: (2001): Bhavani Publishers Bangalore

Lal N: Code of Civil Procedure, 1908: Law House, Allahabad

Plantation Labour Act: (2000): Law publishers New Delhi

Pria, (1999). Citizen and Governance – civil society in the New Millennium –

A report, New Delhi: Society for Participatory Research in India

Pylee M V: (2011): Introduction to the Constitution of India Vikas publishers

New Delhi

SEZ ACT

MSW 433-P-XV.2

MEDICAL SOCIAL WORK

Course Objectives:

Enable students to understand the psycho – social impact of ill health

Enable the students to develop appropriate values, knowledge, skills and

techniques for effective Social Work practice in the field of Health.

To acquire the knowledge with respect to the inter-disciplinary approach in the

medical setting

To understand the Role of a Medical social worker in different Health settings

Course Content:

UNIT I

MEDICAL SOCIAL WORK- HISTORY AND FUNCTIONS

Definition, Meaning, Scope of Medical Social Work, functions of Medical

Social Worker

168

Historical development of Medical social work in the West and in India

Need for Medical Social Work in India ,Current trends in Medical Social

Work in India

Medico- social diagnosis, Understanding the patient as a person

Multidisciplinary Team approach in health settings

Preparation of Social Case Work Reports (With examples from field work

practice)

UNIT II

PSYCHO SOCIAL ASPECTS OF ILLNESS

Psycho social problems associated with Chronic Illness

Psycho social Problems in Persons with Cancer

Palliative care and Pain Management.

Psycho social aspects of Disability, Reactions of individuals and families

towards disability.

Children and Ill health

Role of Social Worker in Psycho Social problems of Medical Illness

UNIT III

MEDICAL SOCIAL WORK IN THE FIELD OF HIV

Epidemiology of HIV in India and abroad, clinical aspects, transmission

Psychosocial economic aspect of HIV.

Impact of HIV on the Individual family and society

Pre- test and Post –Test counselling in ICTC

Importance of confidentiality and Informed consent in HIV counselling

Medical Social Workers Role with the People living with HIV and their family

UNIT IV

MEDICAL SOCIAL WORK IN DIFFERENT SETTINGS

Hospitals, Outpatient Department and Emergency Care

Primary Health Centre

Educational Settings

Residential Institutions

Geriatric Social Work

Government Departments – Health and Women and Child welfare

References:

Adler, N and Stone, G. (Eds.) (1979) 'Social Perspectives on the Health

System', Stone, Cohen and Adler (Eds.) Health Psychology- A Handbook,

London: Jossey-Bass Publishers

Ajit. (2005). Social Dimensions of Health, Rawat Publications, New Delhi

169

Anderson R. & Bury M. (Eds), (1988). Living with Chronic Illness – The

Experience of Patients and their Families, London: Unwin Hyman

Bajpai, (1998) Social Work Perspectives on Health, Rawat Publications,

New Delhi

Bose A & Desai P.B, (1982): Studies in the Social Dynamics of Primary Health

Care; Hindustan Publishing Co., Delhi

Cockerham William C (2000). Medical Sociology, Prentice Hall

Cronin de Chavez, Backett-Milburn A., and K., Parry (Eds.) (2005)

Understanding and researching well being: its usage in different disciplines and

potential for health research and health promotion in Heath Education Journal

64, pp. 70-87.

Goel,S L.(2004). Health care policies and programmes: Health care system and

management-2, Deep & Deep Publications

Goel, S L. (2007). Health Education: Theory and practice, Deep & Deep

Publications

Golstine Dora (1965), Readings in the Theory and Practice of Medical Social

Work. University of Chicago Press.

Health Information in India, Central Bureau of Health Intelligence, Ministry of

Health & Family Welfare, Govt. of India, New Delhi

M.C. Gupta & B.K. Mahajan (2003). Textbook of Preventive and Social


Mishra, (2000) Indian Health Report, Oxford University Press, Delhi

Narayana, (1997) Health and Development, Rawat Publications, New Delhi

Park K. (2009). Preventive and Social Medicine, Banarsidas Bhanot Publishers

Pathak S.H. (1961). Medical Social Work in India, Delhi School of Social Work

Pokrana, (1994) Social Beliefs, Cultural Practices in Health and Disease, Rawat


Seth G.S. (1995).Medical Social Work, Medical College, Mumbai

Sivan Sadhana (1997). Preventive and Social Medicine. All India Publishing &

Distributors, Chennai.

Sulton Stephen, Andrew Baum and Marie Johnston(Ed) (2004) The Hand Book

of Health Psychology

Yash Pal Bedi, (1980). Social and Preventive Medicine, Athma Ram & Sons

Websites:

www.who.org World Health Reports (1995-2205)

www.tnhealth.org Annual Report

vhai.org State of India‟s health report, Report of independent

170

MSW 433-P-XV.3

PRINCIPLES AND PRACTICE OF MANAGEMENT

Course Objectives:

To equip learners with comprehensive knowledge of Management as a

profession

To stimulate thinking on rationale behind management concepts and problems

associated with their enforcement

To create an awareness of the role and functioning of management in relation to

human factor

To impart knowledge on planning and administering for the people centered

management in the organization

Course Content:

UNIT I

BASICS OF MANAGEMENT

Foundation to modern Management

Modern Management Concepts, Definitions and issues

Role of Management in Organizational setting – Corporate, Government and

NGO‟s.

Henry Fayol – Management Concepts and Contribution

Principles of Management.

Evolution of Management Thought – Management Thinkers and Contributions

UNIT II

FUNCTIONS OF MANAGEMENT - POSDCORB

Planning and forecasting – Concept, importance, types and techniques

Budgeting – Types and implications

Decision making – Concept, types, process and strategies

Managerial Control – Meaning, areas and benefits

Delegation – importance and relevance

MBO – Concept, Objectives and applicability

UNIT III

DIMENSIONS OF MANAGEMENT

Departmentation – need and applicability

Staff and line relations – meaning and concept

De centralization and unitization

Change Management

171

Conflict management and prevention of unrest

Total Quality Management - concepts and importance

UNIT IV

MODERN PERSPECTIVE IN MANAGEMENT

Entrepreneurial Management – Basic Concepts and trends

Quality control and Management – Relevance and importance

Innovation Management – Basic Concept, Types and process

Material management and Inventory control – Concept and issues

Management information system – Basic concepts and trends

Modern Concepts of Management – 5S, Kaizan and Six Sigma

References:

Chhabra, T.N. (2003). Principles and Practice of Management, Delhi: Dhanpat

Rai and Co.

E.H Mcgrath S.J. Basic Managerial Skills for all PHI learning Pvt.Ltd 2011

publishers

Gupta, C.B. (2004). Management: Theory and Practice, New Delhi: Sultan

Chand and Sons

Khan, M.Y., Jain P.K. (2006). Financial Management, New Delhi: TATA

McGraw Hill

Kongi, Gopal., Asher (2001). 100 Methods for Total Quality Management, New

Delhi: Mike

J.S Chandan (2011). Management Concepts and strategies - Vikas Publishing

Joseph L Massie. Essentials of Management 4th Edition - PHI Learning PVT.

Ltd Publishers

Lallan Prasad / S S Gulshan (2011). Management, Principles and practices

Excel Books

Mary.P.Jenis.(2014). Resource Management in Social Work Practice - Adelaide

Publications

Massie, Joseph L. (1995). Essentials of Management: 4th Edition, New Delhi:

Prentice-Hall of India.

Pareek, Udai, (1994). Beyond Management: 2nd Edition, New Delhi: Oxford

and IBH Publishing Co. Pvt. Ltd.

Prem Chadha, (2004). The New-Age Empowering Organization: Lessons in

Excellence, New Delhi: Rupa Co.

Ramasamy, T., (1998). Principles of Management, Delhi: Himalaya Publishing

House

Rao, V.S.P. and Krishna, Hari, (2002). Management: Text and Cases, New

Delhi: Excel Books.

Rao, V.S.P. and Narayana, P.S., (1987). Principles and Practice of

Management, Delhi: Konark Publishers Pvt. Ltd.

172

Ratnaswamy, P., (1995). Communication Management: Theory and Practice,

New Delhi: Deep and Deep

Stephen R.Covey(2004). The 7 Habits of highly effective people

Stevens, Michael, (1996). Practical Problem Solving for Managers, New Delhi:

Universal Book Stall

Stoner, James A.F., Freeman, R. Edward and Daniel R. Gilbert, Jr., (1997).

Management: 6th Edition, New Delhi: Prentice-Hall of India

Tripathi, P.C. and Reddy, P.N., (1991). Principles of Management: 2nd Edition,

New Delhi: Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing Co. Ltd.

Walmsley, Hilary, (1999). Transform Your Management Style, New Delhi:

Kogan Page

Weihrich, Heinz and Koontz, Harold, (2001). Management: A Global

Perspective, New Delhi: Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing Co. Ltd.

Weist, Jerome D., Levy, (1977). A Management guide to PERT/CPM, New

Delhi: Prentice Hall of India

MSW 443-P-XVI.1

ENVIRONMENT AND SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT

Course Objectives:

To develop critical understanding of the concepts and theories of development.

Understand inter-relatedness of human life and other living forms within the

environment.

To develop knowledge of the causes and effects of environmental degradation.

To develop knowledge and acquire competencies required to utilize and manage

natural resources for sustainable development.

Course Content:

UNIT I

UNDERSTANDING ENVIRONMENT AND SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT

Basic concepts of environment: environment, ecology, ecosystems, biomes,

Natural resources – exhaustible and inexhaustible and resource conservation

Understanding the universe and environment – Universe-milky way, Big bang

theory, Gaia theory, Deep ecology, Ecosophy, Ecofeminism

Introduction to Development theories – Development as growth, development

as growth with justice, development as freedom, development as peace

Sustainable development – concept, components, strategies

Principles of sustainable development

Analysis of development theories and trends in relation to environment and

sustainable development

173

UNIT II

ENVIRONMENT

Components of environment: Atmosphere, lithosphere, biosphere, hydrosphere,

cryosphere, pedosphere

People and Environment, Inter-relatedness of human life forms/living

organisms – food chains, food webs, energy pathways

Types of Environmental degradation: Land/Soil pollution, Water pollution, Air

pollution and Noise pollution – Major pollutants, causative factors – human,

economic, social, cultural and life styles, political factors, Impacts of pollution

Bio-diversity: Concept, types, threats, measures to conserve biodiversity,

Causes and effects of Global Warming

Climate change and its impact: Global, national and local dimens

UNIT III

SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT PROGRAMMES

Programmes to conserve water resources – Rain water harvesting, watershed

management.

Sustainable farming

Afforestation, Social Forestry, Joint Forest Management and other projects to

save endangered species.

Energy sources – renewable and non-renewable energy sources, Programmes to

tap renewable and non-renewable energy sources: Solar, wind, bio-fuel

Role of Social workers in promoting Sustainable Development and

environmental conservation.

Corporate Social Responsibility and initiatives to safeguard environment

UNIT IV

LAWS, POLICIES AND INSTRUMENTS FOR SUSTAINABLE

DEVELOPMENT

Sustainable development policies in India – National Environment Policy –

2006, Integrated Energy policy - 2006, Municipal Solid Waste Management

Rules – 2000

Indicators and measurement of environmental health and procedure of

environment impact assessment.

Local self government in sustainable development

Laws to protect and promote environment – Environment Protection Act –

1986, Biological Diversity Act - 2002

Institutionalised national and international mechanisms to protect environment:

Environment Ministry, Pollution Control Boards, Green parties and other

institutions of research and monitoring, Environmental summits, International

protocols

National and International NGOs engaged in environment promotion.

174

References:

Agarwal, A. (1999). Citizens Fifth Report: State of Indian‟s Environment.

New Delhi: Centre for Science & Environment

Basker, Sushmitha & Bhasker, R. (2007). Environmental Studies for

Undergraduate Courses. Unicorn Books. New Delhi.

Begon, M (1996). Ecology: Individuals, populations & Communities, London:

Blackwell

Bharucha, Erach. (2010). Environmental studies. Universities press. Hyderabad.

Bhatia, B. S. & Sharma, Dheeraj, (2010), Sustainable Development –

contemporary issues and emerging perspectives, Deep & Deep Publications Pvt.

Ltd., New Delhi

Bhatt, K. N. (2010). Population Environment and Health – emerging issues.

Rawat Publications. Jaipur.

Brundtland, H, (1987), Our Common Future, Oxford Oxford University press

Contested commons/Trespassing publics – A Public record, (2005), The sarai

Programme, New Delhi

Deb, Swapan. C. environmental Management – National and Global

Perspectives. (2003). Jaico Publishing House. Mumbai.

Desai, Vandana (2011), The companion to development studies, Hodder

Education, London

Elliott, Jennifer, A. (2006). An introduction to sustainable development.

Routledge/Rawat Publications. New York/Jaipur.

Fisher, U.F. (1997). Towards Sustainable Development Struggling over India‟s

Narmada River, New Delhi Publication

Graves, Phillip E. (2010). Environmental economics – A critique of benefit-cost

analysis. Rawat Publications. Jaipur.

Hillman, M., (2002). “Environment Justice: A crucial link between

environmentalism And community development?” Community development

journal, Vol 3rd

, No.4, Oct, PP. 349-60

Iyengar, N.S. (2010). Poverty and Sustainable Development, Deep & Deep


Kar, P. K. & Mahanti S. (2011). Industrialization and environmental pollution –

people‟s perception. Arise publishers and dostributers. New Delhi.

Kausek, Joe. (2010). Environmental management – quick and easy way. Nal.

New Delhi.

Kumar, dalip & Raza, Asmi (2011). Agriculture and Food Security, Deep &

Deep Publications, New Delhi

Markandey, Kalpana,Simhadri: (2009): Urban environment & geo information,

Rawat Publication New Delhi

175

Noam Chomsky, (2003). Hegemony and Survival: America‟s Quest for Global

Dominance, New York: Metropolitan

Pandit, Apoorva (2010). Watershed Development Inputs and Social Change,

Rawat Publications, Jaipur

Peet, Richard & Hartwick, Elaine (2010). Theories of Development –

contentions, argument, alternative – 2nd

edition, Rawat Publications, Jaipur

Prakasam, C. P. & Bhagat, R. B. (2007). Population and Environment Linkages.

Rawat Publications. Jaipur.

Reynolds, Martin (2009). The Environmental Responsibility reader. Zed books.

Bangalore.

Rishi, Parul. (2009). Environmental issues – behavioural insights. Rawat

Publications. Jaipur.

Sapru, R.K. (ed), (1987). Environment Management in India, Vol II, New

Delhi: Ashok Publishing House

Satpathy, M., (1998). Sustainable Development – An Alternative paradigm,

Ahmedabad: Karnavati Publishing

Saxena H.M. (2010). Environmental Management. Rawat Publications. Jaipur.

Schreuder, YDA. (2009). The corporate greenhouse – climate change policy in

globalizing world. Zed books. Bangalore.

Sen, Amartya, (2000). Development as Freedom, Delhi : Oxford

Sengar, Dharmendra. (2001). Environmental Law. PHI Learning Pvt Ltd. New

Delhi.

Sethi, Poornima & Kulkarni, V. S. (2011). Environmental Economics. Alfa

publications. New Delhi.

Sharma, P.D., (1995). Ecology and Environment. Rastogi Publishers. New Delhi

Sing A. & Singh, Seema. (2008). Water management. Arise publishers. New

Delhi.

Singh, Harimohan (2010). Waste Water Treatment Technology, Alfa


Singh, Janamjit. (2006). Biodiversity - planning for sustainable development.

Deep and Deep Publications. New Delhi.

Singh, R. B. & Mal, Suraj. (2009). Environmental change and bio-diversity.

Rawat publications. Jaipur.

Souza, Arun De, (2010), Water and Development, Orient Blackswan, New Delhi

Taori, Kamal (1998), People‟s participation in sustainable development, 1998,

Concept Publishing Company, New Delhi

176

MSW 443-P-XVI.2

PSYCHIATRIC SOCIAL WORK

Course Objectives:

Develop the knowledge of Psychosocial Treatment Methods for persons with

Mental illness

Develop an understanding of the evolution and current scope of Psychiatric

Social Work

Acquire skills to equip self as Psychiatric social worker in different settings.

To acquire knowledge and skill in the practice of Community Psychiatry and

Rehabilitation

Course Content:

UNIT I

PSYCHIATRIC SOCIAL WORK – HISTORY AND FUNCTIONS

Historical development of Psychiatric Social work in India and Abroad

Scope and functions of psychiatric social worker

Training of psychiatric social work in India and abroad

Changing perspectives of Psychiatric Social Work

Changing trends in Mental Health Care

Clinical Diagnosis in Psychiatric social work ( Based on field work experience )

UNIT II

PSYCHIATRIC SOCIAL WORK AND CHILD AND ADOLESCENT MENTAL

HEALTH

ICD IO classification of mental health problems in children and adolescents

Causes and Treatment of the mental health , problems in children and

adolescents

Prevention of child mental health problems and promotion of child mental

health.

School mental health programmes

Suicide and Chemical abuse among Children and adolescents

Role of a social worker in the field of child and adolescent Psychiatry units.

UNIT III

PSYCHIATRIC SOCIAL WORKER AND ADULT MENTAL HEALTH

PROBLEMS

ICD IO Classification of Mental Health Problems in adults

Organic Mental Disorders

Substance Abuse in Adults

177

Schizophrenia, Affective Disorders and Neurotic Disorder

Personality Disorders and Sexual disorders

Role of Psychiatric Social Worker in Psychiatric disorders

UNIT IV

ROLE OF A PSYCHIATRIC SOCIAL WORK IN SPECIAL SETTINGS

Family Psychiatry units

Community Mental Health

Neurological Departments

Rehabilitation Centres

Women and Mental health

Psychiatric Social Worker – Secondary Trauma Stress

References:

Ahuja, Nuraj (2004) A short text book of Psychiatry, J.P Brothers Publishers,

New Delhi

Bhatia M.S (2004) Essentials of Psychiatry, New Delhi: C.B.S. Publishers &

Distributors

Daver, Bhargavi, (1999). Mental Health of Indian Women. New Delhi: Sage

Publication

Daver, Bhargavi, (2001). Mental Health from a Gender Perspective. New Delhi

Sage Publications

Dhanda, Amita, (1999). Legal Order and Mental Disorder. New Delhi : Sage

Publications

Kaplan, (2005). Comprehensive Text Book of Psychotherapy. USA

Kapur, Malavika, (1997). Mental Health in Indian Schools. New Delhi : Sage

Publications

Psycho Social Skills required in teachers to deal with problems in children –

SSW (2000)

Sekar, K., Parthasarathy, R., Muralidhar, D., Rao, M.C. (2007). Handbook of

Psychiatric Social Work(Ed). NIMHANS , Bangalore.

Sekar .K, Prakshi Rajaram, Rameela Shekhar and Mubarak A.R (ed) (2010).

Women and Mental Health, NIMHANS, Bangalore.

Shekar Rameela, Sandra S Lobo, R.Parthasarathy (2012). Child Mental Health

– Manual for teachers and parents. SSW, Roshni Nilaya, Mangalore.

Verma, Ratna, (1991). Psychiatric Social Work in India, New Delhi : Sage

Publications

World Health Organization, (1986) Prevention of Mental, Neurological and

Psychosocial problems

WHO, (1991) Innovative Approaches in Mental Health Care, Psychosocial

Interventions and Co-management, Geneva

178

MSW 443-P-XVI.3

RELATIONSHIP MANAGEMENT AND EMPLOYEE DEVELOPMENT

Course Objectives:

To develop an understanding of the interaction pattern among Employees and

management

To impart in depth knowledge of the Industrial Discipline, Conflict and

Disputes

To impart conceptual knowledge and skills relating to grievance resolution and

participative Management

To comprehend the nature and scope of Employee Counseling

Course Content:

UNIT I

INTRODUCTION TO INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS

Concept of Industrial Relations, scope and objectives of Industrial Relation

System in India

Evolution and development of Industrial Relations globally and in India

Factors determining industrial relations climate

Approaches / Theories of Industrial Relations

Role of the State and Trade Unions in strengthening Industrial Relations in the

Indian context

Strategic industrial relations - Implications for Human Resource Development

UNIT II

EMPLOYEE GRIEVANCE AND PARTICIPATIVE MANAGEMENT

Employee Grievance: Meaning, Concept, Definition and Causes for grievance,

Grievance handling Procedure.

Concept and Philosophy of Employee Participation in management, Forms and

Levels of Participation: Direct and Representative

Planning for Participation and Problems in Developing Participation

Collective bargaining: Nature, types and functions of bargaining.

Collective bargaining in the Indian context - Negotiating a collective bargaining

agreement.

Grievance Resolution: Case studies

179

UNIT III

INDUSTRIAL DISCIPLINE, CONFLICT AND DISPUTES

Industrial discipline - Scope, Objectives and Principles of Industrial

indiscipline, Impact of Indiscipline on the industry

Disciplinary enquiries an overview

Industrial Conflict and Conflict Resolution: Dynamics of conflict and

collaboration.

Nature, causes and Resolution of Industrial Disputes

Industrial Dispute Resolution Machinery in India ––Conciliation, Arbitration,

and Adjudication.

Central Board for Workers Education ( CBWE) : Structure , Functions,

Objectives and Programs

UNIT IV

WORK PLACE WELLNESS AND STRESS MANAGEMENT

Workplace wellness – Rationale, Program Components and Benefits.

Work Stress -Stressful job factors, Role stress, Occupational Stress,

Management of Stress

Organizational Culture and wellness.

Employee Counseling: Problems of absenteeism, Attrition and Burnout.

Employee Counseling and Performance Management.

Employee Retention Strategies and their impact.

References:

Bhatia S.K, Chandra S (2008). Strategic Industrial Relation and Labor Welfare,

Deep and Deep Publications , New Delhi

Coles, Adrian (2003). Counselling in the workplace, Open University Press,

England

Cascio, Waynee (2003). Managing Human Resources: Productivity, Quality of

Worklife profits, Tata Mc graw Hill, New Delhi

Giri V. V (1958). Labour Problems in Indian Industry Madras: Asia Publishing

House

Joseph, Jerome (2004) Industrial relations: Towards a new theory of negotiated

connectedness, New Delhi: Response Books

Kapoor N.D., (1992). Element of Industrial law, New Delhi: Sultan Chand & Sons

Kumar, Bipin (2013). Industrial Relation Theory and Practice, Regal Publications,

New Delhi

Kumar, Lakshmi Narain (2001). Industrial Sociology, Agra.

Mamoria Mamoria., (2003). Dynamics of Industrial Relation, Himalaya Publishing

House, Mumbai

Moorthy M.V., (1968). Principles of Labour Welfare, Vizg: Gupta Brothers

180

Mutalik Desai and Rairkar, B.R., (1978). Labour Welfare and Industrial Relations

Bombay: Noble Publishing House

Naidu, K.M. (ed.) (2003). Social Security of Labour in India and Economic

Reforms, New Delhi: Serials Publications

Nayar, N. (1986). How to Serve Charge Sheet, Suspend and Terminate Your

Employees, New Delhi: National Law Book Corporation.

Punekar, Deodhar and Sankaran, (1980). Trade Unionism Industrial Relation and

Labour Welfare

Bombay: Himalaya Publishing House Punekar, S.D. (2003). Labour Welfare,

Trade Unionism and Industrial Relations (13th edn.), Delhi: Himalaya Publishing

House

Ratnam, Venkata C.S. (2001). Globalization and Labour-Management Relations:

Dynamics of Change, New Delhi: Response Books

Ratnam, Venkata C.S. (ed.) (2000). Trade Union Challenges at the Beginning of

the 21st Century, New Delhi: Indian Industrial Relations Association and Excel

Books

Sarma, A M (2009). Aspects of Labor Welfare and Social Security, Himalaya

Publishing House, Mumbai

Saxena, R.C. (1961). Labour Problems and Social Welfare Meerat: Jaiprakashnath

& Co.

Singh, Kavitha (2007). Counselling skills for managers, Prentice Hall of India,

New Delhi

Silvera, D.M. (1991). Human Resource Development A Indian experience New

Delhi: New India Publications

Srivastava, K.D. Commentaries on Factories Act 1970, New Delhi: Deep & Deep

publication

Srivastav, K.N. (1954). Industrial Peace & Industrial Relations Allahabad: Kitab

Mahal

Vaid K.N., (1965). Labour Welfare in India, Madras: Asia Publishing House

Vaid K.N., (1970). State and Labour in India, Madras: Asia Publishing House

MSW OE 3.1 [OPEN ELECTIVE]

DISASTER MANAGEMENT –PSYCHO SOCIAL CARE AND SUPPORT

Course Objectives:

Develop skills to analyze factors contributing to Disaster both natural

and man made

Develop an understanding of the impact of Disaster-on individuals,

families and care givers

Familiarize with the Psycho Social care and services in disaster

Develop skills to participate in Disaster Management

181

Course Content:

UNIT – I

DISASTER: CONCEPTS, TYPES AND EFFECTS

Concept of disaster

Ecosystem equilibrium and disequilibrium.

Types of disasters – natural and Man made Disasters

Causes of Disaster

Physical Effects of disaster.

Psycho social Effects of Disaster

UNIT – II

DISASTER MANAGEMENT

Disaster management: concept and cycle.

Stages in Disaster management pre, during and post disaster

Short term plans in Disaster management

Long term plans in Disaster management

Guiding Principles of disaster mitigation

Implementation/monitoring and Evaluation of the mitigation programme

UNIT – III

POLICIES AND LAWS

Relief and Recovery and Rehabilitation in management of disasters

Legislative measures for Disaster Management in India

National agency resources

Government organization and Voluntary organizations

Role of the Local groups, communities and volunteers

Case Studies

UNIT –I V

PSYCHOSOCIAL SUPPORT AND MENTAL HEALTH SERVICES IN

DISASTER

Growth of Psychosocial care in Disaster management in India

Vulnerable groups in disaster

Post Traumatic Stress Disorder

Psychosocial support and mental health services in disasters.

Stress among care givers

Case studies

182

References:

Birnabaum, F., Coplon, J.,and Scharff, T. 1973: Crisis Intervention after a

Natural Disaster”, Social Case Work, Vol. 54, No.9, 545.551.

Blaufard, H. and Levine,J. 1972: “Crisis Intervention in an Earthquake”. Social

Work, Vol.17, No.4, 16-19.

Brahme, S. and Gole, P. 196: Deluge in Poona, Poona: Asia Publishing House

Chen, L. 1973: Disaster in Bangladesh: Health Crisis in a Developing Nation,

New York: Oxford University Press

Das Veena, (ed)1990: Mirrors of Violence: Communities, Riots and Survivors

in South Asia, Delhi: Oxford University Press

Fritz, C.E. 1968: “Disaster”, Sills, D. (ed.) International Encyclopaedia of

Social Science. Vol. 4. U.S.A.: The MacMillan Company and the Free Press.

P.202-208

Gandi, Jagadish P., 2007: Disaster, Mitigation and Management-Post Tsunami

Perspectives Deep & Deep Publications, New Delhi

Goel SL. 2007: Disaster Administration and ManagementText and Case Studies

Deep & Deep Publications, New Delhi

Grossman, L. 1973: “Train Crash: Social Work and Disaster Services”, Social

Work. Vol. 18, No.5, 38-44.

Hoff, A. 1978: “People in Crisis”, Understanding and Helping, California:

Addison Wesley- Publishing Company.

Joint Assistant Centre. 1980: Natural Disaster, New Delhi: Adhyatma Sadhana

Kendra

Kapur Anu Neeti, 2005: Disaster in India Studies of Grim RealityRawat

Publications

Lindomann, E. 1944: “Symptomology and Management of Acute Grief”,

American Journal of Psychiatry, Vol. 101.141-148.

Maharatna A,1996: The Demography of Famines: An India Historical

Perspective Delhi : OUP

Mann James1993: Power, poverty & poison: Disaster & Response in an Indian

city, New Delhi: Sage

Murthy DBN, 2007: Disaster Management Text and Case Studies, Deep &

Deep Publications, New Delhi

Sekar K, Sayani Pan, Jayakumar C ,2005: Tsunami Disaster, Psycho Social

Care by Community Level Workers, Nimhans Bangalore

Shader, and Schwartz, A. 1966: “Management of reaction to Disaster‟, Social

Work, Vol. 11, No.2, 99-1-4.

Singh RB, 2000: Disaster Managemen,Rawat Publications

183

Siporin, M. 1966: The Experience of Aiding the Victims of Hurricane „Betsy”

Social Service Review, Vol. 10.

Vastsa, Krishna S.2002: Reducing Earthquake losses: Towards a National

perspective, E.P.W April 20.

Vatsa Krishna, S2001 : The Bhuj Earthquake 2001, Identification of

priority Issues; U.S.A: World Institute for Disaster Risk Management,

Alenandria,

Wolfenstein, M. 1977: Disaster: A Psychological Essay, New York: Arno Press

SEMESTER IV

MSW 404-P-XVII

SOCIAL WELFARE ADMINISTRATION

Course Objectives:

To understand and internalize the concept of Social Welfare Administration as a

method of Professional Social Work

To understand the formation and functioning of Social organizations and their

role in transforming social policies in to action

To understand the basics of formation and management of Welfare

organizations

To have an overview of the public collaboration with voluntary efforts in social

welfare

Course Content:

UNIT I

GENERAL CONCEPT

Concept of Social Welfare Administration- Meaning and concept

Social Welfare organizations -- meaning and concept

Types of voluntary organizations – functions, relevance & importance

Role of social welfare organizations in social transformation

Historical overview, current perspective and evaluation of Social Welfare

Administration as a method of Practicing Social Work

Welfare State – Central Social Welfare Board – programmes & philosophy

UNIT II

ESTABLISHMENT OF SOCIAL WELFARE ORGANIZATIONS

184

Developing Vision, Mission & Objectives

General policies and policy formulation

Formulation of legal bodies and bye laws

Regulations – Societies Registration Act, Trust Act & Co operative Societies

Act

Executive Responsibilities – POSDCORB

State Social Welfare Board – Programmes and relevance

UNIT III

RESOURCE MANGEMENT

Service terms and Regulations -- Personnel Management

Leave rules, wage management and allowances

Employee up gradation - promotion, Benefits and exit

Work discipline and Discipline Management and Disciplinary procedures

Employee engagement and retention

Performance Appraisal and evaluation

UNIT IV

FINANCIAL ADMINISTRATION AND PROGRAMME PLANNING

Financial Administration – General Concepts

Budgeting- Concepts and skills

Fund Raising – Techniques and programmes

Programme planning and Project Administration

FCRA,12A,80G, and 80GGA

Monitoring and evaluating projects

References:

Chowdary Paul D (2010). Social Welfare Administration - Atmaram & Son

Delhi

Clarke/Allan (1994). Managing Social policy Coherence Sage Publication

Chopra, S., (1989) Management of Human Resources, V.K. publishing House.

Chowdhary, D. (1992) Social Welfare Administration Delhi: Atma Ram Sons.

185

Chowdhary, D.P. (1991) Profile of Voluntary Action in Social Welfare &

Development, New Delhi Sidhartah Press.

Covey, Stephen R. (1989) The 7 Habits of Highly effective People London:

Simon & Schuster.

Daniel, Goleman (1995) Emotional Intelligence: Why it can matter more than

IQ, London: Bloomsbury.

Daver, Rustom S (Reprint) (1999) Creative Leadership The People Oriented

Task Approach, New Delhi: UBS Publishers.

Dogra, B. (2006) : Transparency and India‟s New Legislation on Right to

Information, Delhi: Dogra

Drucker, Peter (1993) Managing the non-profit organization Delhi: Macmillan.

Fernandes, W. (1989) Voluntary Action and Government Control New Delhi:

Indian Social Institute

Garain, S. (1998) Organisation Effectiveness of NGO‟s Jaipur: University Book

House

Goel, S.L. and Kumar, R. (2005) Administration and Management of NGO‟s:

Text and case studies, New Delhi: Deep Deep Publications

Handy, C., (1990) Understanding Voluntary Organisations, London:Penguin

books

Harnold Kootz & Heiz Wehrich, (1998). Essentials of Management, Tata

McGraw Hill.

Jackson, J(1989) Evaluation for Voluntary Organisations, Delhi: Information &

News Network

Korten, David C.(1993). Getting to the 21st Century: Voluntary Action & the

Global

Agenda, New Delhi Oxford IBH, Publishing Pvt. Ltd.

Mabey C. & Sealama G., (1995) Strategic Human Resource Management,

Oxford: Blackwell.

Mander, Harsh and Asif, M. (2004) Good Governance Resource Book,

Bangalore: Books for Change.

Pria, (2001) Strategic planning for Village Development Organizations,

Workshops Manual for Facilitation, New Delhi: Society for Participatory

Research in Asia.

Pria, (2000) Legal Framework for Non-profit institutions in India, New Delhi

PRIA

Pria, (1999) Management of Voluntary Organizations, New Delhi Society for

Participatory Research in Asia

Pria, (1991) Non-Government Organizations in India A Critical Study, New

Delhi Society for participating Research in Asia.

Salvin, S. (ed), (1978) Managing Finance, Personnel and Information in Human

Services, New York: Haworth Press.

186

Warham, Joyce, (1975) Introduction to Administration for Social workers,

London: Routledge and Kegan Paul

MSW 424-P-XIX

RESEARCH PROJECT

Course Objectives:

To develop a scientific approach in conducting Research

To develop skills in organizing primary and secondary data

To develop attitudes favorable to the judicious integration of practice, research

and Theory

To develop ability for logical reasoning and critical analysis

To facilitate administration of statistical test to the data

Course Content:

UNIT I

SELECTION AND FORMULATION OF A RESEARCH PROBLEM

Selection of a research problem

Identifying and defining concepts and variables

Formulation of hypothesis and testing hypothesis

Review of Literature

Understanding Research Design patterns

Standardization of Research tool

UNIT II

SCOPE AND COVERAGE

Population/Universe of a study

Need for studying a cross section of the Universe (Sample)

Study of the (Sample) Probability/Non-Probability Pattern

Deciding the sample size and assessing error

Advantages and Limitations of sample studies

Practical: Formulation of objectives and Hypothesis for the given study

187

UNIT III

DATA COLLECTION AND PROCESSING

Primary data collection schemes and choice of a scheme

Steps involved in data processing

Preparing a data processing scheme

Organization and presentation of data

Use of Statistics in data analysis

Practical: Discussion on Field experience of Research

UNIT IV

APPLICATION OF STATISTICAL MODULES

Chi-square,

Correlation,

t‟test

ANOVA

Factor Analysis

Practical: Processing data in SPSS

FORMAT OF THE RESEARCH REPORT

Each research shall consist of the following sections.

Section I Preliminaries

Section II Body of the Report

Section III Annexure

Section I Preliminaries: It is a formal general section and shall have following details

1. Title page

2. A Face sheet having details regarding the title of the study name of the

researcher, name of the guide, Head of the department, institution through which

the study has been undertaken university and year of the work

3. Forward/ Acknowledgement

4. Table of contents with page Nos

5. List of tables charts, graphs

6. Certification from the guide

188

Section II Body of the Report: It is a formal technical section which shall consist of

following chapters.

1. Introduction

2. Review of Literature

3. Methodology

4. Data presentation and Analyses

5. Major Findings and conclusion

However the number of Chapters appearing in the body of report can be more, if the

student decides to increase chapters.

The aim of each chapter shall be considered while preparing the chapter

CHAPTER I INTRODUCTION:

Introduce the problem/topic of research

Purpose of the study

The conceptual clarity has to be given.

Discussion on the concepts, variables and hypothesis

Magnitude and prevalence of the problem with the sources

Discussion on the problem statement and research questions

Significance and the specialty of the study

CHAPTER II REVIEW OF LITERATURE:

Introduction

Reference from Westerns and Eastern publications

Definitions

Theoretical frame work in the form of diagram or flow chart

Chronological and the Logical order is essential between the concepts and the

years

Developing the literature based on the Concept, objectives, variables

Dices on the result of previous studies in connection with present study

Give a theoretical framework in the form of a diagram if possible

Theories and suggestions can be presented in the form of flow charts &

diagrams

Results of the previous studies can be cited

Key concept need to be taken from the encyclopedia Britannica and Social

Sciences.

Outline scheme with main and sub-sections coherently interrelated and present

Provide information from the studies conducted earlier on the same topic and

based on which draw out the relevance of the present study.

Organize the secondary data in a logical and chronological order

189

Critically evaluate the available literature with current study

Website of the reference should be given in bibliography and not in the research

report

Similarities and dissimilarities among the references to be identified found as

they are not compiled, it looks like mere information as there is no research in

secondary data.

Naming the Chapter with the core theme

CHAPTER III METHODOLOGY:

Introduction

Motivation

Aim

Objectives

Hypothesis

Definition of Concepts

Operational Definition

Research Design

Coverage: Universe, Population and Sample

Criteria of Selection: Inclusion and Exclusion Criteria

Sampling Procedure (Pilot study and the Main study)

Sample size

Sources of Data

Scope of the Study

Development of Research Tool: Reliability and validity

Data collection: Tools, Methods, Duration, Problems

Data Processing: Scheme, Mode, Soft Ware with versions

Report Design: Chapterisation

Outcomes of the study

Limitations of the study

Ethical Issues

Conclusion

CHAPTER IV DATA PRESENTATION AND ANALYSIS:

Findings of research in the form of charts, graphs, diagrams

Descriptive analysis

Interpretation of the Primary and Secondary Data

Statistical Interpretations

190

CHAPTER V MAJOR FINDINGS AND CONCLUSION:

Summarized form, the major findings

Recommendations and suggestions

Section III Annexure:

Tools of data collection.

Additional statistical tables

Bibliography

MSW 434-P-XX.1

LIVELIHOODS AND SOCIAL ENTREPRENUERSHIP

Course Objectives:

To understand the concepts of Livelihoods and Social Entrepreneurship

To enable the learners to contextualize the vulnerability and understand the

strategies for adaptation

To understand the models and challenges of social entrepreneurship

To learn the process of establishing a social enterprise.

Course Content:

UNIT I

LIVELIHOODS

Concept and Meaning of Livelihoods

Social structure and Livelihoods – Social exclusion, livelihoods and poverty

Contextualizing livelihoods – Tribal, rural and Urban Livelihoods

Livelihood Assets : Natural, Physical, Human, Financial, Social and cultural

Capital

Access to Resources: Structures and process in deciding access to resources:

state, market and civil society.

Innovations in Livelihoods – Case study

UNIT II

LIVELIHOOD ADAPTATION STRATEGIES AND OUTCOMES

Livelihood adaptation strategies: Resource valuation, iterations and livelihood

strategies, mobility, storage, communal pooling, livelihood diversification,

market exchange.

Planned and autonomous adaptation strategies.

Local knowledge systems in livelihood adaptations

Sustainable livelihood approach

191

Livelihood outcomes: Impact on capacity building, entitlement, indebtedness,

poverty, vulnerability, farmer‟s suicide, migration, crime, trafficking.

Understanding uncertainty for establishment of social entrepreneurship-

ecological, knowledge, seasonality and trends.

UNIT III

SOCIAL ENTREPRENEURSHIP

Concept : Functions, types of entrepreneurship, current practice

Models of social entrepreneurship

Principles of social entrepreneurship

Legal perspective in creating and managing social entrepreneurship: laws

applicable in forming and managing social enterprises.

Skills in social entrepreneurship : Vocational training - technical skills,

management, literacy and numeracy skill, Financial management

Challenges for social entrepreneurship

UNIT – IV

PROCESS OF ESTABLISHING A SOCIAL ENTERPRISE

Dreaming

Exploring

Starting Up

Growing

Sources of Support

Legal Structures and Business Plan Template

References:

Bagchi Subroto (2006). The high performance Entrepreneur , Penguin Books

New Delhi

Baguley Phil (2008). The Instant Manager; project management Hodder

Education London

Chandra, Shantha Kohli, (1991), Development of Women entrepreneurship in

India, Mittal, New Delhi

Desai Vasant (1999). Small scale Industries and Entrepreneurship, Himalayan

Publishers Mumbai

Desai , Vasant (1999). Dynamics of Entrepreneur development and

management Himalayan Publishers Mumbai

Desai A R (1982). Peasants struggle in India Himalayan Publishers Mumbai

192

Desai A R (2000). Project management & Entrepreneurship Himalayan

Publishers Mumbai

Janakiram B (2012). Management & Entrepreneurship Excel Books, New Delhi

Krishna, sumi , (2007), Women‟s livelihood Rights, Sage Publications, New

Delhi

Krishnaraj, Maithreyi, (2007), Gender, food, Security and Rural Livelihood,

Mandira Sean for STREE, Kolkata

Khan Nafees A (2008). Fundamentals of Entrepreneurship , Anmol Publications

Pvt New Delhi

Kanaka SS (1998). Entrepreneurial Development Sage New Delhi

Kanungo Rabindra (1998). Entrepreneurship & innovation Sage Publications

New Delhi

Kumar Niraj (1998). Marketing communications theory & practice, Himalayan

Publishers Mumbai

Kumar Sunil (1995). Management effectiveness , excel Publishers New Delhi

Kumar, Anil, Poornima SC (2005). Entrepreneurship development –New Age

International New Delhi

Werhahan H (1990). The Entrepreneur- Ordi Social Germany

MSW 434-P-XX.2

THERAPEUTIC COUNSELING

Course Objectives:

To understand and integrate the foundation and process of counseling

To develop knowledge and skills of different psycho therapeutic theories

To acquire knowledge and skills for therapeutic interventions

To use the therapeutic interventions when working with individuals and groups

Course Content:

UNIT I

FOUNDATION TO THERAPEUTIC COUNSELING

Definition and Nature and scope of Counselling

Ethics and legal concerns of Counselling

Types of Counselling

Individual and Groups Counselling

Factors contributing to the Emergence of Counselling in India

Counselor –Client Expectations and goals

193

UNIT II

PROCESS OF COUNSELLING

Counseling Process – Phases

Micro and Advanced Skills

Intervention Techniques

Evaluation in counselling

Termination in Counselling

Use of Records in counselling

UNIT III

HUMANISTIC AND PSYCHODYNAMIC APPROACHES

Person Centered Therapy

Psychoanalytical Therapy

Gestalt Therapy

Existential Therapy

Reality, Transactional Analysis.

Use of Therapies in the process of counselling (Practical)

UNIT IV

POST MODERN APPROACHES IN COUNSELING

Cognitive Behavior Therapy

Rational Emotive Behavior Therapy

Family Therapy

Brief Therapy

Neuro Linguistic Programming

Identification of a problem and use of any one of the therapies (Practical)

References:

Antony D John , (2005). Emotions in counseling, Anugraha Publications,

Tamilnadu

Antony D John , (2005). Self psychology, Anugraha Publications, Tamilnadu

Antony D John, (2006): Mental disorders encountered in counseling,

Anugraha Publications Tamilnadu

194

Antony D John, (2005).Family Counselling, Anugraha, Publications Tamilnadu

Antony, D. John, (2003). Skills of Counselling, Anugraha Publication,

Tamilnadu

Berne Eric, (1964). Game people play, New York: Grove Press

Burke, F. Joseph (1989). Contemporary approaches to Psychotherapy &

Counselling California : Brooke/Cole Publishing Co.

Capuzzi, David (1999). Counselling and Psychotherapies Columbia : Merril

Prentice Hall,London,Steel

Capuzzi, David, (1999). Counselling and Psychotherapies Columbia : Merril

Prentice Hall, London, Steel

Carkuff R.R.& Bereason, (1977).Beyond counseling and therapy, Merril

Prentice Hall, London Steel

Carkuff, R.R. and Bereason, B.S, (1977). Beyond Counselling and Therapy,

New York, London: Hot Rinchart & Winston

Chaturvedi, Ramesh, (2005). Educational and Vocational guidance and

counseling, Cresent Publications, Corporation, New Delhi

Coorey Gerald, (1977). Theory and Pactice of Counselling and

Psychotherapy,Brooks: Cole V.S. New York

Coorey Gerald, (2000). Theory and practice of Group counselling Brooks: Cole

V.S., New York

Corey, Gerald, (2000). Theory & Practice of Group Counselling, Brooks: Cole

V.S., New York

Corey, Gerald, (1977). Theory and Practice of Counselling And Psychotherapy,

Brooks: Cole V.S., New York

Dryden and Feltham, (1994). Developing counselor training,Sage Publications,

London Steel.

Etherington Kim Bond, (2001). Counseling in Health Setting,Jessica Kingely,

London Steel

Ewan gillon, (2007). Person centered counseling psychology,Sage Publications,

New Delhi

Feltham , Colin and Horton, Ian, (2000). Handbook of Counselling &

Psychotherapy Sage Publications, London Steel

Fuster T M, (1980).Personal counseling, Mumbai: St. Paul‟s Publications

Fuster T M, (1980). An intergration of Carkhuff‟s Models, St. Paul‟s

Publications

Gibson Robert, (2003). Counselling and Guidance, Merrill,595,199 New Jersey,

Fleet-2

Glasser William,(1965). Reality Therapy , Harper and Row Publishers, New

York.

Glasser William, (1965). Reality Therapy, New York; Evanster & London:

Harper & Row Publishers New York.

195

Mary Jenis, (2014). Counselling Process: Adelaide Publications

Lucian, Brother. J. FSC, (1966). Readings for Counsellors -Volume II

Madhukar Indira, (2000). Guidance and counseling, Authors Press, 2000, Delhi

Steel -2

Marvin R. Goldfred, Gerald C. Davison, (1977). The art of Counselling USA:

Parthenon press at Nashvilla, Tennessee

Munro, Anna Manthai Bob, (2005). Counseling Skill of Problem Solving,

Routledge,1989, London Steel - 5

Narayan Rao (2007).Counselling and Guidance, Tata Mac Graw Hill

Publications,2007, Bangalore, M H C

Palmer Stephen, Dainow, Sheila and Milner, Pat, (1996). Counselling-The BAC

Counselling Reader, Volume one, Sage Publications

Patterson, C.H, (1966). Theories of Counselling & Psychotherapy, New York:

Harper & Row publisher

Ravi Meera (2005). Counseling what Why and How, Viva Books Private Ltd,

Bangalore

Schultz Duane/Schultz Sydney Ellen (2012). Psychology and Work today,

Wadsworth Publishing, Sydney

Villere Maurice, (1981). Transactional Analysis at work, New Jersey: Prentice

Hall Inc. Engle Cliffs.

MSW 434-P-XX.3

LABOUR LAWS-II

Course Objectives:

To understand the laws pertaining to service conditions of labour in certain

establishments

To provide knowledge with regard to wage legislations

To understand the Employment / Social Security and other important

legislations

To provide skills in interpreting labour laws.

Course Content:

UNIT I

LAWS PERTAINING TO CONDITIONS OF LABOUR:

Motor Transport Workers Act, 1961


196

The Building and other Construction Workers (Regulation of Employment and

Conditions of Employment) Act, 1996.


The Sales Promotion Employee (Conditions of Service) Act, 1976


The Child Labour (Prohibition and Regulation) Act, 1986.


The Interstate Migrant Workman (Regulation and Conditions of Employment)

Act 1979.



UNIT II

WAGE RELATED LAWS

The Payment of Wages Act, 1936


The Minimum Wages Act, 1948


The Equal Remuneration Act, 1976


Working Journalists (Fixation of Rates of Wages) Act, 1958


The Payment of Bonus Act, 1965


Legal Compliances and filing of Returns

UNIT III

EMPLOYMENT/ SOCIAL SECURITY LAWS

The Employment Exchanges (Compulsory Notification of Vacancies) Act, 1959


The Karnataka Industrial Establishment (National and Festival Holidays) Act,

1965 Object & Scope, Application &Major provisions

The Employee State Insurance Act, 1948


The Employee Provident Fund and Miscellaneous Provisions Act, 1952


The Payment of Gratuity Act, 1972



http://labour.kar.nic.in/labour/bondedlaboursys-1976.htm

http://labour.kar.nic.in/labour/bondedlaboursys-1976.htm

197

UNIT IV

OTHER LAWS

The Environment Protection Act, 1986


The Air (Prevention and Control of Pollution) 1981


The Water (Prevention and Control of Pollution) 1974


Provisions on Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR) in Companies Act, 2013

The Sexual Harassment of Women at workplace (Prevention, Prohibition and

Redressal) Act,2013



References:

Achar, M.R, (1979). Labour Rules in Karnataka, Bangalore: Yellamma

Publications

Bare Acts. Booklets, Published by different Publishers like – Allahabad Law ,

Delhi Law House & Eastern Book Company

Garg. Ajay (2012). Nabhis Labor Laws, Nabhis Publication, New Delhi.

Kapoor N.D, (1992). Elements of Industrial Law New Delhi: Sultan Chand &

Sons

Kothari G.M. Law relating to Disciplinary matters & Standing orders, Bombay

N.M. Tripathi Pvt. Ltd.

Kumar H.N, (1992). Law Relating to Strike Gherao, and Demonstration, New

Delhi: Universal Book Traders

Malhotra O.P, (1985). Industrial Disputes Act 1947, Lucknow: Easter low Book

Company

Mishra, Srikant, (1989). Modern Labour Laws and Industrial Relations, New

Delhi: Deep and Deep Publications

Sachdeva Anil. (1999). Industrial and Labor Laws, Rajasthan Law Publishing,

Jodhpur

198

Rekhapalli, Giridhari Lal, (1992). Domestic Enquiries into charges against

Employees and Workmen: Principles Procedures, New Delhi: Deep and Deep

Publication

Singh B D, (2009). Labor Laws for Managers, Excel Books, New Delhi

Srivastava K.D, (1990). Commentaries on Payments of Wages Act 1936, New

Delhi: Deep and Deep Publications

Srivastava K.D, (1992). Commentaries on Factories (Regulation & abolition )

Act 1970, New Delhi: Deep and Deep Publications

Taxman. (2012). Labor Laws, Taxman Publishing House, New Delhi

Journals: Labour Law Journal, Journal of Industrial Relations

MSW 444 P-XXI

ORGANIZATIONAL DEVELOPMENT AND BEHAVIOUR

Course Objectives:

Develop an understanding of Organization and Organizational Behavior.

Enhance Knowledge of the motivation and its relation to behavior and

performance.

Understand the concept of Organizational Change

To understand how to manage Organizational Change and their impact on

Organization Performance.

Course Content:

UNIT I

INTRODUCTION

Organizations- Concept, Objectives and types

Principles and Process of Organization

Organizational Structure – Concept of Organizational Structure

Types and Functions of organizational structure

Individual and groups in organization

Issues of Organizations in the Indian Context

199

UNIT II

ORGANIZATIONAL BEHAVIOUR, ORGANIZATIONAL CHANGE AND

DEVELOPMENT

Organizational Behavior – Definition - Importance - Historical Background -

Fundamental concepts of OB - 21st Century Corporates - Different models of

OB i.e. autocratic, custodial, supportive, collegial and SOBC

Theoretical frameworks of OB: Cognitive, Behavioral and Social Learning.

Applicability of theoretical framework in Indian Organizations

Organizational Design - Various organizational structures and their effects on

human behaviour

Organizational culture – Differences between Culture, Climate and its impact

on organizational effectiveness, Measurement and Improvement methodologies.

Organizational change – Meaning, Concept, Characteristics of Organizational

change:, models, Forces of change, resistance to change, managing

organizational change and diversity

Organizational Development: Process, Phases , Models, Approaches and

Interventions and evaluation

UNIT III

MOTIVATION, POWER AND LEADERSHIP IN ORGANIZATION

Personality & Attitudes - Meaning of personality - Development of personality -

Nature and dimensions of attitude - Job Satisfaction - Organizational

Commitment, Employee Engagement.

Motivation - Motives - Characteristics - Classification of motives - Primary

Motives - Secondary motives

Morale - Definition and relationship with productivity - Morale Indicators.

Theories of Work Motivation - Maslow's theory of need hierarchy - Herzberg's

theory of job loading, + two other theories

Group Dynamics: Meaning of work group, types, group formation process,

interactions, power and conflicts among group, group dynamics, at work place.

Formal & Informal group, Role and types of groups in organization

200

Sources and types of Power in Organizations, Distinction between Power and

Authority and influence Power and politics – organizational conflict and

conflict management

Leadership - Leadership: Concept, characteristics/ qualities of leader, types of

leadership, HR manager as leader. Team Building. Managerial Ethics:

Individual ethics, ethical dilemmas in management

UNIT IV

INDUSTRIAL MENTAL HEALTH AND COUNSELLING

Industry and society: Industry as a part of social system, socio-cultural

environment in industry. Social and Individual problems/issues in industry-

quality of life, gender issues, gender discrimination & sexual harassment at

work place, human rights issues and how they impact mental health and

equilibrium of individuals and groups

Individual dysfunctional Behaviors - Absenteeism, Alcoholism, aggression,

apathy and non cooperation. Recognizing mental health issues – Emotionally

affected and directing them towards the right remedial course of action.

Employee Counseling – Concept, techniques and effectiveness evaluation

Greviance Management – Management Mechanisms – Structured schemes,

open door policy, Informal gettogethers

Managing Occupational Stress: concept of occupational stress, stressors,

fatigue, monotony, burnout, impact of stress on employees and employer,

modern work-culture, setup, job-demands and stress, stress management-

coping mechanisms/ strategies. Case studies- BPO, IT, modern High-tech

industries, service sector

Assertiveness Training: Benefits of assertiveness – components of assertive

Behavior. Developing assertive behavior skills, assertiveness on the job,

assertiveness in interpersonal relations

Creating a healthy workplace – Mental Health Policy – Need and Elements,

Preventing problems by eliminating or minimizing stress at source Minimizing

the negative effects of stress via education and management strategies,

Assisting individuals who are experiencing the effects of stress

201

References:

Andrew, Dubrin J, (2006). Leadership – Research Findings, Practice, and Skills,

New Delhi, Biztantra Publication.

Aswathappa K, (2008). Organisational Behaviour- Text, Cases and Games,

Mumbai, Himalaya Publication House.

Donald, Hislop, (2007). Knowledge Management in Organization. A Critical

Introduction, Oxford University Press.

Dwivedi, R S, (2000). Human Relations and Organizational Behaviour: a

Global Perspective‟, Macmillan India Ltd., Delhi

Fred Luthans, (2007). Organizational Behaviour‟, McGraw Hill Education New

Delhi.

Hersey and Blanchard (2001). Management of Organizational Behaviour and

Utilizing Human Resources Prentice Hall of India Pvt. Ltd. New Delhi.

Khanka.S.S (2000). Organizational Behavior, Kitab Mahal Publication, New

Delhi

Khanka, S S, (2008). Organisational Behaviour, New Delhi, S Chand and Co.,

Ltd.

Hellriegul Don and Slocum John W., Jr, Thomson (2004). Organisational

Behaviour, New Delhi.

ICFAI, (2004). Organisational Behaviour, Hyderabad,Centre for Management

Research.

Kumar Arun and Meenakshi N, (2009). Organisational Behaviour- A Modern

Approach, NIILM Center for Management Studies, New Delhi.

Luthans Fred, (2005). Organisational Behviour, New York, McGraw Hill

International Edition.

Mcshane L.Steven (2006). Organisational Behaviour Tata McGraw Hill New

Delhi.

Misha (2001). Organisation behaviour,Mumbai,Vikas.

Moorhead Gregory Griffin, Ricky W., (2007). Biztantra - Organisational

Behaviour- Managing People and Organisations, New Delhi.

Nelson, Debra L and James Compbell (2007). Organisaional Behaviour-

Foundations, Quick, Realities and Challenges, New Delhi, Thomson South-

Western,.

Northouse Peter G, (2003). Leadership- Theory and Practice, New Delhi,

Response Books: A Division of Sage Publications.

202

Prasad L.M, (2002). Organizational Behaviour, Sultan Chand & Sons

Publications, New Delhi.

Robin Fincham Peter Rhodes (2005). Principles of Organizational Behaviour

Oxford University Press New Delhi.

Robbins Stephen P (2006). Organisational Behaviour 12th Edition Prentice Hall

(India) Pvt Ltd New Delhi.

Robbins, Stephen P, (2007). Organisational Behaviour, New Delhi, Pearson

Education.

Rosemary K C, (2008). Leadership Development- A Guide for HR

Rao, P Subha (2004). Management and Organizational Behaviour, Himalaya

Publishing House

203








Agenda No.1 (o) /SSW/AC/10/16

o. Sub: Approval of the Proceedings of the Board of Studies in M.Sc. -

Counselling for the M.Sc. Degree Programme in Counselling.



204

PART - I

PROCEEDINGS OF THE SPECIAL MEETING OF THE BOARD OF

STUDIES IN M.Sc. – COUNSELLING HELD ON FRIDAY JULY 29, 2016 AT

11.00 A.M. AT SCHOOL OF SOCIAL WORK, MANGALURU - 2

Members

Dr. Audrey Pinto : in the Chair

Ms. Rosa Nimmy Mathew : Member

Dr. A.R. Krishnamurthy : University Representative

Ms. Shailaja shasthri : Subject expert

Mr. Paul Raj : Subject expert

Ms. Bavyashree Kullal : Alumna

Ms. Manjula A Rao : Allied Area

AGENDA

1. Preparation of Panel of Examiners pertaining to 2016 – 2017

Examinations.

2. Assessment and review of I-III [Nov.2015] & II-IV [May 2016] Semester


3. Approval of Revised the CBCS programme and syllabus of M.Sc. -

Counselling

PART - II Preparation of the Panel of Examiners

Panel of Examiners was reviewed and new members were incorporated to ensure more

number of examiners to accelerate the examination work. The approveded Panel of

Examiners was drawn out separately and sent to the Registrar (Evaluation) of the

College.

PART – III: Review of the previous year‟s Question papers and Results

The Question papers were reviewed and the pattern of the end semester question

papers was scrutinized. The new pattern of question paper was appreciated by the

members as it would cover the entire syllabus.

The Board expressed overall satisfaction of the previous semester results i.e. the

performance of the students in the II and IV Semester Examinations as reflected in the

205

results is found to be satisfactory. The members expressed their satisfaction regarding

92.86% success in II semester and 90% in IV semester as one student was not able to

attend the examination. They were glad to note that 7 out of 14 students of 1st of 2

nd

semester and 6 out of 10 from the 3rd

& 4th semester passed with distinction. Five from

1st and four from 2

nd semester and three from 3rd and two from 4

th semester passed

with a first class.

PART – IV

At the Outset the chairperson welcomed the members and thanked them for their

presence. Discussion on determining soft core and hardcore subjects was initiated by

the Chairperson after giving a thought to the importance of the subject matter for

M.Sc. Counseling. The board decided to finalize the number of hardcore and soft core

subjects as per university regulations

Chairperson thanked the members, especially for having given suggestions to frame

and revise the syllabus as per the new choice based credit system introduced by the

university. The board approved the M.Sc. Counselling revised syllabus framed for all

the semesters and 2 electives for the second and third semester offered for other

masters programme, keeping in mind the requirement of the other specialization.

[Annexure: I]

The members were requested for their continued support. They were thanked profusely

for their co-operation in updating the syllabus and attending the meeting.

The meeting was concluded at 3.00 p.m.

NAME SIGNATURE

1. Dr. Audrey Pinto : ------------Sd/---------------

2. Ms. Rosa Nimmy Mathew : ------------Sd/--------------

3. Dr. A.R Krishnamurthy : ------------AB--------------

4. Ms. Shailaja shasthri : ------------AB-------------

5. Mr. Paul Raj :------------Sd/- ---------------

6. Ms. Bavyashree Kullal : ------------Sd/---------------

7. Ms. Manjula A Rao : ------------Sd/---------------

Sd/-

DR. AUDREY S. PINTO

CHAIRPERSON

BOS in M.Sc.- Counselling

206

ANNEXURE - I

OVERALL RESULT ANALYSIS: M.SC. (COUNSELLING) NOVEMBER – 2015

Particulars I Sem.

Nov. 2015

% III Sem. Nov.

2015

%



No. of Students failed 01 7.14 --

No. of Student Absent -- --


M.SC. (COUNSELLING) DETALLED RESULT ANALYSIS; NOVEMBER – 2015

Particulars I Sem. Nov.

2015

% I Sem. Nov.

2015

%

90% & Above -- -- -- --

80% & Above but below 90% 02 14.28 04 40

70% & above but below 80% 05 35.71 02 20

60% & Above but below 70% 05 34.71 03 30

55% & Above but below 60% 01 7.14 01 10

50% & Above but below 55% -- -- -- --

35% & Above but below 50% -- -- -- --

Below 35% 1 7.14 -- --

Absent -- -- -- --


207

OVERALL RESULT ANALYSIS: M.SC. (COUNSELLING) MAY – 2016

Particulars II Sem. May

2016

IV Sem. May

2016

%



No. of Students failed 01 7.14 01 10



M.SC. (COUNSELLING) DETALLED RESULT ANALYSIS: MAY – 2016


2016

% IV Sem. May

2016

%

90% & Above -- -- -- --

80% & Above but below 90% 03 21.43 02 20

70% & above but below 80% 04 28.57 04 40

60% & Above but below 70% 04 28.57 02 20

55% & Above but below 60% 02 14.28 -- --

50% & Above but below 55% -- -- -- --

35% & Above but below 50% -- -- 01 10

Below 35% 01 7.14 01 10

Absent -- -- -- --


TOP SCORERS IN M.Sc. (Counselling) DEGREE PROGRAMME:

2014 - 2016 Batch


Reg. No.


Marks

obtained

[out of 2500]

%

Ranking

14414606 PRAKRITHI P. 2024 80.96

FIRST

14414601 ANKITHA 2020 80.80 SECOND

14414603 FATHIMA SUZNA 1956 78.24 THIRD

208

M.Sc. Counselling (Choice Based Credit System) 2016- 2017 onwards


SEMESTER I

Hard Core = 5

Soft Core = 1

Hard core T.

Hrs.

credits Exam

Hrs.

Intrnl

Ass.

Exam

Total

Marks

MSC 501 C – I

Human Behaviour

and Development

4 4 3 30 70 100

MSC 511 C – II

Theories of

personality

4 4 3 30 70 100

MSC 521 C – III

Basic Counselling

Skills

4 4 3 30 70 100

MSC 531 C – IV

Practical:

Counselling Process

6 4 4 30 70 100

MSC 541 C – V

Practical: Social /

Group Process

6

4 4 30 70 100

Soft core

MSC 551 C – VI

Positive Psychology

4 4 3 30 70 100

Total credits 28 24 600

209

SEMESTER II

Hard Core T. Hrs credits Exam Hrs. Intrnl

Ass.

Exam

Total

Marks

MSC 502 C -

VII

Psychotherapy

4 4

3

30 70 100

MSC 512 C –

VIII Practical:

Assessments

for Counselling

6 4 4 30 70 100

MSC 522

C –IX

Practical:

Counselling

Skills

6 4 4 30 70 100

Soft core

MSC 532 C –

X Group

Counselling

4 4 3 30 70 100

MSC 542 C –

XI Behaviour

Dysfunctions

4 4 3 30 70 100

Open Elective

C – XII OE 2.2

Behaviour in

Social Context

3 3 3 30 70 100

Total credit 27 20+3* 600

*Non credit subject

Hard Core = 3

Soft Core = 2

Open Elective = 1

210

SEMESTER III

Hard Core T. Hrs credits Exam

Hrs.

Intrnl

Ass.

Exam

Total

Marks

MSC 503 C – XIII

Areas of counselling

4 4

3

30 70 100

MSC 513 C – XIV

Practical: Group

Counselling

Techniques

6 4 3 30 70 100

MSC 523 C – XV

Practical: Individual

Counselling

Techniques

6 4 4 30 70 100

Soft core

MSC 533 C – XVI

Counselling Across

Life Span

4 4 3 30 70 100

MSC 543 C – XVII

Psychometry,

Research methods

and Statistics

4 4 4 30 70 100

Open Elective

C – XVIII OE 3.2

Counselling Skills

and Behavioural

Techniques

3 3 3 30 70 100

Total credits 20+3* 600

*Non credit subject

Hard Core = 3

Soft Core = 2

Open Elective = 1

211

SEMESTER IV

Hard Core T.

Hrs

Credits Exam

Hrs.

Intrnl

Ass.

Exam

Total

Marks

MSC 504 C – XIX

Compulsory internship

(150-160 hrs. of

counselling)

4 4 3 30 70 100

MSC 514 C – XX Case

Studies

4 4 3 30 70 100

MSC 524 C – XXI

Project/Dissertation

Viva Voce

(1external &1internal)

8 5 30

--

70

100

100

100

Soft Core

MSC 534 C –

XXII Educational

counselling

4 4 3 30 70 100

MSC 544 C – XXIII

Marital And Family

Counselling

4 4 3 30 70 100

Total credits 21 600

Hard Core = 3 [including Project]

Soft Core = 2

[Case studies & Dissertation are integrated with Compulsory Internship]



Project = 05


Total Credits = 85+6* [*Non credit subject]

212



Section: „A‟



marks

Section: „B‟



Section: C



4x10=40marks

213

Semester I

MSC 501 - Human Behavior and Development -Paper I (Hard Core)

Objective: To present students the basic psychological processes involved in behavior and to gain

knowledge of the concepts and theories of development.

Unit I: A. Introduction: Definition and goals of Psychology; Major Schools of thought in psychology

- Biological, Psychodynamic, Behavioristic, Gestalt, Cognitive, Humanistic, Cross Cultural and

Evolutionary; Methods of studying behavior - observation and experimental.

B. Motivation & Intelligence: Motivation – Meaning, nature, definition, types of motives. Theories

of Motivation- Drive, Incentive and optimal level. Measurement of motives. Intelligence: nature,

factor theories and cognitive models of intelligence, Gardner theory; Characteristics, types and uses of

intelligence tests; Determinants of intelligence.

Unit II: A. Learning: Definition; Classical conditioning-basic processes - extinction, spontaneous

recovery, generalization, discrimination, higher order conditioning. Operant Conditioning-basics of

operant conditioning; Reinforcement and punishment; Processes - Generalizations, Discrimination,

shaping, chaining; schedules of reinforcement, significance of operant conditioning. Thorndike‟s law

of effect.

Social and Cognitive learning: latent learning, observational learning (Bandura), Insight learning

(Kohler).

B. Memory: Basic processes-Encoding, storage, retrieval; Models of memory- Atkinson and Shiffrin,

levels of processing model and parallel distributed processing model, Forgetting-Decay theory,

Interference theory; Prospective memory; memory dysfunctions; Improving memory-mnemonic

strategies.

.

Unit III: A. Concept of Human Development: Introduction, Meaning, Principles of Human

Development; Theories of Human Development – Piaget, Vygotsky (Dialectical), And Erickson.

Methods of Studying Human Development: Sequential Studies, Cross-sectional, Longitudinal, Case

Studies, Self Report.

B. Prenatal Life: Characteristics of the Period; Stages of Prenatal Development – Germinal Stage,

Embryonic Stage, Fetal Stage; Determinants of Prenatal Health: Teratogens – Medication and Non-

medical Drugs; Alcohol, Nicotine, Caffeine, Radiation, Pollutants,

Maternal Diseases and Infections, Emotional Stress, Nutrition, Physical Activity, Maternal Age, Rh

Incompatibility.

Unit IV A: Childhood and Adolescence: Childhood –Characteristics; Cognitive Development,

Emotional Development, Psychosocial Development –Only Child, Siblings, First Friends, Play,

school. Adolescence: Biological changes, Reactions to Physical Changes; Identity versus Identity

Confusion (Erikson). Kohlberg‟s theory of Moral Development;

B: Middle Age and Old Age: – Physical changes in Middle Age, The distinctiveness of adult

cognition-role of expertise integrative thought & practical problem solving. Physical changes of old

age-Organic and systemic change, the aging brain. Sensory and psychomotor functioning, Sexual

functioning; Death Education – Goals, Finding meaning and Purpose in Life and Death.

214

References

1. Ciccarelli, S.K & Meyer, G.E. (2008), Psychology. New Delhi: Pearson

Education.

2. Diane E. Papalia & Wendkos Olds(1998) “Human Development” 7th

International Edition, McGraw Hill Publication.

3. Elizabeth B. Hurlock (1981) “Developmental Psychology – a Life-span

Approach” 5th Edition, Tata McGraw Hill Publication,

4. Feldman, R.S. Understanding Psychology, (1996) 4th Edition, McGraw Hill

India.

5. Hilgard, Atkinson and Atkinson, (1975) Introduction to Psychology, Oxford

IBH Publishing Co. Pvt. Ltd.

6. Laura E. Berk(1999) “Child Development”, Prentice Hall of India,

7. Morgan, King, Weiss and Schopler, Introduction to Psychology, 7th Edition,

(1989) McGraw Hill India.

8. Passer & smith,( 2007)psychology, 3rd

edition Tata McGraw Hill publication

9. Robert. A. Baron, (1995) Psychology, 3rd Edition New Delhi: Prentice Hall

India.

10. Santrock ( 2007) child development, 11th

edition, Tata McGraw hill publication.

MSC 511 Paper II - Theories of Personality

Objective: To introduce the concept and understanding of personality and to orient the

students its application in case analysis and therapeutic formation.

Unit 1: Introduction to Personality:

A. Concept and definition of Personality. Brief history of personality psychology

Determinants of Personality - Genetics, Traits, Socio cultural Determinants,

Learning, Unconscious Mechanisms, Existential-Humanistic Considerations and

Cognitive Processes.

B. Personality assessment: Testing and Non testing methods-

Self Report inventories, rating scale, clinical interviews, behavioural

assessment, thought sampling procedures, projective techniques

Unit II: Psychodynamic and trait theories

A. Classical Psychoanalytical theory: Freud, Neo Analytic: Adler, Horney and

Erich fromm.

B. Trait theories- Allport, Cattell, Eysenck.

Unit III: Behaviorist and Learning aspects of personality

A. Social Learning: Dollard & Miller.

B. Social Cognitive learning theory: Bandura, Kelly

215

Unit IV: Humanistic &Existential theories A. Maslow, Rogers,

B. Rolo May, Viktor Frankl

References:

1. Bischof, L.J (1970) Interpreting Personality Theories(.2nd Edition.)Harper

International Edition.

2. Friedman,H.S and Schustack,M.W(2004)Personality,(2nd

edition),Pearson

Education Pvt Ltd.India.

3. Gerrig,R.G & Zimbardo,P.G (2006) Psychology and Life.(17th Ed.) New

Delhi:Pearson Education.Inc.

4. Hall.C.S & Gardner,L.(1989)Theories of Personality(3rd

Edition)John

Wiley & Sons,New york.

5. Hergenhann,B.R and Olson,M.H.Theories of

Personality.NewDelhi:Prentice Hall

6. Isaacson,R.L.., Hutt,M.L Blum,M.L(1965)Psychology: The Science of

Behavior/The Science of Interpersonal Behavior.NewYork:Harper &

Row Publishers.

7. Schultz, D.P & Schultz, S.E (2007)Theories of

Personality.NewDelhi:Wadsworth

MSC 521 Basic Counselling Skills- Paper III (Hard Core)

Objectives: This paper aims at introducing the students to an overview of counseling; special

emphasis is laid on learning of basic skills through Ivey and Egan models. The students are

also introduced to ethical issues in counselling.

Unit I: A. Introduction: Definition, scope and, goals; historical development of counseling;

counselor-counselee relationship. Current trends;

B. Characteristics and profile of a counselor; Types of interventions, Difference between

psychotherapy and counseling, approaches to counseling;

Unit II: Counselling Skills:

A. Techniques of appraising the clients – psychological and non-test appraisal. The micro

skills approach; pacing; attending behaviour- physical attending- zones and seating skills –

visual/eye contact, verbal tracking, attentive and authentic body language, usefulness of

silence

216

B. Active listening –kinds of listening and inadequate listening; Use of open, closed and other

types of questions, monitoring- feeling and physical reaction, encouraging, paraphrasing,

summarizing, reflection of feeling, and basic empathy.

Unit III: A. Stages of Helping Process: Counselling preparation, content, process and steps,

Ivey‟s model and Egan‟s three-stage model;

B. Advanced skills–confrontation, self-disclosure, immediacy, influencing skills; Focusing–

exploring the story from multiple perspective; Dealing with Resistance and reluctance.

Unit IV: Values and Ethical Issues in the Helping Relationship:

A. The role of values in helping; Exposing values versus imposing them; Value conflict with

clients– lesbian, gay, bisexual, family issues and gender role identity;. Role of spiritual &

religious values in counseling; counselors‟ assumptions and multicultural competencies

B. Ethical Issues; Problems in using codes of ethics. Principle ethics and virtue ethics, steps

& ethical decision making model, Transference and counter transference and its ethical

implications;confidentiality ethical and legal issues.

References:

1. Antony J.D. (2009) Principles of practice of Counselling. Anugraha publications

2. Antony J.D. (2003) Skills of counseling. Anugraha publications

3. Antony J.D ( 2008) types of counseling, Anugraha publicaton

4. Burnard.P,(2004) Counselling skills training. New Delhi: Viva books

5. Brems christane (2000) basic skills in Psychotherapy and counseling. Brooks /cole

6. Corey C; Corey S.C &Callanan P ( 2003) Issues and Ethics in the helping Professions

(6th Ed) Brooke/Cole)

7. Corey, G. (2001). Manual for Theory and Practice of Counselling and Psychotherapy,

(6thEdition). Pacific Grove CA: Brooke/Cole.

8. Corey, M., S. & Corey, G. (2003). Becoming a Helper. (4th Edition). Pacific

9. Egan .G.(1990) Exercises in helping skills (4th

edition) Brooks & Cole publication.

10. Grove, CA: Brooks/Cole..

11. Gibson R.L.(2005) Introduction to Counselling& guidance.( th Ed) Pearson

publications

12. .Ivey A., & Ivey M., B. Intentional Interviewing and Counselling. (5th

Edition). Pacific

Grove CA: Brooke/Cole

13. Rao, S Narayana .Counselling& Guidance (2nd Ed.) New Delhi: Tata McGraw Hill

MSC 531 Practical Paper IV Counseling process (Hard Core)

1. Observation

2. Social perception

3. Verbal creativity

4. Goal setting behavior

5. Schedules of reinforcement

6. Judgment of facial expressions

217

7. Visual & Verbal Memory

8. Effect of mental set on problem solving

9. Intake assessment skills & case history

10. Mental status examination

11. Skills- Rapport building, contracting, establishing counselling goals

NB: To Conduct a minimum of 7-8 experiments from each part.

MSC 541 Practical Paper V Social process (Hard Core)

1. Team building

2. Measurement-Social motives/attitude

3. Prejudice/ Stereotype measurement

4. Communication network: Verbal and non-verbal

5. Leadership

6. Decision making

7. Problem solving in Group

8. Conflict management/resolution

9. Personal Values

10. Self-acceptance

11. Prestige Suggestion

12. Sociometry in group

NB: To Conduct a minimum of 7-8 experiments from each part.

MSC 551 Positive Psychology- Paper VI (Soft Core)

Objective: It aims to bring an understanding about the basic principles of positive

psychology, promote positive relationship & to help the students to acquire insights into their

own strengths and utilize them to increase their and others‟ wellbeing.

Unit 1: Introduction & Positive Emotion

A. Meaning, definition, assumptions and goals. Eastern and Western perspectives on

positive psychology

B. Positive emotions, health Resources and well-being, Cultivating positive emotions-

flow, savoring.

Unit 2: Happiness

A. Meaning and Measures of happiness , types of happiness, effects of happiness,

happiness across life span, gender and happiness, factors contributing to happiness.

B. Money, materialism & happiness, subjective wellbeing ,components of subjective

wellbeing – Emotional , Physical and Social

Unit 3: Virtues, Positive Self & Positive Cognitive Strategies

A. Classification of Virtues , Wisdom - Theories, development of wisdom, characteristics

of wise People , hope optimism, self-efficacy, self-esteem.

B. Personal goal & self-regulation, planning, self-control failure, positive coping

strategies & assessing coping

218

Unit 4: Positive Change & Positive Environment

A. Positive change- stages of change: resilience, love, forgiveness gratitude, altruism,

mindfulness- attributes;

B. Positive schooling, positive parenting, gainful employment, positive psychotherapy,

Emotional Intelligence- Theories.

References:

1. Alan Carr( 2002) Postive Psychology , Londom , Routeldge

2. Daniel Goleman. Bantam(1998) Working with Emotional Intelligence

3. David G. Myers. The Pursuit of Happiness Avon

4. Dweck C.S ( 2006) Mindset- The New Psychology Of Success, Ballenrine books, N.Y

5. Hefferon & Boniwell( 2011)positive psychology Theory, Research & Application ,

McGraw hill

6. Lopez shane ( 2009) Encyclopedia of positive psychology, willey black well

publication

7. Seligman, M.E.P., (2006). Learned Optimism; Vintage books, USA

8. Snyder &lopez (2007) Positive Psychology, sage publication

9. Steve R.B & Marie K.Crothers – Positive Psychology, Pearson Publication.

10. Weiten W. and Lloyd M.A (2004) Psychology applied to Modern Life,Thomson and

Wadsworth

SEMESTER II

MSC 502 PAPER VII - PSYCHOTHERAPY (Hard Core)

Objective: The objective of this paper is to introduce major concepts and techniques of

psychotherapies.

Unit I:

A. Introduction: Characteristics of an effective counselor, Issues of beginning therapists

B. Carl Rogers- therapeutic process, client therapist relationship: Reality therapy-

characteristics, principles and methods.

Unit II: Behaviour therapy

A. View of human nature, Basic assumptions therapy goals and behavior analysis.

Techniques: Classical conditioning-Aversion, implosion, Exposure therapies and self-

Management

B. Operant conditioning-Shaping, Modeling and Contingency Contracting ,relaxation training,

assertiveness training, Multi modal approach; Evaluation and recent trends

Unit III: Cognitive Behavioural approaches

A. Aaron T. Becks Cognitive therapy-Basic concepts, Principles, techniques and application

B. Rational Emotive Behavior Therapy- basic concepts, principles, techniques & application.

Meichenbaum‟s Cognitive Behavior modification-Behavior change and coping

219

Unit IV: Gestalt therapy and other approaches

A. View of Human Nature; Principles, Basic Concepts-the now, unfinished business,

avoidance, Layers of neurosis, contact & Resistance, Energy The therapeutic process,

techniques and procedures; role of confrontation Application and recent trends.

B. Solution-Focused: - Basic concepts & techniques. Brief counselling and Narrative therapy:-

Basic concepts and techniques. Supportive therapy: Neuro-Linguistic programming and yoga

therapy.

References:

1. Antony J. (2003) Psychotherapies in counseling. Dindigul: Anugraha

publication.

2. Capuzzi D & Gross D.R. (1999) Counselling& psychotherapy. Theories &

Interventions. Prentice Hall Inc.

3. Corey G. (2009) Counselling& Psychotherapy- Theory &Practice( India

edition) Learning India Pvt.Ltd.

4. Corey M C & Corey G (2007) Becoming a Helper(5th Ed) Brooks/Cole

publishing

5. Corey,G(2000),Theory and practice of counselling and psychotherapy 6th

edition,printice hall inc

6. Cormier,W.H& Cormier (1991)Interviewing Strategies for Helpers,

Brooks/Cole publishing

7. Donner fisher &hayer, ( 2003) Cognitive Behaviour Therapy, John Willy &

sons

8. Egan G (1994) The Skilled Helper,(5th Ed)Brooks/Cole publishing.,CA

9. Feltham C and Horton I (2000) Handbook of Counselling and Psychotherapy.

10. Ivey A & Ivey M.B(2007) Intentional Interviewing and Counselling.(6th Ed)

Brooks/Cole

11. Kazdin,A.E(2001) Behavior modification:Belmont:Wadsworth

12. Life Skills Education-Training Module (2005)- SANDHAN

13. Nelson-Jones R (1988) Practical Counselling and Helping Skills

14. Nelson-Jones R (2002) Essential Counselling and Therapy Skills.Sage

publication

15. Rim & Masters ( 1979) Behavior Therapy, Academic press.

16. Rogers Carl R(1995) On Becoming A Person.Houghton Mifflin Co.Boston

17. Speigler,M.D and Guevremont,D.C(1998) Contemprory Behavior Therapy.

Albany :Brooks/cole

220

MSC 512 Assessments for Counselling

PRACTICAL PAPER VIII - PRACTICALS (Hard Core)

Assessment for counselling

I Cognitive Functions

1. Raven‟s Progressive Matrices

2. Bhatia‟s Performance Battery

3. Draw-a-Man Test

4. Assessment of intelligence using Seguin Form Board

5. A Group test of General Mental Ability

6. Attention and Concentration

7. P.G.I Memory scale

II Personality:

Self report methods 1. Eysenck‟s Personality Questionnaire (JEPQ)

2. Neo-Five factor Inventory

3. Singh‟s Differential Personality Inventory

Projective methods

1. Draw-A-Person Test (DAP)

2. Sentence Completion Test

3. T.A.T.

III Aptitude and interests

1. David‟s Battery of Differential Abilities-Revised (DBDA-R)

2. Strong Interest Inventory (SII)

3. Comprehensive Interest Schedule (CIS)

IV Other measures

1. State-Trait Anxiety Test

2. Empathy Scale – C.G.V. Murthy

3. Becks Depression Scale

4. C.M.I Health Questionnaire

P.S to conduct a minimum of 7-8 tests

221

MSC 522 Counselling Skills

PRACTICAL PAPER IX (Hard Core)

Counselling skills & Assessment 1. Pre- Training assessment

2. Developing generic skills

3. Knowing yourself as a counselor

4. Basic listening skills

5. Establishing contacts with clients

6. Attending and Observing behavior

7. Reflection of meaning and influencing skills

8. Empathetic understanding & Positive Regard

9. Immediacy, Confrontation and focusing

10. Rapport building

P.S To conduct a minimum of 7- 8 tests

FIELD WORK-Interactive assessment cum reporting case studies on a minimum of

three individuals. Students will initiate the counselling process, set up goals and assess

through administration of a battery of tests comprising at least one each in all

categories of tests- Minimum of 3-4 tests (Practical Part I and II), analyze results and

present comprehensive reports.

MSC 532 PAPER X - GROUP COUNSELLING (Soft Core)

Objective: This paper aims at introducing the basic concepts of Group Counselling,

stages of group development, skills, techniques and strategies to group process. To

facilitate group guidance and therapeutic group counselling processes from a multi

theoretical and cross– cultural perspective.

Unit I: Introduction to group counselling and ethical issues

A. Introduction: Goals, Definitions and types of group, Rights and issues of group

participants, Uses and misuses of group techniques, psychological risks in group.

B. Personal characteristics of the effective group leader, problems and issues for

beginning group leader, Group leadership skills and functions, skills for opening

and closing group sessions, co-leadership model, Effective identifying of non-

verbal behavior of the members,

Unit II: Stages in group Development:

Pre-group issues-formation of the group

Stage 2:-Initial stage-orientation and exploration

Stage 3-Transition-Dealing with resistance;

222

Stage 4-Working stage-Cohesion and productivity;

Final stage-consolidation and termination; Post group issues: - follow-up and

evaluating groups- process and outcome.

Unit III: Theoretical approaches to group counselling

A. Adlerian, :- key concepts, role and functions of the leader, application, techniques

and critical appraisal

B. Transactional Analysis and Existential approach to group:- key concepts, role and

functions of the leader, application, techniques and critical appraisal

Unit IV: Techniques based on:-

A. Psychodrama: key concepts role and functions of the leader, application,

techniques and critical appraisal.

B. Behavioural group therapy: - role and functions of the leader, application,

techniques and critical appraisal.

Reference:

1. Capuzzi.D and Gross D.R (1999) Introduction to group work. London: Prentice

Hall.

2. Corey G. (2008) Group counseling. India edition. Brooks/Cole

3. Corey M.S. & Corey G. (2006) Group process & practice. Brooks/ Cole.

4. Corey,G(2000) Theory and Practice of group counselling (5thedition) Belmont

CA:Brookes/cole.

5. Edward E.,Jacobs;Robert L.,Massom and Riley L.Harvill(2001) Group

Counselling: Strategies and skills(4th edition)London:Wadsworth.

6. Ivey A.E,Pedersen.P.B& Ivey M B(2001) Intentional group counseling micro

skill approach. Belmont CA:Wadsworth

7. RutanScolt J(1990) Psychotherapy for 1990‟s.Guilford press

8. Yalom I.D (1995) The theory and practice of group therapy.4th

ed. New york:

Basic books

MSC 542 PAPER XI - BEHAVIOUR DYSFUNCTION (Soft Core)

Objective: This paper aims at enabling the students to learn the types, symptoms &

psychosocial causes of various dysfunctional behaviors in view of helping clients

through counselling.

Unit I:Introduction to Abnormality

A. Introduction: Meaning of Abnormality; Normality and Abnormality criterion;

B. Models to understand Abnormal Behavior: Biological, Psychodynamic, Behavioral,

Cognitive-Behavioral perspective and psychosocial causal factors of abnormality;

Models of classification of Abnormal Behavior-DSM V and ICD 10. Human rights

for mentally ill

223

Unit II: Anxiety, Stress-related & neuropsychological disorders

A. Anxiety disorders: Clinical characteristics and Psychosocial causal factors:- Phobic

anxiety disorders(Panic disorder with and without Agoraphobia, Social Phobia &

Specific Phobia) ,Generalized anxiety disorder and Obsessive compulsive disorder.

B. Stress-related disorders: Clinical characteristics& Causal factors, acute stress

reaction, Post Traumatic Stress disorder and Adjustment disorder.

Neuropsychological disorders: Clinical characteristics: Dementia of the

Alzheimer‟s Type (DAT) and Vascular Dementia (VAD).

Unit III: Psychotic and Mood disorders

A. Schizophrenia: Clinical characteristics, Psychosocial and Socio cultural causal

factors –Paranoid, Hebephrenic, Catatonic, Undifferentiated and Simple. Delusional

disorders: Clinical characteristics and causal factors

B. Mood disorders: Clinical characteristics and psychosocial causal factors- Unipolar

and Bipolar Disorders.

Unit IV Disorders of adult personality and behavior

A. Personality disorders: Clinical characteristics and Psychological causal factors:

Cluster A (Paranoid, Schizoid and Schizotypal),Cluster B (Histrionic, Narcisstic,

Antisocial and Borderline),Cluster C (Avoidant, Dependent and Obsessive-

Compulsive )

B. Disorders of sexual preference and sexual dysfunctions: Sexual preference: Clinical

characteristics: Fetishism, Fetishistic transvestism, Voyeurism, Exhibitionism,

Sadomasochism and Pedophilia. Sexual dysfunctions: Types and Clinical

characteristics

Reference:

1. Ahuja.N(2002).A Short Textbook of Psychiatry.(5th Ed).New Delhi:Jaypee

Brothers.

2. Alloy,L.B., Riskind,J.H&Manos,M.J (2006) Abnormal Psychology: Current

Perspectives.9th Edition. New Delhi: Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Co.

3. Barlow,D.H and Durand,V.,M.(-)Abnormal Psychology,2th edition. CA:

Brookes Cole Publishing Co.

4. Carson,R.C,Butcher.J.N, Mineka.S&Hooley.J.M(2007)Abnormal Psychology

and modern life,13th edition. Pearson Education, New Delhi.

5. Comer,R.J.(2001) Abnormal Psychology,4th edition, New York:Worth

Publishers.

6. Kaplan, H.I.,Sadock,B&Grebb.J.A.(1994) Synopsis of Psychiatry. New Delhi:

Jaypee Brothers.

7. Mangal .S.K (1994).Abnormal Psychology. New Delhi: Sterling Publishers

Private Ltd.

8. Neale, J.M & Davison, G.C.,(1997) Abnormal Psychology,7th Edition, USA:

John Wiley and Son.Inc.

224

9. Sarason and Sarason (2005) Abnormal Psychology: The problem of

maladaptive behavior, 10th edition. New Delhi: Pearson Education. Semester II- Open Electives

OE 2.2 Behaviour in Social Context/ Human Nature and Society

Objectives: To enable the students to learn the social basis of behaviour. Special emphasis is

laid on the social influences, impression management, building relationships and Pro-social

behaviour. The learners are expected to relate these aspects with the socio-cultural context.

Unit I: Social perception and Cognition: Attribution- attribution theories, sources of

error Impression formation and impression management schemas & its impact,

heuristics, sources of error in social cognition, Affect & cognition

Unit II Social Influence – Conformity- factors influencing conformity, basis of

conformity, resisting confimity,Group think, hazards of Group think ;Compliance-

Principles and techniques to gain compliance; Obedience- Milgram study, causes and

resisting destructive obedience, Indoctrination.

Unit III Interpersonal Relationship - Types, Attachment styles, building relationships,

Interpersonal attraction: definition, origin, proximity- impact, influence of emotion and

other characteristics in interpersonal attraction, triangular theory of love

Unit IV- Prosocial Behavior: - Definition, Diffusion of responsibility & Bystander

effect, - five steps of helping; characteristics of helpers, theories- empathy altruism

hypothesis, negative state relief model, empathic joy hypothesis, genetic determinism model.

References:

1. Baron, R., A. & Byrne, D. (1999). Social Psychology. New Delhi: Prentice Hall

2. Bonner, H. Group Dynamics: Principles of Application.

3. DeLamater& Myers (2009) Text book of Social Psychology, Cengage learning.

4. Feldman, R.S. (1998) Social Psychology 2nd edition New Jersey: Prentice Hall Inc

5. Forsyth, D. (1990). Group Dynamics, (2nd Ed). Pacific Grovee: Brooks/Cole

Publication

6. Lamberth, J. (1980), Social Psychology. Mac Millan Publications

7. Gun, R., Semen & Klaus Fielder. (1996). Ed. Applied Social Psychology. London:

Sage.

8. McDavid, J.W. &Harari, H. (1969) Social Psychology. New York: Harper & Row.

9. Myers. D. G. (2005), Social Psychology. 8th Edition, Tata-McGraw Hills.

10. Prabhu, V.V. & Joshi, M.S. Social Psychology. Mumbai: VipulPrakashan

225

SEMESTER III

MSC 503- Paper XII Areas of Counselling ( Hard Core)

Objectives:

To provide an insight into trauma, ways of managing stress and intervention strategies. To

gain an understanding of substance abuse and dependence and ways of detoxification and

rehabilitation. To understand issues related to mental health and ways of coping. To gain an

understanding of marriage as a foundation of family; areas of marital discord and ways of

handling them.

Unit I: Trauma

A. Definition, Types of trauma, Trauma Assessment ,Post traumatic stress, Traumatic grief,

Integrated Model of Trauma Counselling, Critical Incident Stress Debriefing Models,

Secondary Traumatic Stress or compassion fatigue; Trauma Aftercare – Four Stage

Model, Trauma and Spirituality.

B. Suicide: Assessment and Interventions.

Unit II Substance Abuse and other addictions A. Definitions, theoretical approaches, concepts – use, abuse, dependence, prevention.

Treatment and rehabilitation- Pathological gambling, Addiction to pornography, Cyber

addiction.

B. Overview of Addiction treatment: Natural recovery, twelve-step recovery, cognitive-

behavioural therapies, motivational enhancement therapy, stages-of-change model,

problem-oriented treatment, solution-focused treatment, group therapy, family therapy

and community based interventions.

Unit III: Health and Wellness

A. Defining health psychology, health and wellness, models of health, stress and wellbeing.

Coping with Stress. aches & pain management.

B. Counselling interventions & techniques for anxiety disorders, adult depressive disorders,

Eating disorders, Sleep Disorders, HIV and AIDS, Cancer, heart diseases, Obesity and

Diabetes,

Unit IV: Work Place Counselling

Introduction –Need and purpose of counselling. Nature, The Role of Counsellor at

Work, Internal and External counselling provisions for organization, Models of

Counseling in Organizations. Employee assistance programs.

References:

1. Antony J D (2005), Trauma Counselling. Tamil nadu; Anugraha Publication.

2. Carroll & Walton(1997), Handbook of Counselling in organization. New Delhi: Sage

publications

3. Curtis, A. J. (2000). Health psychology. New York: Routledge.

4. Ogden (1996), Health Psychology. Sage publication.

226

5. Rice (2000) Health Psychology. Pearson publication

6. Simos, G. (2002), Cognitive Behaviour therapy: a guide for the practicing clinician.

Sussex: Brunner- Routledge

7. Spiers, T. (2001). Trauma: A practitioner‟s guide to counselling, New York:

Brunner- Routledge.

8. Welfel, E.R. & Ingersoll E.R. (eds) (2001).The Mental health desk reference: a

practice based guide to diagnosis, treatment, and professional issues. New

Jersey: John 16.Wiley & Sons, Inc.

9. Williams, Tom(1987) Post Traumatic Stress disorder: A handbook for

clinicians.

10. Zeigler, P& Hiller, T(2001) Recreating partnership: A solution oriented,

Collaborative approach to couples therapy. New York: WW Norton

MSC 513 Paper XIII Practical: - Group Counselling Technique ( Hard Core)

Objective: students take turn and conduct the group therapy for their companions in the

presence of the trainer (therapist) and will receive live supervision.

1. Planning and starting groups – Pre group planning, planning the overall

group program and phases of the session, planning for the beginning stage, the first

session, the second session and subsequent sessions – screen contracting and setting

goals.

2. Exercises – Selection, introducing, conducting and processing exercises

3. Dealing with problem situations in groups – member styles, silence,

Sexual feelings, crying, hostility, asking members to leave.

4. Attending and observation skills behavior – visual, vocal, verbal, body

Language, movement harmonics.

5. Focusing, pacing, leading and linking skills – Focus on: group, subgroup,

individual, individual main theme, group leader, environment / context, here and

now, then and there.

6. Leadership skill of basic listening sequence – questioning, encouragement,

restatement, paraphrasing, reflection of feeling, summarization, the checkout.

7. Skills of structuring dimensions and stages of groups – initiating the group,

gathering data, the positive asset search, working (examining goals, sharing,

confronting, re-storying), ending (generalizing and acting on new stories).

8. Skills and strategies for interpersonal influence- Listening, reframing,

interpreting, using self-disclosure, giving feedback, structuring strategies,

exploring logical consequences, eliciting and reflecting meaning, managing

conflict via confrontation.

9. Closing a session or a group – skills in closing a session, closing a group and

follow up procedures

227

MSC 523 Practical Paper- XIV Part 1- Individual Counselling Techniques( Hard Core)

Objective: focus of this practical is to train students to integrate counselling theories in

practice. These training procedures are set to begin the process of sensitizing the students to

variety of cultural and gender issues which affect the counselling process.

1. Verbatim Recordings

2. Behavioral techniques- shaping, habit reversal and token economy, Systematic

desensitization.

3. Jacobson‟s progressive muscular relaxation, Meditative relaxation technique

4. Meichenbaum‟s stress inoculation training

5. Ellis A-B-C-D Analysis

6. Social skill training

7. Assertiveness training

8. Solution focused techniques - Miracle Questioning, Scaling questioning, Exception

questions

9. Gestalt – empty chair, language exercise

10. Bio feedback P.S to use any of the 6-8 techniques

MSC 533 Paper XV - Counselling Across Lifespan ( Soft Core)

Objectives: This paper introduces the student to the different concepts & issues in the

developmental years. It aims at providing skills of counselling & their application in different

situations.

Unit I: Counselling children & Adolescents

A. Introduction to the Counselling process: Interview & Communication with the

child; a general Model for counselling, dealing with Children who are maltreated-

Physically, verbally and sexually abused, neglected, children of chemically dependent

parents. Addressing issues of grief, depression and suicide in children.

B. Issues in counselling adolescents- Emotionality during adolescence, Teen violence,

sex interests and behaviour, Sexual abuse, peer pressure, Depression and suicide,

Family relationships during adolescence.

Unit II: Counselling adults and women

A. Issues in Counselling adults: workplace counselling, Marriage and Premarital

counselling, counselling families, Divorce, Remarriage, Step parenthood, Single hood

and Mid-life crises.

B. Issues in Counselling Women: Feminist counselling; Women going through- pre-

menstrual tension (PMT), menopause, polycystic ovarian syndrome; domestic & work

place violence

228

Unit III: Counselling elderly and rehabilitation counselling

A. Issues in counselling the elderly: Adjustment in Old age: Retirement, Empty nest

syndrome, Change in family life, Loss of spouse, Remarriage, living arrangements.

Older adults as clients: Counselling procedures with older adults and their caregiver.

B. Rehabilitation counselling: Introduction to Disability, Types, problems. Assessment

of person with Disability. Empowerment of girls and women with disability.

Introduction to Rehabilitation, History of Rehabilitation, Rehabilitation process in

half way homes and day care centres (Alcoholics, Mentally Ill, & Drug Addicts).

Legal aspects of rehabilitation.

Unit IV: career and sexual counselling

A. Introduction to career counselling - Suggestions and Benefits for Individual career

development, theories of Career development, decision making and exploration

techniques, Career counselling with children, adolescents, college students and

women.

B. Sexual Counselling- Goals, prerequisites of counsellor, steps in sex counselling. Sex

therapy- purpose, stages, male and female dysfunction. Use of RET in sexual

dysfunction.

References

1. Berk, L.E. (2007) Development through the life span.( 3 rd Ed.) New Delhi: Pearson

Education.

2. Brammer & Shostrom(1982) Therapeutic Psychology.Prentice Hall.

3. Carroll, M. (1996). Workplace Counselling, Surrey: Sage

4. Chandrashekar.CR.Manual on students Counselling.Bangalore:Dept of Collegiate

Education Government of Karnataka.

5. Cooper Steve(2005) Comrehensive handbook for counselling.ND.Infinity book

6. Corey G.(2000) Theory and practice of group counseling. Australin.Brooks

7. Decenzo D.A & Robbins S.P 92003) Personnel a& Human Resource Management

New Delhi: Prentice Hall.

8. Donelson F. E. (1999). Women‟s experiences: Psychological perspective. CA:

Mayfield Publishing Company.

9. Gelso & Fretz(1995) Counselling Psychology.Bangalore:press

10. Gibson & Mitchell.( 2005)Introduction to Counselling and Guidance, pearson

education.

11. Haug,Ford & Sheafor.The Physical & Mental Health of aged women NY:Springs

Publishing Co.

12. Hoyer, W.J. and Roodin, P. A. (2003). Adult Development and Aging (5th ed.).

New York: Mc Graw Hill.

13. Hulock E.B. (1967) Adolescent Development( 3 rd Ed.) New York: Mc. Graw

Hill.

14. Hulock E.B. (2003) Developmental Psychololgy: A life span approach. 5th Ed.

New Delhi: Tata Mc. Graw Pub. Co.Ltd.

15. Makin,J.P (1999)Organisation & Psychological contract.Hyderbad:Uni.Press

229

16. Papalia, D.S., Old, S.N. & Feldman, R.D. Human development ( 9 th Ed. ) NewDelhi:

Tata Mc.Graw. Hill

17. Peterson & Nisenholz. Orientation to counselling.

18. Russel.M.N .Skills in counselling Women: The feminist Approach. Illinois:Charles C

Thomas Publishers.

19. Thomas, J. C. & Hersen, M. (eds) (2002). Handbook of mental health in the

Work place. CA: Sage publications, Inc.

20. Thompson, C.L., Rudolph, L.B. & Henderson, D (2004) (Ed.) Counselling

Children, Belmont: Brooks/Cole

21. Vishala. M. (2006) Guidance & Counselling. New Delhi: S. Chand & Company

Ltd.

MSC 543 Paper XVI Psychometry, Research Methods and Statistics( Soft Core )

Objectives:

To develop an understanding of various statistical techniques in terms of their assumptions, applications and limitations.

To familiarize students with various design of experiments and statistical procedures.

Unit I- Psychometry

A. Psychological test: - Definition, characteristics, major classification and uses. Scales of

measurement- nominal, ordinal, Interval and Ratio.

B. Test Construction & development; reliability and validity.

Unit II- Research Methodology-

A. Scientific research: Definitions of research and types of research, Steps involved in

research process, Research problem –source, defining statement; Data collection

procedures.

B. Sampling: Population and Sample, probability and non-probability sampling methods and

determinants of sample size. Research Designs-characteristic and types- experimental &

non experimental

Unit III: Descriptive statistics.

A. Measures of Central Tendency - mean Median and Mode; Measures of dispersion- range

Quartile, Mean and Standard Deviation, Coefficient of variation.

B. Normal distribution - characteristics of normal probability curve, applications;

Correlation:-types, coefficient of correlation, Pearson's Product Moment Method and

Spearman's Rank order Method.

Unit IV: Hypothesis testing:

A. Hypothesis-definition, Criteria of a good hypothesis, characteristics, types, testing and

limitations. Levels of Significance, one tailed and two- tailed test, Degrees of Freedom.

Type I and Type II errors.

B. Parametric test: Nature and assumptions, t-test, one way ANOVA - purpose and

assumptions. Non-Parametric test: Nature and assumptions, Chi square test, Contingency

coefficient, Use of Computer in Research & evaluations: coding, data entry, data

verification, data processing and analysis. Report writing - format.

230

References:

1. Ahuja, R. (2005) Research Methods, New Delhi, Rawat Publications.

2. Anastasi, A and S. Urbina, (1997) Psychological testing. 7th Edition (Indian reprint)

Pearson education. Delhi.

3. Aron & Aron & coup E.J( 2006) statistics for psychology 4th

edition, pearson

education.

4. Broota, K D (1992). Experimental designs in behavioural research. New Delhi,Wiley

Eastern.

5. Freeman, S.K (1962) Theory and practice of psychological testing. New Delhi: Oxford

publications.

6. Garrett H E () Statistics in Psychology and Education. Vakils Pfeffer & Sons.

7. Guilford.J.P (1936) Psychometric methods: Bombay, Tata Mc graw hill.

8. Gupta, S.P. (2005) Elementary Statistical Methods, New Delhi: Sulthan Chand and

Sons.

9. Hepner, Kirlinghan & Wampold(1992) Research Design in Counselling Brooks/ Cole

10. Kaplan,Sucuzzo &Dennis (2001) Psychological testing: Principles and applications

(5th ed) Australia : Wordsworth publications

11. Kerlinger, N. (1996). Foundations of behavioural research. Prentice Hall of India.

12. Kothari, C.R (2004). Research methodology: Methods & techniques. New Delhi New

Age international publishers

13. Schweiger, W.A. (1997). Research methods Psychology - a Hand Book. Delhi:

Sage Publication India Pvt. Ltd.

14. Singh, A.K. (1997). Test measurement and research methods in Behavioural

Sciences. Patna: Bharathi Bhavan Publishers and Distributors.

15. Wood,G(1981) Fundamentals of Psychological Research(3rd Ed) Little Brown & Co

M.Sc. Counselling

Semester III- Open Electives

OE 3.2 Counselling Skills and Behavioural Techniques

Objectives

This paper aims at introducing students to an overview of Individual counselling and stages

of group development. Emphasis is laid on the skills of counselling and techniques of the

Behavioural Approach.

UNIT – I: Introduction to Counselling

Definition; Difference between counselling and guidance; Goals and functions of

counselling; Characteristics of an effective counsellor, Approaches to counselling- ( in

brief) psychodynamic, humanistic, behaviouristic, gestalt and cognitive..

UNIT II: Skills of counselling

Micro skills: basic listening sequence ,open and closed questions, active listening sills-

encouraging, paraphrasing, summarizing, reflection of feelings; advanced skills-

focusing, confrontation, self-disclosure, influencing skills.

UNIT III: Counselling Process & Relationship

Preparation, content process & steps in counselling; Importance of relationship ;

components of relationship; Facilitative conditions for the counselling relationship.

Egan‟s three stage model.

Stages in group development- pre-group issues, initial stage, transition, working stage,

final stage & post group issues.

231

UNIT IV: Behavioural Approaches; Principles and Goals

Techniques; Implosion and Exposure Therapies; Shaping Modelling, contingency

Contracting, Relaxation and Assertive training.

References:

1. Antony J.D. (2009) Principles of practice of Counselling. Anugraha publications

2. Antony J. (2003) Psychotherapies in counseling. Dindigul: Anugraha publication

3. Antony J.D. (2003) Skills of counseling. Anugraha publications.

4. Antony J.D.(2010) Types of counseling. Anugraha Publications.

5. Burnard.P,(2004) Counselling skills training. New Delhi: Viva books

6. Corey, G. (2001). Manual for Theory and Practice of Counselling and Psychotherapy,


7. Corey, M., S. & Corey, G. (2003). Becoming a Helper. (4th Edition). Pacific

8. Egan .G. (1990) Exercises in helping skills (4th

edition) Brooks & Cole publication.

9. Egan, G. (2001). The Skilled Helper: A Problem Management Approach to Helping.

(7th Edition). Pacific Grove, CA: Brooks/Cole.

10. Gibson R.L.(2005) Introduction to Counselling & guidance.( 4th Ed) Pearson

publications

11. Ivey A., & Ivey M., B. Intentional Interviewing and Counselling. (5th

Edition). Pacific

Grove CA: Brooke/Cole

12. Mc Leod counselling skills, Rawat publication

13. Nelson.R-Jones. (2002). Basic Counselling Skills. London: Sage.

14. Patterson L. &Welfel.R. (2004)The counseling process. Australia: Wadsworth

15. Rao, S Narayana .Counselling& Guidance (2nd Ed.) New Delhi: Tata McGraw Hill

IV SEMESTER

Paper XVII Code No. MSC 504 Compulsory Internship [Supervised fieldwork of 150-

160 hours] (hard Core )

Maintain a journal of counselling placement which should be signed by the supervisor. The

log sheet has to be regularly signed by the head of the department. There should be weekly

supervision individually /in groups.

MSC 514 P – XVIII Case Studies and Evaluation (hard Core ) Submit a minimum of 5

long case studies with clients who had been terminated after a minimum of five sessions; 10

short case studies of 2-4 sessions; 20 one time client cases , verbatim and an audio transcript

of a counselling session;

MSC 524 P – PAPER XIX Project/ Dissertations & Viva Voce ( hard Core)

The candidate is required to Conduct workshop/project minimum of 4 ( each workshop

consist of 4 sessions) on various issues of the target population in different set up.

Dissertation should be in a particular area of interest based on a large or small sample as per

the concerned problems. The Candidates should demonstrate the ability to use research

methods and statistics in the study of Counselling issues.

232

Note:

1. Making students do counselling or conducting group therapy for exams will not be ethical

practice. The students‟ counselling practice and group therapy / Counselling should be based

on their supervision

MSC 534 – Paper XX Educational Counselling (Soft Core)

Objectives: To enable the students to understand the various issues related to learning and its

assessment. To introduce students the need for and application of counselling techniques to

the educational setting and to improve student mental health

Unit I : Introduction and Facilitative Counselling Techniques

A. Definition, Nature of guidance and Counselling; Counseling the primary school child,

High school and College student.

B. Play, Art Drawing, Drama, Metaphors, Storytelling, and Biblio-Counselling

Unit II: - Counseling Exceptional children

A. Definition, Causes, Types, Psycho-educational interventions for Mental retardation,

Scholastic deficits/ Learning disabled, Autism spectrum Disorder.

B. Definition, Causes, Psycho-educational interventions underachievers, slow learners,

gifted and talented.

Unit III: - Academic Development, Teacher and Parent Counseling

A. Learning and Teaching models; reading, writing, note making and Study skills. Cognitive

issues: causes and factors affecting attention, concentration, remembering, forgetting, and

cognitive training. Class room problems: discipline, listening, norms violation, and

aggression.

B. Teacher Counseling: Teacher as counselor - Process; Classroom approaches- Guidance,

meetings & Group discussions. Parent counseling: Goals, Counselor's role, Parent-

consultation programme, Parent - teacher consultation, Discussion and study groups

Unit IV: Counselling Specific targeted groups

A. Behavioural and emotional disorders; Attention Deficit Hyperactivity Disorder (ADHD),

DBD, Bullying, Enuresis and Encopresis

B. Juvenile delinquency, Tics, sibling rivalry disorder, School Refusal Behaviour,

separation anxiety disorder, truancy.

Reference:

1. Aggarwal J.C., (2007) Essentials of Educational Psychology, 2nd Ed., Vikash

Publications.

2. Dandapani, S. (2001). A Textbook of advanced educational psychology 2nd ed.

New Delhi. Anmol Publications Pvt. Ltd.

3. Herson, Kenneth T & Eller, Ben F. (1999).Educational Psychology for Effective

Teaching – New York:Wadsworth Publishing Company,.

233

SC 544 Paper XXI Marital and Family Counselling (Soft Core)

Objectives: To help the students to know the dynamics of the Marriage and Family. To

introduce students the assessments and interventions in Marriage and Family counselling.

Unit I: Introduction to marriage and family; Definition, factors, evolution, changing scenario-

Indian Family, Dimensions of marriage, family process and adjustment. Cohabitation, stages

of marriage, factors affecting spouse selection, reasons for marrying

Unit II: Family Dynamics: Gender, communication, Decision Making and Intimacy. Problem

families and its impact. Managing economic resources

Family stress and Coping - Impact of death, chronic illness, physical and mental disability,

Alcoholism and addiction, violence and abuse, divorce on the family life cycle. Resilient

family, conflict in marriage relationship

Unit III: Assessment of couples and Families: Characteristics of healthy family relationships,

methods- self report, observation and interview. Assessment model- circumflex, Mc master,

Calgary. NIMHANS Model of family assessment, Beaver‟s systems model of family

assessment. Genogram as a tool for family assessment, Structural mapping in assessing family

interactions.

Unit IV: Marital and Family Counselling Techniques: developmental Models of family-

Conjoint, concurrent, strategic, structural, trans-generational and narrative techniques. Group

marital counselling, Process and interventions, Solution focused contextual, experiential,

Gottman model.

References

1. Antony J.D.(2010) Types of counseling. Anugraha Publications.

2. Antony J. (2003) Psychotherapies in counseling. Dindigul: Anugraha

publication.

3. Capuzzi D & Gross D.R. (1999) Counselling& psychotherapy. Theories &

Interventions. Prentice Hall Inc. 4. Corey, G. (2001). Manual for Theory and Practice of Counselling and Psychotherapy,


5. Jacobson N.S & Margolin ( 1979) Marital Therapy, Brunner and Maze publication

6. Zeigler, P& Hiller, T(2001) Recreating partnership: A solution oriented,

Collaborative approach to couples therapy. New York: WW Norton

4. Hurlock, E.B., (1984) Child Development, 6th

Ed., New Delhi, Tata McGraw –

Hill Publications.

5. Nayak, A K & Rao, V K (2002). Guidance & Career Counselling -. New Delhi

: APH Publishing Corporation.

6. Rao, S Narayana .Counselling & Guidance -2nd

Ed. New Delhi:Tata Mc Graw

Hill

7. Shrimali, S.S. (2005), Child Development, New Delhi, Pearson Education

8. Thompson, C.L., Rudolph, L.B. & Henderson, D (2004) (Ed.) Counsellin

children, Belmont: Brooks/Cole

234








Agenda No.1 (p) /SSW/AC/10/16

p. Sub: Approval of the Proceedings of the Board of Studies in M.Sc. (CFS)

for the M.Sc. Degree Programme in Criminology and Forensic Science.

The Proceedings of the BOS meeting held on Saturday, July 30, 2016 is placed before


235

PART – I

PROCEEDINGS OF THE MEETING OF THE BOARD OF STUDIES IN M.Sc.

CRIMINOLOGY AND FORENSIC SCIENCE (PG) HELD ON JULY 30, 2016 AT

10.00 A.M.IN THE DEPARTMENT OF CRIMINOLOGY & FORENSIC

SCIENCE, SCHOOL OF SOCIAL WORK, ROSHNI NILAYA, MANGALURU -2

MEMBERS:

1. Mrs. Saritha D‟Souza : in the Chair

2. Dr. Vina Vasvani : Subject Expert

3. Dr. Nagesh K.R : Subject Expert

4. Dr. Geethalakshmi P., : Subject Expert

5. Sri. Harishchandra Hejamadi :Industry Representative

6. Mrs. Kavitha K., :Legal Expert

7. Dr. B. Nagaraja Murthy :University Nominee

8. Mr. Peter Kiran A. : Meritorious Alumnus

AGENDA:

i. Preparation of Panel of Examiners for the year 2016–2017.

ii. Review of I & III (Nov. 2015) and II & IV (May 2016) semester question

papers and results.

iii. Approval of revised CBCS pattern and syllabus of M.Sc. (CFS)

iv. Any other matter with the permission of the Chair.



PART – II


and recommends for adoption. The Panel of Examiners is drawn separately and

forwarded to the Registrar (Evaluation), School of Social Work, in the prescribed

format in Annexure-I.

PART- III

The Board expressed satisfaction over previous academic years Question Papers and

results. The results of the students are attached in the annexure-II.

236

PART-IV

The revised syllabus for M.Sc. Criminology and Forensic Science was placed before the

members. The Board discussed the syllabus and a number of suggestions for alterations

and modification of both theory and practical papers were given by the members. The

Board approved and adopted the changes suggested by the members.

PART- V - Any other matter: Nil


NAME SIGNATURE

1. Dr. Vina Vasvani -----------Sd/- -----------

2. Dr. Nagesh K.R -----------Sd/- -----------

3. Dr. Geethalakshmi P. ---------- AB-------------

4. Sri. Harishchandra Hejamadi -----------Sd/- -----------

5. Mrs. Kavitha K. -----------Sd/- -----------

6. Dr. B. Nagaraja Murthy -----------AB-------------

7. Mr. Peter Kiran A. ------------Sd/------------

Sd/-

SARITHA D‟SOUZA

CHAIRPERSON

BOS in M.Sc. Criminology & Forensic Science

237

ANNEXURE - I

OVERALL RESULT ANALYSIS: M.SC. (CFS) NOVEMBER – 2015

Particulars I Sem. Nov. 2015

%

I Sem. Nov. 2015

%



No. of Students failed -- 01



M.SC. (CFS) DETALLED RESULT ANALYSIS; NOVEMBER – 2015

Particulars I Sem. Nov. 2015 % I Sem. Nov. 2015 %

90% & Above -- -- -- --

80% & Above but below 90% 04 40 02 20

70% & above but below 80% 03 30 06 60

60% & Above but below 70% 03 30 01 10

55% & Above but below 60% -- -- -- --

50% & Above but below 55% -- -- -- --

35% & Above but below 50% -- -- -- --

Below 35% -- -- 1 10

Absent -- -- -- --


238

OVERALL RESULT ANALYSIS: M.SC. (CFS) MAY – 2016


2016

% IV Sem. May

2016

%

No. of Students Appeared 10 -- 10 --


No. of Students failed -- -- -- --

No. of Student Absent 03 30 -- --

No. of Students Discontinued -- -- -- --

M.Sc. (CFS) DETALLED RESULT ANALYSIS: MAY – 2016


2016

% IV Sem. May

2016

%

90% & Above -- -- -- --

80% & Above but below 90% 01 10 -- --

70% & above but below 80% 02 20 06 60

60% & Above but below 70% 04 40 04 40

55% & Above but below 60% -- -- -- --

50% & Above but below 55% -- -- -- --

35% & Above but below 50% -- -- -- --

Below 35% 03 30 -- --

Absent -- -- -- --


TOP SCORERS IN M.Sc. (CFS) DEGREE PROGRAMME: 2014 - 2016 Batch


Reg. No.


Marks

obtained

[out of 2500]

%

Ranking

14515204 MATHIAS VANSHIKA

MARIA PEARL

2102 84.08 FIRST

14515203 JUANITA MYRTLE

SALDANHA 2054 82.16

SECOND

14515210 VIJETHA K. C. 1869 74.76 THIRD

239

M.Sc. Criminology and Forensic Science

(Choice Based Credit System)

2016- 2017 onwards

School of Social Work, Roshni Nilaya, Mangaluru

I SEMESTER

Paper title Teaching

Hrs per

week

Credits Exam

Hrs.

Internal

Assmt.

Exam

Total

Marks

Hard core

MCF 601 C-I : Scientific Aids

in the Detection of Crime

4 4 3 30 70 100

MCF 611 C-I I: Police Science

and Administration

4 4 3 30 70 100

MCF 621 C-III : Law of

Crimes and Procedure

4 4 3 30 70 100

MCF 631 C-IV: Practical:

Trace Evidences in the

Detection of Crime

6 4 4 30 70 100

MCF 641 C-V: Practical:

Crime Scene Investigation and

Procedure

6 4 4 30 70 100

Soft core

MCF 651 C-VI: Criminology

and Victimology

4 4 3 30 70 100


Hard Core = 5

Soft Core = 1

240

II SEMESTER


Hrs per

week

Credits Exam

Hrs.

Internal

Assmt.

Exa

m

Total

Marks

Hard core

MCF 602 C-VII: Research

Methods in Criminology and

Forensic Science

4 4 3 30 70 100

MCF 612 C-VIII :

Criminalistics in Crime

Detection

4 4 3 30 70 100

MCF 622 C-IX: Practical –

Examination and Analysis of

Scientific Evidences

6 4 4 30 70 100

Soft core

MCF 632 C-X: Practical – Field

Exposure and Research

Techniques

6 4 4 30 70 100

MCF 642 C-XI: Forensic

Psychology and Correction

4 4 3 30 70 100

*Open Elective

C - XIIOE 2.3 Fields of

Forensic Science

3 3 3 30 70 100

Total credits 27 23

[20+3*]

600

*Non credit subject

Hard Core = 3

Soft Core = 2

*Open Elective = 1

241

III SEMESTER


Hrs per

week

Credits Exam

Hrs.

Internal

Assmt

Exam

Total

Marks

Hard core

MCF 603 C-XIII: Cyber

Forensics

4 4 3 30 70 100

MCF 613 C-XIV:

Questioned Document

Examination

4 4 3 30 70 100

MCF 623 C-XV: Practical:

Examination of Disputed

Documents

6 4 4 30 70 100

Soft core

MCF 633 C-XVI: Practical:

Computer Application in

Cyber Forensics

6 4 4 30 70 100

MCF 643 C-XVII: Modern

Approaches in Forensic

Science and Investigation

4 4 3 30 70 100

*Open Elective

C – XVIII OE 3.3:

Procedure of Police

Investigation

3 3 3 30 70 100

Total credits 27 23

[20+3*]

600

*Non credit subject

Hard Core = 3

Soft Core = 2

*Open Elective = 1

242

IV SEMESTER


Hrs per

week

Credits Exam

Hrs.

Internal

Assmt

Exam

Total

Marks

Hard core

MCF 604 C-XIX: Forensic

Medicine and Toxicology

4 4 3 30 70 100

MCF 614 C-XX: Technology

and Security System in the

Administration of Justice

4 4 3 30 70 100

MCF 624 C-XXI: Dissertation

[Project] –

Viva Voce

10 5 4 30

--

70

100

100

100

Soft core

MCF 634 C-XXII: Practical:

Forensic Medicine and

Toxicology in crime detection

6 4 4 30 70 100

MCF 644 C-XXIII: Practical:

Modern Technology to Prevent

and Detect Crime

6 4 4 30 70 100


Hard Core = 2 + 1 Project = 3

Soft Core = 2



Project = 05


Total Credits = 85+6* [*Non Credit Subject]

243



Section: „A‟



marks

Section: „B‟



Section: C



4x10=40marks

244

M.Sc. Criminology and Forensic Science

(Choice Based Credit System)

2016- 2017 onwards

School of Social Work, Roshni Nilaya, Mangaluru

I SEMESTER

Hard Core

MCF 601 - PAPER-I: SCIENTIFIC AIDS IN THE DETECTION OF CRIME

UNIT-I:

1. Introduction to Forensic Science:

a) Meaning, definition and principles

b) Role of forensic science in crime detection

c) Forensic Science Lab., different branches & their functions

2. Finger Print: Meaning, Importance and History

Patterns and Classification of Finger Prints

Methods of taking Specimen Finger Prints of Living and Dead Person

Development of Finger Prints from a Scene of Crime

Comparison of Finger Prints

UNIT-II:

3. Forensic Ballistics: Classification of Fire-Arms.

Ammunition- Cartridge and their Components

Identification, Collection and Preservation of Ballistic Evidences found in a

Crime Scene.

Identification of a Shooter-Gunshot residue analysis (GSR)

Determination of Range of Firing, Angle of Firing, Identification of fire arms

Analysis of Suicidal, Homicidal and Accidental Shoot out cases

UNIT-III:

4. Explosives: Characteristics, Classification of Explosives-Various Kinds of High and

Low

Explosives

Location, Collection and Identification of Explosives

Methods of Disposal and Dispatch of Explosives

245

5. Soil, Dirt and Dust Examination: Main Constituents and Importance of- Visual &

Chemical

6. Paint Scrape Marks: Its importance and Techniques of Examination

UNIT IV:

7. Glass and Glass Fractures as Evidence in Crime Detection

8. Tool Marks: Importance and Role in Crime Detection.

9. Forensic Cheiloscopy/Lip print: - Introduction, Scope , laboratory analysis and

importance in Crime detection

BIBLIOGRAPHY

1. Amin M. G. & Singh Dr. Jai Shanker (2009) - Forensic Science in Criminal

Investigation, Unique Law Publisher, Ahemadabadh

2. Dr. Nayak Akshay Kumar & Singh Dr. V. H. K. (2008) - World Encyclopedia of

Forensic Science

3. Eckert & William G. (Ed. 1980) – Introduction to Forensic Sciences, The C.V.

Mosby Company, London.

4. Fisher A.J. Barry - Techniques of Crime Scene Investigation, IV Ed. Elsevier

Science Publication Co., Inc 655 Avenue of the American.

5. Jauhari B.C. & Gaur S.N. (Revised 2008) – Firearms : Forensic Ballistics,

Forensic Chemistry and Criminal Jurisprudence, Delhi Law House, New Delhi –

54 (India)

6. Mathiharan K. and Patnaik K. Amrit (Ed. – 2008) - Modi‟s Medical Jurisprudence

and Toxicology (23rd

Ed.), Butterworths Wadhwa, Nagpur.

7. Nabar B.S. – 2005 (3rd

Ed.) Forensic Science in Crime Investigation, Asia Law

House, Hyderabad.

8. Ratan Deepak & Zaidi Mohd. Hasan (2008) – Forensic Science in India and the

World, Alia Law Agency, Allahabad-001.

9. Saferstein Richard – (1978) Criminalistics: Introduction to Forensic Science,

Prentice Hall of India Private Ltd., New Delhi.

10. Saferstein Richard (1988) - Forensic Science Hand Book, Volume I, II, & III, Ed.

Day-Star Publication, New Delhi.

11. Schultz O. Donald (1977) - Crime Scene Investigation, Prentice-Halls, New

Jerssey

12. Shah Giri Raj - Investigation of Crime and Criminals (Vol I & II), Anmol

Publications Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi-2

13. Sharma B. R. (4th

. Ed. 2008) - Forensic Science in Criminal Investigation and

Trial, Universal Publishers

14. Sharma B.R. - Forensic Science in Criminal Investigation, Central Law Agency,

Allahabad-2.

15. Sodermann Harry – Modern Criminal Investigation

246

16. Swanson R. Charles Jr. and Others (1977) - Criminal Investigation, Goodyear

Publishing Company. Inc., California.

17. Walls H. J. (2nd

Ed. 2008) – Forensic Science: An Introduction to Scientific Crime

Detection, Universal Law Publishing Co. Pvt. Ltd. New Delhi-33.

MCF 611 - PAPER II: POLICE SCIENCE & ADMINISTRATION

UNIT I:1. Origin & Development of Police: Procedure of Prevention & Investigation of Crimes

2. Procedure of investigation of Cognizable and Non-Cognizable crimes.

3. Legal provisions of investigation as under CrPc.

UNIT II:

4. Procedure of photography and Sketching of a Scene of Crime, Handling and

packing of

scientific Evidences, Techniques of collecting Forensic Evidences for Expert

opinion,

Mobile Forensic Science units and its functions

5. Types of Scene of Crime, Planning for a crime scene search

6. Inquest: Types and Procedure

7. Types of Suspects and Techniques of their Interrogation

Types of Crime Scenes Witness and Techniques of their Examination

UNIT III:

8. Establishment and Functions of a Police Station, Different Crime Control Records

Maintained in Police Station

9. General Organization of Police in a State: Special Units of State Police

10. Structure and Functions of Central Police Organizations

UNIT IV:

11. Law and Procedure of Domestic Enquiry, Modernization of Police, National

Police

Commissions and research

12. Salient features of Indian Police Act and Karnataka Police Act

247

BIBLIOGRAPHY

1. Bailey B. David – Police and Political Development in India, Printed on

University Press, New Jersey.

2. Bharadwaj R. K. (1978) - Indian Police Administration, National Publishing

House, New Delhi-02

3. Central Industrial Security Force Act, 1968 along with Rules

4. Central Reserve Police Force Act, 1949 along with Rules 1955

5. Civil Rights Enforcement Act

6. Goddard W. Goddard (1977) - Crime Scene Investigation, Reston Publishing

Company, Virgenia

7. Horgan J. John (1974) – Criminal Investigation, Mac Grow – Hill Book Company

New York.

8. J.C. Chaturvedi (Editor 2006) – Police Administration & Investigation of Crime,

Isha Books, New Delhi – 33.

9. James V. (1997) – The Police, The People & Criminal Justice, APH Publishing

Corp. New Delhi- 2.

10. Mathiharan K. & Patnaik Amrit K. (Edr. 2008) - Modi‟s Medical Jurisprudence


Edn.), Butterworths Wadhwa, Nagpur.

11. Police Acts (Containing 6 Acts)


World, Alia Law Agency, Alahabad-211 001.

13. Roy SinhaS. K. (3rd

Ed. 2008) - Police Diaries, Premier Publishing Co., Allahabad.

14. Saini Kamal (2007) – Police Investigation: Procedural Dimensions, Law &

Methods, Deep and Deep Publications Pvt. Ltd. New Delhi-27

15. Schultz O.Schultz (1977)-Crime Scene Investigation, Prentice-Halls, New Jerssey

16. Shah Raj Giri - Investigation of Crime and Criminals (Vol I & II), Anmol


17. Sharma B. R (2009) - Bank Frauds; Prevention & Detection (3rd

edition),

Universal Law Publishing Co.,

18. Sharma P.D.–Police and Criminal Administration, Uppal Publishing House, Delhi.

19. Shenoy S. Shenoy (2006) - Law Relating to Police and Prisons in Karnataka,

Lawyers Law Book, Bangalore




22. Trivedi S. D. (1984) - Secret Services in Ancient India: Techniques and Operation

Allied Publishers Pvt. Ltd. New Delhi

23. Vadackumchery & James (1999) - Professional Police: Witness Interviewing,

APH Publishing Corp. New Delhi- 2.

24. Weston B. Paul & Wells M. Kenneth. - Criminal Investigation: Basic

Perspectives, Prentice-Halls, Inc., London

248

MCF 621- PAPER -III : LAW OF CRIMES AND PROCEDURE

UNIT-I:

1. General Exceptions and Rights of Private Defense (Sec.76-106 IPC)

2. Offences against Human Body (Sec.299-377 IPC) - Definition and Aggravation

3. Offences against Property (Sec.378-462 IPC) - Definition and Aggravation

UNIT-II:

4. Establishment and Functions of District Criminal Courts

5. Police procedure of Arrest, Search and Seizure of property

6. Bail- Meaning and Types, Conditions for various kinds of bail- Bail in Non-bailable

cases

and Bail in petty cases

UNIT-III:

7. Salient features of Indian Evidence Act (IEA), Distinction between Admission and

Confession, Provision of Confession under IEA, Types of Evidence- Expert

evidence -its

advantages and Limitations, Burden of Proof in Criminal Cases

8. Salient features of- a) Intellectual Property Act.

b) Right to information Act 2005

c) The Prevention of Food Adulteration Act, 1954

d) The Karnataka Criminal Rules of Practice 1968

e) The Protection of Human Rights Act, 1993

UNIT-IV:

9. Salient features of:

a) Prevention of Children from Sexual Offences Act 2012,

b) Sexual harassment of women at work place (prevention, prohibition&

redressal)

Act 2014

c) Domestic violence Act 2005

d) Wild Life (Protection) Act, 1972

e) Environmental Protection Act, 1986

10. Salient features of:

a) Motor Vehicle Act 1988 with recent proposed Amendments

b) The Mental Health Act, 1987

c) The Prevention of Terrorism Act, 2002

d) The Central Reserve Police Force Act, 1949

e) The Central Industrial Security Force Act, 1968

249

BIBLIOGRAPHY

1. Abadinsky Howard (1979) - Social Service in Criminal Justice- Prentice-Halls,

Inc., London

2. Acharya N.K. – Protection of Women from Domestic Violence Act, 2005 (2nd

Edition) Asia Law House, Hyderabad.

3. Augustine T. Paul (2007) - Intellectual Property Crime, Crescent Publishing

Corporation, New Delhi-02


House, New Delhi-02

5. Chowhan R. G. (2008) - Karnataka Lokayuktha Act 1984 with Prevention of

Corruption Act, 1988, Karnataka Law Publisher, Bangalore

6. Commission of Sati (Prevention) Act, 1987 along with Rules

7. Dowry Prohibition Act, 1961 along with Rules and Relevant Provisions of I. P.

Code, Cr. P. Code and Evidence Act

8. Identification of Prisoners Act, 1920

9. Indecent Representation of Women (Prohibition) Act, 1986 along with Rules,

1987

10. Mathiharan K. and Patnaik K. Amrit (Ed. 2008) - Modi‟s Medical Jurisprudence


Ed.), Butterworths Wadhwa, Nagpur.

11. McDonald F. William (Ed. 1976)-Criminal Justice & Victim, Sage Publication,

London

12. Naresh Kumar (1986) – Constitutional Rights of Prisoners, Mittal Publications,

New Delhi-35.

13. Pande G.S. (2nd

Ed. 1982) – The Indian Evidence Act, Allahabad Law Agency,

Law Publishers, Allahabad.

14. Prevention of Damage to Public Property Act, 1984 along with West Bengal

Prevention of Defacement of Property Act, 1976

15. Prevention of Gambling Act, 1867 with State Amendments

16. Preventive Detention Laws (Containing 4 Acts)

17. Prof. Ramesh Chandra (Vol. 6 2004) – Global Terrorism, A Threat to Humanity,

Kalpaz Publications, New Delhi-52.

18. Ratanlal & Dhirajlal (2008) - Code of Criminal Procedure (Cr.P.C), Wadhwa &

Company Pvt., Limited, Nagpur.

19. Ratanlal & Dhirajlal (2008) - Indian Penal Code (IPC), Wadhwa & Company Pvt.,

Limited, Nagpur.

20. Rathanlal & Dhirajlal (2008) – Indian Evidence Act, Wadhwa & Company Pvt.,

Limited, Nagpur.

21. Repatriation of Prisoners Act, 2003 along with allied Acts

22. S.K. Pachauri (1999) - Prisoners and Human Rights, A.P.H. Publishing

Corporation, New Delhi-02.

23. Scheduled Castes and the Scheduled Tribes (Prevention of Atrocities) Act, 1989

along with Rules, 1995

250

24. Sharma Sharma (2007) - Dowry Death: Legal Provisions and Judicial

Interpretation, Deep and Deep Publications Pvt. Ltd. New Delhi-27

25. Sharma Vinay (2007) - Dowry Death: Legal Provisions and Judicial Interpretation,

Deep and Deep Publications Pvt. Ltd. New Delhi-27

26. Shenoy S. Ganesh (2006) - Law Relating to Police and Prisons in Karnataka,


27. Terrorist Affected Areas (Special Courts) Act, 1984

28. The Immoral Traffic (Prevention) Act, 1956 (PITA)

29. The Narcotic Drugs and Psychotropic Substances Act, 1985 along with Rules,

1985 (NDPS)

30. The Protection of Women from Domestic Violence Act 2005 (2009) Commercial

Law Publishers, India

31. Tom & Jayaram Keya - Combating Sexual Harassment at the Work Place, India

Centre for Human Resource and Law (Unit of HRLN), Mumbai- 009.

32. Transfer of Prisoners Act, 1950 See Prisoners Acts

33. Unlawful Activities (Prevention) Act, 1967 along with Rules, 1968 POTA, 2002

and POTA (Repeal) Act, 2004

34. Verma Preeti (Ed.)- The Terror of POTA and other Security Legislations, Human

Rights Law Network, New Delhi-14.

35. Wild Life (Protection) Act, 1972, along with allied rules

MCF 631 - PAPER IV: PRACTICAL: TRACE EVIDENCES IN THE

DETECTION OF CRIME

1. Procedure of recording Finger Print of living persons

2. Manual and computerized comparison of finger prints

3. Developing latent finger prints

4. Identification of firearms remains, Identification of weapon, study on fire-arms

wounds

5. Forensic analysis of soil

6. Paint scrape analysis

7. Glass Fracture analysis

8. Microscopic examination of tool marks

9. Forensic examination of Lip print

10. Case study/recent Researches in the above relevant fields

MCF 641 - PAPER V: PRACTICAL: CRIME SCENE INVESTIGATION

AND PROCEDURE

1. Qualitative analysis of crimes reported in newspaper

2. Critical analysis of criminological articles published in magazines.

251

3. Procedure of writing FIR in a simulated case

4. Procedure of registration of a cognizable case

5. A simulated report on escorting notorious criminals

6. Procedure of search and seizure in simulated criminal cases

7. Procedure of preparation of charge sheet in a simulated case

8. Procedure of sketching and photographing Indoor and outdoor crime scene

9. Inspection and reconstruction of scene of crime

10. Procedure of handling, packing of scientific evidences in a simulated crime

scene

11. Procedure of interviewing witnesses and interrogation of suspects in a simulated

crime scene.


Soft Core

MCF 651 - PAPER VI: CRIMINOLOGY & VICTIMOLOGY

UNIT-I

1. Concept of Crime and Criminal behavior, Nature and scope of Criminology

2. Patterns of Criminal Behaviour and pioneer‟s contribution for the development of

Criminology

3. Causes of Crime ; Sociological factors, Sociological theories of crime

UNIT-II

4. Social institutions and Crime- Family, Political, Education, Media, Economic

Institutions

5. Social Deviance and Crime; Crimes against women- Prostitution, Sexual abuse and

Pornography

UNIT-III

6. Youth and Crime: Types, Causes and Combating of Youth Crime

7. Drug Abuse; National and International scenario

8. Recidivism: Factors and Prevention

9. Decriminalization: Need and Impact

252

UNIT-IV

10. Meaning, Development, pioneers and Scope of Victimology.

11. Typology of Victims, Victim offender relationship and cost of victimization

12. Victim-offender Reconciliation & Modern approaches in the Correctional

restitution.

13. Legal issues of Compensation to the Victim of Crime.

BIBLIOGRAPHY

1. The Protection of Women from Domestic Violence Act 2005 (2009) Commercial

Law Publishers, India

2. McDonald F. William (Ed. 1976)-Criminal Justice & Victim Sage Publication,

London

3. Commission of Sati (Prevention) Act, 1987 along with Rules

4. Dowry Prohibition Act, 1961 along with Rules and Relevant Provisions of I. P.

Code, Cr. P. Code and Evidence Act

5. Rajan V.N. (1981) - Victimology in India, Allied Publishers Pvt. Ltd, New Delhi.

6. Acharya N.K. (2007) – 2nd

Ed. – Commentary on Protection of Women from

Domestic Violence Act 2005, Asia Law House, Hyderabad.

7. Vinay Sharma (2007) Dowry Deaths – Legal Provisons & Judicial Interpretation,

Deep & Deep Publications Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi-27.

8. Mohammad Farajiha Ghazuini (2002) – Police Protection to Victim of Crime,

Deep & Deep Publications Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi-27.

9. Prakash Talwar (Editor 2006) – Victimology, Isha Books, New Delhi-33

10. M.C. Gupta, K. Chockalingam & Jaytilak Guha Roy (Editors 2001) – Child

Victims of Crime – Problems and Perspectives, Gyan Publishing House, New

Delhi-02.

II SEMESTER

Hard Core

MCF 602 - PAPER VII: RESEARCH METHODS IN CRIMINOLOGY &

FORENSIC SCIENCE

UNIT-I:

1. Definition, Meaning, Scope of Criminological Research

2. Problem identification and Problem formulation. (Defining and formulation

of Concepts, Hypothesis)

253

3. Use of Variables and their Measurements.

4. Preparation of a Study proposal- steps and procedures to be followed

UNIT-II:

5. Research Design, Typology and Procedures to be followed

6. Sample and Sampling Procedure, Types- Probability and Non- Probability

7. Data Collection: a. Sources- Primary and Secondary

b. Methods- Observation, Interview and Questionnaire

8. a)Tools of Data Collection- Preparation and their uses

b) Data Analysis- Methods and Procedures (Use of SPSS)

UNIT-III:

9. Statistics, Definition and Scope: Descriptive Statistics, Central tendency-

Computation and Application of Arithmetic Mean, Median and Mode

10. Measure of Dispersion

11. Computation of Range, Quartiles, Mean Deviation and Standard Deviation

UNIT-IV:

12. Inferential Statistics

13. Computation of Correlation, Co- efficient, T Test, and Chi- Square Test

14. Ethical and Political Issues in Forensic Science and Criminological Research

BIBLIOGRAPHY

1. Agarwal B. C. (2006) - Basic Statistical Tests, New Age International Publishers,

New Delhi

2. Ahuja Ram (2005) - Research Methods, Ravat Publication, New Delhi

3. Alasuutari, Pertti. Bickman, Leonard & Brannen, Julia (2008) – Social

Research Methods - SAGE Publications Ltd.,1 Oliver‟s Yard, 55 City Road,

London ECIY 1SP, United Kingdom.

4. Bachman Ronet & Schutt K Russell (2008)-Fundamentals of research in

criminology and criminal justice,Sage Publication.

5. Davies, Pamela. Francis, Peter & Jupp, Victor (2nd

Edition) (2011) – Doing

Criminological Research - SAGE Publications Ltd.,1 Oliver‟s Yard, 55 City

Road, London ECIY 1SP, United Kingdom.

6. Hart, Chris (2005) – Doing Your Masters Dissertation – Vistaar Publications,

New Delhi.

7. Hartley, Richard D. (2011)- Snapshots of Research (Readings in Criminology

and Criminal Justice) - SAGE Publications Ltd.,1 Oliver‟s Yard, 55 City Road,


254

8. Lewins, Ann & Silver Christina (2007) – Using Softwre in Qualitative Research

(A step-by-step guide) - SAGE Publications Ltd.,1 Oliver‟s Yard, 55 City Road,


9. Salkind Neil J. (4th

Edition) (2011) – Statistics for People Who (Think they)

Hate Statistics - SAGE Publications Ltd.,1 Oliver‟s Yard, 55 City Road,


10. Salkind, Neil J. (2006) – Tests and Measurement for People Who (Think They)

Hate Tests & Measurement - SAGE Publications Ltd.,1 Oliver‟s Yard, 55 City

Road, London ECIY 1SP, United Kingdom.

11. Singh A. K. (2006) - Tests, Measurements and Research Methods in Behavioural

Science, Bharathi Bhawan Publishing Company, New Delhi

12. Willig, Carla and Stainton-Rogers, Wendy (2010) – Qualitative Research in

Psychology - SAGE Publications Ltd.,1 Oliver‟s Yard, 55 City Road, London

ECIY 1SP, United Kingdom.

MCF 612 - PAPER VIII : CRIMINALISTICS IN CRIME DETECTION

UNIT-I:

1. Foot Print/Shoe Print in crime detection.

Types of Foot Print

Preservation, Recording and Evidentiary Value of Foot Print

Walking Picture/Gait Pattern

2. Tyre Marks & Skid marks: Methods of Examination and its role in Crime Detection

and Microscopic Examination.

UNIT-II:

3. Blood: Location, Collection and Preservation of Blood.

Techniques of Examination of Blood- Visual, Chemical, Blood Grouping, U.V

and I.R Examinations.

Serology-Human origin and typing of Blood

Detection of different species of Animal Blood

4. Examination and analysis of Seminal and other body fluids like Saliva, Urine,

Sweat, Nasal Secretion and Tears.

UNIT-III:

5. Hair: Meaning, Importance and Morphology

Location and Collection of Hair in a Crime Scene

Techniques of Hair Examination in the Laboratory: Differences between

Human & Animal hair

6. Fibers in Crime Scene: Importance and Classification

Evidentiary Materials and Techniques of Examination of Fibers

255

UNIT-IV:

7. Chemical Examination of Petroleum products, Drugs and Narcotics.

Liquor and other spurious items, Items received under Food Adulteration Act.

8. Brain Mapping, Narco-analysis and Lie-Detection: Functions and importance in

criminal Investigation.

BIBLIOGRAPHY


Investigation, Unique Law Publisher, Ahemadabadh.

2. Carmack A.J.R. (Editor 1977)-Famous Pistols & Hand Guns, Baronie &

Jenkings, London

3. Dr. Nayak Akshay Kumar & Dr. V. H. K. Singh (2008) - World Encyclopedia of

Forensic Science.

4. Eckert & G. William (Editor - 1980) – Introduction to Forensic Sciences, The

C.V. Mosby Company, London.

5. Fatal Accidents Act, 1855

6. Fisher A. J. Barry - Techniques of Crime Scene Investigation, IV Edition,

Elsevier Science Publication Co., Inc 655 Avenue of the American.

7. Gaur (2nd

Ed.2008) - Fire Arms & Forensic Ballistics, Delhi Law House, New

Delhi-54

8. Goddard W. Kenneth(1977)-Crime Scene Investigation, Reston Publishing Co.,

Virgenia

9. Horgan J. John (1974)-Criminal Investigation, Mac Grow -Hill Book Company,

New York



54 (India)

11. Mathiharan K. and Patnaika K. Amrit (Ed).- Modi‟s Medical Jurisprudence and

Toxicology (23rd

edition), Butterworths Wadhwa, Nagpur.



13. Saferstein Richard - Forensic Science Hand Book, Volume I, II, & III, 1988

Edition, Day-Star Publication, New Delhi.


Jerssey



16. Sharma B. R - Bank Frauds; Prevention & Detection (3rd

edition), Universal Law

Publishing Co., New Delhi.


Ed.2008) - Forensic Science in Criminal Investigation and


256

18. Sharma B.R-Forensic Science in Criminal Investigation, Central Law

Agency,Allahabad



20. Trivedi S. D. (1984) - Secret Services in Ancient India: Techniques and

Operation, Allied Publishers Pvt. Ltd. New Delhi

21. Weston B. Paul and Wells M. Kenneth - Criminal Investigation: Basic


22. Saferstein Richard – Criminalistics: Introduction to Forensic Science, Prentice-

Hall of India Private Ltd., New Delhi.

23. Nabar B.S. - Forensic Science in Crime Investigation, Asia Law House,

Hyderabad.


25. Sharma D. – Police and Criminal Administration, Uppal Publishing House, New

Delhi.


Ed. 2008) – Forensic Science: An Introduction to Scientific

Crime Detection, Universal Law Publishing Co. Pvt. Ltd. New Delhi-33.

MCF 622 - PAPER IX: PRACTICAL – EXAMINATION & ANALYSIS OF

SCIENTIFIC EVIDENCES

1. Recording Foot Prints and analysis of gait pattern

2. Tyre marks examination and analysis of skid marks

3. Serological examination of blood evidences

4. Chemical test to identify suspected blood evidences

5. Forensic examination and evaluation of body fluids

6. Laboratory examination of disputed fiber evidences

7. Morphological examination of hairs

8. Identification of species origin and other Forensic relevant analysis of hair

9. Laboratory examination and analysis of suspected alcohol evidences


Soft Core

MCF 632 - PAPER-X: PRACTICAL – FIELD EXPOSURE & RESEARCH

TECHNIQUES

1. Study proposal on the criminological relevance

2. Visit to CCRB and study its functions

3. Visit to DCIB and study its functions

4. Visit to DAR and Study its functions

257

5. Visit Juvenile correctional institution and study their functions

6. Visit to a prison and a critical study on its functions

7. Simulated counseling the victim, witnesses, suspects and their relatives.


MCF 642- PAPER XI: FORENSIC PSYCHOLOGY AND CORRECTION

UNIT-I:

1. Overview of Forensic Psychology. Pioneers in criminal Psychology.

2. Psychic Criminology: History, Paranormal abilities, Scientific Evidences &

Theories.

3. a) Police and Investigative Psychology.

b) Criminal Psychology of the Stranger.

UNIT-II:

4. Violation of Law: Psychological motives and its impact on behavior, Impact of

Conflicts and Frustration on behavior, Mal adaptive learning about offending a

person‟s property.

5. Media and Criminal Psychology: Methods used to Investigate Media Influences on

Violence and Its Prevention

6. Experimental Psychology and Control of Criminal Behaviour – Psychotherapeutic

Methods

UNIT-III:

7. Counseling the Role players in Justice System like- Victims, Witnesses, Law

Enforcers,Suspects and Family Counseling: Skills for effective Forensic

Psychological Assessment.

a) Profile Analysis – Psychological Analysis for identification of offenders

8. The Role of Forensic Psychology in the Justice System: Clinical, Experimental and

advisory.

Forensic Mental Health experts in the Court: Expert Evidence, Forensic Report and

Pre-trial Preparation

UNIT-IV:

09. Institutional System of Correction; Prison-Meaning, Definition, development

Prison administration in India, Open Air Prison, Usual and Unusual problems of

correction

10. Institutions for Juveniles and their establishment, administration and control,

advantages and Limitations in the context of reformation and rehabilitation

258

11. Non-institutional system of correction: Probation-Historical development, Law on

probation, Objectives, principles, administration and control, advantages and

limitations

Parole: Historical development, objectives, principles, advantages and limitations

BIBLIOGRAPHY

1. Bartol, Curt R 7 Bartol, Anne M, ( 2008) Current perspectives in Forensic

Psychology and Criminal Behaviour, Sage, London.

2. Feldman & Philip M. (1978) – Criminal Behaviour: A Psychological Analysis,

John Wiley & Sons, New York.

3. Gibson L. Robert & Mitchell H. Marianne (2006) - Introduction to Counseling

and Guidelines, 6th edition, Prentice- Hall of India, New Delhi-01

4. Haward L. R. C. - Forensic Psychology, Batsford Academic and Educational Ltd.

London

5. Hibbard & Whitney.S & Reymond W. Worring (1982) – Psychic Criminology :

An operations Manual for using Psychics in Criminal Investigations, Charles C.

Thomas Publishers, Illinois, USA.

6. Kaur Rajpal - Forensic Psychology: New Trends and Innovations, Deep and Deep

Publications Pvt. Ltd. New Delhi-27

7. Koranji Shiamak Kersi (2004) - A Text book of Criminal Psychology, Dominant

Publishers and Distributors, New Delhi-51

8. Macdonald – Psychological Disorder and Crime

9. Mednick A. Sarnoff & Christiansen O. Karl (Ed.1977), - Bio-Social Bases of

Criminal Behaviour, Gardners Press Inc., New York.

10. Meier, Augustine & Boivin, Micheline (2011) Counselling and Therapy

Techniques (Theory & Practice) Sage, London.

11. Mental Health Act, 1987



13. Ravi Meera (2007) - Counselling What, Why and HowViva Books Pvt. Ltd., New

Delhi

14. Toch Hans – Legal & Criminal Psychology.

Open Elective

OE 2.3 FIELDS OF FORENSIC SCIENCE

UNIT 1

1. Introduction to Forensic Science:

a) Meaning, definition and principles

b) Role of forensic science in crime detection

c) Forensic Science Lab., different branches & their functions

2. Body fluids as forensic evidence-DNA Finger Printing

259

UNIT II

3. Finger Print: Meaning, Importance and History

Patterns and Classification of Finger Prints

Methods of taking Specimen Finger Prints of Living and Dead Person

Development and Recording of Finger Prints from the Scene of Crime

Comparison of Finger Prints

4. Foot Print: a) Meaning & importance

b) Types of foot prints

c) Taking & preserving techniques

d) Gait pattern – role of foot print in the detection of crime

UNIT III.

5. Personal Identification: Identification of Living Person & dead persons

6. Forensic Questioned Document: Importance of protection of Questioned Document

and establishing the authorship of writing

UNIT IV.

7. Fake Currency Notes: a) Definition extent and impact of Fake Currency in India

b) Procedure of Identification of Fake Currency Notes

8. Forensic approach in road accident, Property and Homicidal cases.

9. Recent Researches & cases in the Field of the above areas of Forensic Science

BIBLIOGRAPHY


Investigation, Unique Law Publisher, Ahemadabadh.

2. Carmack A.J.R. (Editor 1977)-Famous Pistols & Hand Guns, Baronie & Jenkings,

London

3. Dr. Nayak Akshay Kumar & Dr. V. H. K. Singh (2008) - World Encyclopedia of

Forensic Science.

4. Eckert & G. William (Editor - 1980) – Introduction to Forensic Sciences, The C.V.

Mosby Company, London.

5. Fatal Accidents Act, 1855

6. Fisher A. J. Barry - Techniques of Crime Scene Investigation, IV Edition, Elsevier

Science Publication Co., Inc 655 Avenue of the American.

7. Gaur (2nd

Ed.2008) - Fire Arms & Forensic Ballistics, Delhi Law House, New

Delhi-54

8. Goddard W. Kenneth(1977)-Crime Scene Investigation, Reston Publishing Co.,

Virgenia

260

9. Horgan J. John (1974)-Criminal Investigation, Mac Grow -Hill Book Company,

New York



54 (India)

11. Mathiharan K. and Patnaika K. Amrit (Ed).- Modi‟s Medical Jurisprudence and

Toxicology (23rd



Hyderabad.



14. Saferstein Richard – Criminalistics: Introduction to Forensic Science, Prentice-

Hall of India Private Ltd., New Delhi.

15. Saferstein Richard - Forensic Science Hand Book, Volume I, II, & III, 1988

Edition, Day-Star Publication, New Delhi.


Jerssey



18. Sharma B. R - Bank Frauds; Prevention & Detection (3rd

edition), Universal Law

Publishing Co., New Delhi.


Ed.2008) - Forensic Science in Criminal Investigation and Trial,

Universal Publishers

20. Sharma B.R-Forensic Science in Criminal Investigation, Central Law Agency,

Allahabad

21. Sharma D. – Police and Criminal Administration, Uppal Publishing House, New

Delhi.




24. Trivedi S. D. (1984) - Secret Services in Ancient India: Techniques and Operation,





26. Weston B. Paul and Wells M. Kenneth - Criminal Investigation: Basic


261

III SEMESTER

Hard Core

MCF 603- PAPER-XII: CYBER FORENSICS

UNIT -1

1. Meaning of Cyber Forensics , Nature and Characteristics of Cyber Crimes.

Role of “ mens rea” and Criminal Liability in Cyber Crime

2. Types of Cyber crimes and classifications ( general, pioneers and INTERPOL)

Types of Malware: viruses worms. Trojan Horses, Blended Attacks, Tracking

Cookies,

Attacker, Tools, Keystroke and Root Kits, Prevention of Malware incidents, Spy

ware detection and Intrusion Prevention (firewalls Routers) Malware incident

Response Process & Case studies of cyber crimes.

3. Prevention of Cyber Crimes: Cyber Security, Global, National, Industrial &

Individual levels.

4. Investigation of Cyber Crimes: Collection of evidences by Police Agencies.

UNIT –II

5. Electronic Banking and E-Payments

6. E- Banking Frauds : Characteristics and Types

7. Credit card Frauds; Types , Investigation and Prevention

8. Challenges to Digital Forensic Evidence: Internet Crimes against children.

UNIT – III

9. Image analysis, Email tracing tool, Hash Calculator, Cryptography, Computer

forensics investigation process, safety precautions in a computer crime scenario,

Copying and imaging, extracting information from hard disk, searching for

information relating to a particular case, report writing for a computer crime

scenario.

10. Communication: Types of Email, Instant Messenger, Social Networking Sites,

Search Engines. World Wide Web Technology, Management of IP address,

location of source and destination of email. Wireless : Generations of Mobile

Communication. SMS, MMS, GSM, CDMA and Bluetooth. Android and IOS.

Concepts of Cellular Phone communication

262

UNIT-IV: 11. Laws relating to cyber Crime Salient features of IT Act -2000, with emphasis on

aspects relating to offenses , punishments, Investigative powers and regulations,

Amendments arising due to enactment of IT Act 2000 in IPC , Cr . P.C , I. E. A

Copy right Act

12. Future Perspectives of cyber crimes : Cyber Terrorism and Security Concern

13. Case Law on cyber crimes.

BIBLIOGRAPHY

1. Thomas C Bartee - Digital Computer Fundamentals (6th

Ed.), TMH Publications.

2. Krishnan N-Windows & MS Office with Database Concepts, SciTech

Publications.

3. Perry Greg (1996)-1001 Windows 95 TIPS, Galgotia Publications Pvt. Ltd., Delhi-

02.

4. Norton Peter (6th

Ed. 1997) – Complete Guide to DOS 6.22, Techmedia, SAMS

Publishing, New Delhi-02.

5. Norton Peter (2nd

Ed. 1998) Introduction to Computers, Tata McGraw-Hill

Publishing Company Limited, New Delhi.

6. Norton Peter (4th

Ed. 2001) Introduction to Computers, Tata McGraw-Hill


7. Murray Katherine (1994) – Mastering Power Point 4 for Windows, BPB

Publications, New Delhi-01.

8. Rose Carla & Lewis Rita (1996) – The Essential Page-Maker 5, Prentice-Hall of

India, New Delhi-01.

9. Martier R Shamms & Wallace Rick (1997) – Page-Maker 6.5 Complete,

Techmeidia, SAMS Publishing, New Delhi-02.

10. Altman Rebecca Bridges & Altman Rick (1994) – Mastering Page-Maker 5.0 for

Windows, BPB Publications, New Delhi-01.

11. Shelley John & Hunt Roger (2nd

Ed. 1997) - Computer Studies – A first Course,

Wheeler Publishing Company Limited, New Delhi-01.

12. Sanders Donald H. (1995) – Computer Concepts & Applications, Tata McGraw-

Hill Publishing Company Limited, New Delhi.

13. Tanenbaum Andrew S (2nd

& 3rd

Ed. 1995) Computer Networks, Prentice-Hall of

India, New Delhi-01.

14. Tangney Brendan & O‟Mahony Donald (1995) – Local Area Networks & their

Applications, Prentice-Hall of India, New Delhi-01.

15. Hamacher Carl V, Vranesic Zvonko G & Zaky Safwat G (3rd

Ed. 1990) –

Computer Organization, McGraw-Hill International Publishing Company Ltd.,

New York.

16. Taxali Ravi Kant (1995) – P.C. Software Made Simple - Tata McGraw-Hill


17. Walkenbach John (2nd

Ed. 1996) – Excel for Windows 95 Power Programming

with VBA, Comdex Computer Publishing, New Delhi-02.

263

18. Xavier C. (1996) – Introduction to Computers & Basic Programming, New Age

international Private Limited, Publishers, New Delhi-02.

19. Laurie Peter (1983)–The Joy of Computers, Hutchinson & Co. (Publishers) Ltd.,

London

20. Sinha P.K. (1992) – Computer Fundamentals - Concepts, Systems and

Applications, BPB Publications, New Delhi-01.

21. Basandra Suresh K. (1st Ed. 1995)Computers Today, Galgotia Publications Pvt.

Ltd., NewDelhi-02.

MCF 613 - PAPER-XIII: QUESTIONED DOCUMENT EXAMINATION

UNIT-I: 1. Questioned Document: Nature, Development and Importance.

2. Materials used for making Documents: Paper, Ink and their analysis.

3.Classification of Questioned documents according tom Osborn.

UNIT-II:

4. Preliminary Examination of Questioned Documents:

Description of Document,

Appearance of the Document,

The content of the Document

5. Instruments and Techniques used in Document Examination - Chemical,

Optical, Measuring apparatus, Microscope, U. V and I. R rays, ESDA, VSC-6000

UNIT-III:

6. Types of Erasures and their Decipherment: Faded Writing, Charred Document,

Secret

Writing Indented Writing

7. Photography of Handwriting and signatures for forensic analysis.

8. Forgery- and its types.

UNIT-IV: 9. Handwriting and Signature: Characteristics, Basis of Identification

Variations and Factors affecting Writing

Comparison of Handwriting/ Signature

10. Disguise Writing: Meaning, Characteristics and Recognition

11. Type Written/ Computer Print Identification, Stylosesis and Anonymous writing

12. Difference between Graphologists and a Questioned Document expert.

264

BIBLIOGRAPHY

1. Harrison, William – Suspect Documents

2. Mathiharan K. & Patnaik K. Amrit (Ed. 2008) - Modi‟s Medical Jurisprudence



3. Ratan Deepak &Zaidi Mohd. Hasan (2008) – Forensic Science in India and the



Ed. 2008)- Forensic Science in Criminal Investigation and


5. Walls H. J. (2nd

Ed. 2008), – Forensic Science: An Introduction to Scientific

Crime Detection, Universal Law Publishing Co. Pvt. Ltd. New Delhi-33.

6. Kelly, Jan Seaman & Lindblom, Brian S (2nd

Edition) (2006) – Scientific

Examination of Questioned Documents - CRC Press, Taylor & Francis,

London.


edition),

Universal Law Publishing Co., New Delhi

MCF 623- PAPER-XIV: PRACTICAL - EXAMINATION OF DISPUTED

DOCUMENTS

1. Descriptive note with diagram of various kinds of apparatus used in Questioned

document section.

a) Chemical examination b) optical equipment

c) Lighting apparatus d) Measuring apparatus

2. Retrieval of writings from the obliterated documents.

3. Technique of deciphering writings from the charred documents and procedure of

preservation of charred documents.

4. Techniques of establishing the age of a disputed document.

5. Procedure of deciphering writings suspected to have secret writing on a simulated

document.

6. Techniques of establishing the erasure of document.

7. Procedure for photographing in Juxta position for comparison of handwriting /

signature.

8. Techniques of comparison of disputed and admitted handwritings /signatures-Study

of characteristics and reports of exerts opinion.

9. Identification of authorship of writing through stylosesis analysis-study of unique

features

10. Case study/recent Researches in the above relevant fields.

265

Soft Core

MCF 633 - PAPER-XV: COMPUTER APPLICATION IN CYBER

FORENSICS

1. Seizing the hard disk from computer.

2. Data acquisition-copying and imaging

3. Searching for files in the software using the image.

4. Recovering deleted files

5. Steganography –hiding and unhiding (detection)

6. Password cracking of protected files

7. Hashing-checking integrity

8. Email tracing

9. Working with BIOS, changing boot order to USB( boot priority)

10. File signature verification


MCF 643 - PAPER-XVI: - MODERN APPROACHES IN FORENSIC SCIENCE

AND INVESTIGATION

UNIT-I:

1. Forensic Photography: Importance and types of Crime scene Photography, Close-

up Photography and Arial Photography.

Micro photography in Forensic Analysis of evidences in the laboratory.

2. Forensic Engineering: Scientists and Engineer, Engineer as expert witness

3. Forensic Voice analysis: Voice Print Identification, Tape Tampering Examination,

ASR, Forensic Linguistics, Forensic Video Authentication

UNIT- II: 4. Need of scientific investigation in the modern era.

5. Criminal investigation analysis: Characteristics of Computer criminals and

investigative strategy and utilities, Challenges to digital Forensic evidences

6. Investigation of Dacoity cases and scientific evidences

7. Investigation of different kinds of Riot cases and scientific evidences.

UNIT-III: 8. Procedure of detection and Scientific Evidences in the cases of road accidents.

9. Procedure of investigation of Air crash/Crimes in Airport and Crimes on Railways

Procedure of investigation and scientific evidences in the cases of sexual harassment

10. Burglary: Procedure of scientific investigation, reconstruction and evidences

11. Homicide: Investigation techniques and evidences in the cases of Homicide.

266

UNIT-IV:

12. Explosion /Bomb scene investigation: Terrorism attacks causes and procedures and

techniques of Bomb scene investigation –Collection of Forensic Evidence and their

importance.

13. Procedure and investigation of a theft and smuggling of idol, vehicular theft.

14. Arson cases – Fire and Arson investigation methods and limitations.

15. Procedure of retrieval of seized property from court/law enforcing agency

BIBLIOGRAPHY



54 (India)


Hyderabad.



4. Saferstein Richard – (1978) Criminalistics: Introduction to Forensic Science,

Prentice Hall of India Private Ltd., New Delhi.


Ed. 2008) - Forensic Science in Criminal Investigation and Trial,



7. Walls H. J. (2nd

Ed. 2008), – Forensic Science: An Introduction to Scientific Crime


8. T.Ramanujam- Prevention and Detection of crime, Madras book Agency, Madras

Open Elective

OE 3.3: PROCEDURE OF POLICE INVESTIGATION

UNIT-I: 1. Procedure of investigation of a Cognizable and Non cognizable crime.

2. Procedure of summoning of witnesses and interviewing them by the police

3. Procedure of arrest, search and seizure of property from the suspects

UNIT-II:

4. Establishment and functions of Police station

5. Recruitment for the Police job- Constables, Police Sub-Inspector and Gazetted

officers

6. Police procedure of approaching crime scenes and collection of scientific evidences

267

UNIT-III:

7. Functions of Special Units of Police- Criminal Investigation Departments, Police

Dog Squad, State Special Branch, Karnataka State Reserve Police

8. Scope and Functions of Cyber Police Stations

9. Role of citizen in the participation of prevention and detection of crime

UNIT-IV:

10. The procedure of investigation of Homicide, sexual abuse, Burglary and fraud

cases

11. Role of expert in the investigation of crime

12. Procedure of retrieval of stolen property from the court/law enforcing agency

BIBLIOGRAPHY

1. Bailey B. David – Police and Political Development in India, Printed on

University Press, New Jersey.


House, New Delhi-02

3. Central Industrial Security Force Act, 1968 along with Rules

4. Central Reserve Police Force Act, 1949 along with Rules 1955

5. Civil Rights Enforcement Act

6. Goddard W. Goddard (1977) - Crime Scene Investigation, Reston Publishing

Company, Virgenia

7. Horgan J. John (1974) – Criminal Investigation, Mac Grow – Hill Book Company

New York.

8. J.C. Chaturvedi (Editor 2006) – Police Administration & Investigation of Crime,

Isha Books, New Delhi – 33.

9. James V. (1997) – The Police, The People & Criminal Justice, APH Publishing

Corp. New Delhi- 2.

10. Mathiharan K. & Patnaik Amrit K. (Edr. 2008) - Modi‟s Medical Jurisprudence


Edn.), Butterworths Wadhwa, Nagpur.




13. Roy SinhaS. K. (3rd

Ed. 2008) - Police Diaries, Premier Publishing Co., Allahabad.

14. Saini Kamal (2007) – Police Investigation: Procedural Dimensions, Law &

Methods, Deep and Deep Publications Pvt. Ltd. New Delhi-27

15. Schultz O.Schultz (1977)-Crime Scene Investigation, Prentice-Halls, New Jerssey

16. Shah Raj Giri - Investigation of Crime and Criminals (Vol I & II), Anmol



edition),

Universal Law Publishing Co.,

18. Sharma P.D.–Police and Criminal Administration, Uppal Publishing House, Delhi.

268

19. Shenoy S. Shenoy (2006) - Law Relating to Police and Prisons in Karnataka,





22. Trivedi S. D. (1984) - Secret Services in Ancient India: Techniques and Operation


23. Vadackumchery & James (1999) - Professional Police: Witness Interviewing,

APH Publishing Corp. New Delhi- 2.

24. Weston B. Paul & Wells M. Kenneth. - Criminal Investigation: Basic


IV SEMESTER

Hard Core

MCF 604 - PAPER-XVII: FORENSIC MEDICINE & TOXICOLOGY

UNIT-I

1. Forensic Medicine: Definition, scope, Medical evidences and Medical witnesses,

Legal and ethical aspects of Medical practice

2. Human Clinical Genetics: Genetics of blood group inheritance pattern, Pedigree

analysis, Human Karyotype – Chromosomal Syndromes (Autosomal & Sex

Chromosomal), Dermatoglyphics, Genetic Counseling, Twins in Genetic Studies

3. DNA Profile- Meaning, Structure and Importance:

Collection and presentation of evidentiary materials for DNA anlysis

Clue Materials and Technique of DNA Finger Printing, RFLP, VNTR, PCR

Application and Recent Trends in DNA Finger Printing

UNIT-II

4. Personal Identification:

Identification of Living Person and Medico-legal importance.

Identification of dead persons, skeletal remains and Medico legal importance.

5. Forensic Anthropology: a)Identification of Skeletal remains

b)Skull identification and suture comparison c) Determination of time since

Death

d)Techniques for recovering Skeletonised human remains, e) Sex determination

6. Forensic Dentistry: Forensic Dental Identification, Bite Marks and Age Estimation

UNIT-III 7. Injuries: Meaning, Definition and Classifications-

a) Nature and Medico Legal Importance of Thermal, Chemical and Injuries due to

electricity, lightening and X- rays.

b) Mechanical Injuries: i) Abrasion, ii) Contusion, iii) Punctured Wound,

269

iv) Incised Wound v) Gun-Shot Wounds.

8. Thanatology: Meaning, Definition & Causes of Death- Natural & Unnatural

Types of Death- Somatic/Clinical and Molecular/Cellular.

Post Mortem Changes and Determination of Time of Death- Cooling of the

body, Post Mortem Lividity, Rigor Mortis, Putrefaction, Adipocer and

Mummification

Types and Medico-legal Aspects of Asphyxial Deaths- Hanging, Strangulation,

Suffocation, Smothering and Drowning – Diatom test

9. Forensic Entomology: Insects of Forensic Importance, Estimating the Postmortem

interval, Forensic Entomologist as Experts.

UNIT-IV 10. Toxicology:

a) Definitions and Classifications of Poisons- Physical properties & brief overview

of varies poisons with respect to duties of treating doctor & investigating officers

b) Medico-legal Importance of Poisons.

c) Extraction and sample preparation: Preliminary screening test, spot test and

instrumental methods of analysis.

11. Analysis of Poisons: Meaning of Inorganic poisons

a) Inorganic poisons (Cations and Anions) & Miscellaneous poisons

b) Analysis of Plant Poisons (non-volatile organic)

c) Food Poison: Meaning and Causes- Bacterial Food poisoning, Volatile

Organic poisons and Poisonous Food (Mushrooms etc)

BIBLIOGRAPHY

1. Dr. C.K. Parikh (1990) – Medical Jurisprudence & Toxicology, CBS Publishers &

Distributors, New Delhi-32.

2. Dr. Rao G. Nageshkumar (1993) – Clinical Forensic Medicine, House of Research

Publication Aid, Manipal-19.

3. Dr. Reddy Narayan K.S. (5th

Edition 1981) – The Essentials of Forensic Medicine

and Toxicology, Published K. Suguna Devi, Hyderabad.

4. Krishnan‟s M.K.R. & Patnaik V.P. (Editor) (11th

Edition 1999), Handbook of

Forensic Medicine including Toxicology, Para Medical Publisher,

Hyderabad - 095.

5. Mathiharan K. & Patnaik K. Amrit (Ed. 2008) - Modi‟s Medical Jurisprudence and

Toxicology (23rd


6. Mukherjee J.B. (Vol.1 1981) – Forensic Medicine & Toxicology, Academy

Publishers, Calcutta.



270


Ed. 2008) - Forensic Science in Criminal Investigation and Trial,


9. Walls H. J. (2nd



MCF 614 - PAPER-XVIII: TECHNOLOGY & SECURITY SYSTEM IN THE

ADMINISTRATION OF JUSTICE

UNIT-I

1. Concepts, definitions and importance of security system.

Governmental and non-governmental security agencies their purposes, functions

Co-operations and co-ordination between Governmental and non-governmental

security

agencies.

2. Types of Security System used in:

Transport–Government/Private(Bus/Termini/RailwayStations/Airports/Sea

Ports)

Banks & Non Banking Financial Institutions

Industries – Government/Private

Multi-storied buildings and Supermarkets

UNIT-II

3. Vigilance in public and private sector institutions; The Central Vigilance

Commission Act,

2003

4. Money Laundering -Process, conversion, integration and the role of Bank in

laundering,

Tips to control laundering.

5. Vigilance Measures: To Build Security measures in accounting procedures,

Internal audit Systematization

Records maintenance and Periodical Job rotation

Transfer of Functionaries.

UNIT-III

6. Methods of Security measures to be taken when:

a. Carrying cash from the Currency Chest

b. Escorting notorious or Dangerous Criminals

c. A report of suspected explosives found in public places

d. A mentally ill-person holds innocents with threat of killing

e. Terrorists hostage activities

7. Frauds: Nature, Types and Modus Operandi of Frauds

271

Extent of Frauds in Banks, Insurance and Financial Institutions

Legal issues and Techniques of Combating above Frauds

8. Procedure of departmental enquiries in Banking & other Financial/Insurance

Institutions

UNIT-IV

9. Air Hijacking-Prevention and Detection.

Security at Airport and Security Equipment.

10. Stock and Share related Crimes: Hurdles in the Investigation of Stock Crimes

11. White Collar Crime & Crimes about Tax Evasion.

BIBLIOGRAPHY

1. Central Vigilance Commission Act, 2003 along with Related Acts

2. Disaster Management Act, 2005 along with Rules, 2006

3. Money – Laundering Act 2002.

4. National Security Act, 1980

5. National Security Guard Act, 1986

6. Official Secrets Act, 1923


8. Private Security Agencies (Regulation) Act 2005 along with Rules, 2006

9. Securitization and Reconstruction of Financial Assets and enforcement of Security

Interest Act, 2002 and Security Interest (Enforcement) Rules, 2002


edition),

Universal Law Publishing Co., New Delhi.

11. Skogan G. Wesley & Maxfield G. Michael (1981) - Coping with Crime: Individual

and neighbourhood, Volume 124, Sage Publication, Beverly Hills, London

12. The Prevention of Money – Laundering (Maintenance… Intermediaries Rules

2005.

13. Trivedi S. D. (1984) - Secret Services in Ancient India: Techniques and Operation,


Soft Core

MCF 634 - PAPER-XX: PRACTICAL: FORENSIC MEDICINE AND

TOXICOLOGY IN CRIME DETECTION

1. Identification of Age and Sex from the Skeletal remains

2. Identification of Living Person/Portrait Parle

3. Identification and Forensic Analysis of simulated Mechanical injuries such as:

272

a. Abrasion b. Bruise c. Laceration d. Stab Wound e. Incised wound f. Gunshot

wound

4. Identification and Forensic Analysis of simulated Thermal and Chemical

Injury

5. Identification of Organic Poisons and its medico-legal Importance

6. Identification of Inorganic Poisons and its medico-legal Importance

7. Forensic examination of Drugs and Psychotropic substances

8. Diatom Test

9. Preliminary Screening Test, Spot test and Instrumental methods of analysis

10. Procedure of Identification of a missing persons photo superimposition

technique

11. Procedure of writing Post Mortem reports in a simulated case

MCF 644 - PAPER-XXI: PRACTICAL –MODERN TECHNOLOGY TO

PREVENT AND DETECT CRIME

1. Procedure of operation and recording from video camera

2. Procedure of operation and functions of CCTV

3. Procedure of operation and functions of Metal Detector

4. Procedure of operation and functions of Hidden camera and Pen camera

5. A case study report on security in an airport

6. A case study report on security in Multi-storied buildings

7. A case study report on security in an Air hijacking cases

8. Visit to court and its proceedings

9. Field placements in Forensic Laboratories/Police Station/Prison/

NGO/Financial Sectors and assessment of reports

**************

273








Agenda No.2 /SSW/AC/10/16

Sub:

i. List of eligible candidates recommended to the University for the award

of Master of Social Work Degree – M.S.W. [2014 – 2016 Batch]

ii. List of eligible candidates recommended to the University for the award

of Master of Science Degree – M.Sc. (Counselling) [2014 – 2016

Batch]

iii. List of eligible candidates recommended to the University for the award

of Master of Science Degree – M.Sc. (CFS) [2014 – 2016 Batch]

iv. List of eligible candidates recommended to the University for the award

of Bachelors of Arts Degree – B.A. [2013 – 2016 Batch]

v. List of eligible candidates recommended to the University for the award

of Bachelors of Social Work Degree – B.S.W. [2013 – 2016 Batch]

The subject is placed before the Academic Council for its consideration and approval.

274

LIST OF CANDIDATES ELIGIBLE AND RECOMMENDED TO THE MANGALORE UNIVERSITY

FOR THE AWARD OF M.S.W. DEGREE

SCHOOL OF SOCIAL WORK, ROSHNI NILAYA



Re-Accredited by NAAC with 'A' Grade - CGPA : 3.42

PROGRAMME RESULT I -VI SEMESTERS M.S.W. 2014-2015 BATCH

Reg. No Name

I

SEM

II

SEM

III

SEM

IV

SEM GT

CGPA PRO

%

PRO

.GR RESULT TOT TOT TOT TOT

625 625 625 625 2500

14313701 ARUN R. 445 438 467 492 1842 7.52 73.68 A+ First Class with

Distinction

14313702 ELIZABETH

DARVINA 389 405 437 421 1652 6.79 66.08 A First Class

14313704 JNYANESHWAR

MANE 349 378 443 443 1613 6.65 64.52 A First Class

14313705 LAINA VOILET

LASRADO 435 435 462 460 1792 7.35 71.68 A+

First Class with

Distinction

14313706 MALATI

MADIHALLI 407 422 449 456 1734 7.09 69.36 A+ First Class

14313707 MARY N. M. 425 459 477 483 1844 7.55 73.76 A+ First Class with

Distinction

14313708 NETRAVATI

HALASAGI 407 430 450 445 1732 7.08 69.28 A+ First Class

14313709 RINI C. V. 460 471 500 499 1930 7.94 77.20 A+ First Class with

Distinction

14313710 SANDOMO B.

MARAK 397 415 452 452 1716 6.99 68.64 A First Class

14313711

SHVETA

MADARKHAND

I

414 448 447 504 1813 7.47 72.52 A+ First Class with

Distinction

14313712

VIDYASHRI

KALASANNAV

AR


Distinction

14313713 VIVEK SHEEL 434 438 474 491 1837 7.57 73.48 A+ First Class with

Distinction

14313715 CHETHAN

KUMAR B. 420 441 410 433 1704 7.00 68.16 A First Class

14313716 JOVIA SEEMA

CARLO 403 419 407 393 1622 6.71 64.88 A First Class

14313717 LAVITA D

SOUZA 461 471 460 450 1842 7.50 73.68 A+

First Class with

Distinction

14313718 MELORA

NISHAL PAIS 484 491 482 502 1959 8.03 78.36 A++

First Class with

Distinction

14313719 NIMMI

VARGHESE 397 434 402 396 1629 6.77 65.16 A First Class

14313720 NIRMALA 392 443 407 390 1632 6.67 65.28 A First Class

275

Reg. No Name

I

SEM

II

SEM

III

SEM

IV

SEM GT

CGPA PRO

%

PRO


625 625 625 625 2500

14313721 NISHMITHA

JOSLIN PINTO 453 463 460 442 1818 7.48 72.72 A+

First Class with

Distinction

14313722 SAI SHRUTHI P.R. 442 441 449 421 1753 7.24 70.12 A+ First Class with

Distinction

14313723 SOUNDARYA

SHETTY S. 463 474 450 462 1849 7.63 73.96 A+

First Class with

Distinction

14313725 TARA MIRANDA 428 456 447 462 1793 7.33 71.72 A+ First Class with

Distinction

14313726 TERESA

LALDINPUII 437 442 425 422 1726 7.12 69.04 A+ First Class

14313727 AISHWARYA B.

NAIR 459 474 481 485 1899 7.77 75.96 A+

First Class with

Distinction

14313728 ARUNDATI 402 420 469 462 1753 7.18 70.12 A+ First Class with

Distinction

14313729 ASHLINE

CLERITA LOBO 468 478 486 470 1902 7.76 76.08 A+

First Class with

Distinction

14313730 BHARATHI 420 455 449 428 1752 7.19 70.08 A+ First Class with

Distinction

14313731

CHEMBAKASSER

Y JINSA JOSEPH

CHINNAMMA

473 486 479 512 1950 8.03 78.00 A++ First Class with

Distinction

14313733 DONA BLESSILLA

MASCARENHAS 381 393 439 450 1663 6.84 66.52 A First Class

14313734 JANE S.

RODRIGUES 454 478 483 476 1891 7.78 75.64 A+

First Class with

Distinction

14313735 JEEVAL DENIKA

WATSON 404 415 412 439 1670 6.85 66.80 A First Class

14313736 JOSTAN ROHITH

DSOUZA 423 423 395 466 1707 7.05 68.28 A+ First Class

14313737 LILLY JOHN J. 460 469 466 488 1883 7.71 75.32 A+ First Class with

Distinction

14313738 LOKESH

NANJANNAVAR 402 444 432 454 1732 7.14 69.28 A+

First Class with

Distinction

14313739 MERYL TRIPTHI

SERRAO 448 463 447 493 1851 7.58 74.04 A+

First Class with

Distinction

14313740 MOHANJITH S.

MARLA 462 454 489 435 1840 7.60 73.60 A+

First Class with

Distinction

14313741 NAVYA K.S. 409 413 437 432 1691 6.95 67.64 A First Class

14313742

NITHYADHAR

JOYSON D

ALMEIDA

398 419 419 412 1648 6.81 65.92 A First Class

276

Reg. No Name

I

SEM

II

SEM

III

SEM

IV

SEM GT

CGPA PRO

%

PRO.

GR RESULT TOT TOT TOT TOT

625 625 625 625 2500

14313743 POORNIMA

KOTEGAR 393 423 426 403 1645 6.77 65.80 A First Class

14313744 PRERANA RAO 353 405 405 383 1546 6.40 61.84 A First Class

14313745 RAGHU C. 393 409 409 391 1602 6.56 64.08 A First Class

14313746 RANJITH 457 456 440 461 1814 7.39 72.56 A+ First Class with

Distinction

14313748

SALOME

BENJAMIN

GONSALVES

472 492 489 493 1946 8.00 77.84 A++ First Class with

Distinction

14313749 SHAHTAJ 419 455 470 486 1830 7.52 73.20 A+ First Class with

Distinction

14313750

SHIVANAND

IRAPPA

GUNDLUR


Distinction

14313752 SRIDEVI H.R. 416 429 426 437 1708 7.06 68.32 A+ First Class with

Distinction

14313753 SWARNIM SETHI 448 470 478 498 1894 7.76 75.76 A+ First Class with

Distinction

14313754 THOKCHOM

SONIA DEVI 460 448 439 450 1797 7.39 71.88 A+

First Class with

Distinction

14313755 UDAYA P.S. 403 428 417 387 1635 6.69 65.40 A First Class

277

LIST OF CANDIDATES ELIGIBLE AND RECOMMENDED TO THE MANGALORE UNIVERSITY

FOR THE AWARD OF M.SC. (COUNSELLING) DEGREE





PROGRAMME RESULT I -VI SEMESTERS M.SC. (HPC) 2014-2015 BATCH

Reg. No Name

I

SEM

II

SEM

III

SEM

IV

SEM GT

CGP

A

PRO

%

PRO


600 625 625 650 2500

14414601 ANKITHA 487 505 524 504 2020 8.31 80.80 A++

First Class

with

Distinction

14414602 CHAITHRA K. 357 367 410 438 1572 6.52 62.88 A First Class

14414603 FATHIMA SUZNA 456 475 495 530 1956 7.98 78.24 A+

First Class

with

Distinction

14414604 GAYATHRI 315 309 332 289 1245 5.21 49.80 B Second

class

14414605 NAMRATHA

SUVARNA 322 406 410 467 1605 6.59 64.20 A First Class

14414606 PRAKRITHI P. 508 491 523 502 2024 8.30 80.96 A++

First Class

with

Distinction

14414608 RAKSHITHA V. 360 363 389 394 1506 6.22 60.24 A First Class

14414609 THANVI J. N. 481 491 479 479 1930 7.88 77.20 A+

First Class

with

Distinction

14414610 W. MAHIMAI

AJITHA 437 460 470 472 1839 7.57 73.56 A+

First Class

with

Distinction

278

LIST OF CANDIDATES ELIGIBLE AND RECOMMENDED TO THE MANGALORE UNIVERSITY FOR

THE AWARD OF M.SC. (CFS) DEGREE





PROGRAMME RESULT I -VI SEMESTERS M.SC. (CFS) 2014-2015 BATCH

Reg. No Name

I

SEM

II

SEM

III

SEM

IV

SEM GT

CGPA PRO

%

PRO


600 625 625 650 2500

14515201 ARUN XAVY

POULOSE 373 377 392 437 1579 6.50 63.16 A First Class

14515202 JOHNSON

RODRIGUES 419 449 468 476 1812 7.42 72.48 A+

First Class

with

Distinction

14515203 JUANITA MYRTLE

SALDANHA 513 537 518 486 2054 8.46 82.16 A++

First Class

with

Distinction

14515204

MATHIAS

VANSHIKA MARIA

PEARL

525 544 533 500 2102 8.63 84.08 A++

First Class

with

Distinction

14515206 NOEL PRAJWAL

BRAGGS 445 462 483 478 1868 7.61 74.72 A+

First Class

with

Distinction

14515207 PRINCESON NIHAL

LOBO 432 448 429 474 1783 7.32 71.32 A+

First Class

with

Distinction

14515208 SHAMILI SHETTY 437 428 425 426 1716 7.06 68.64 A+

First Class

with

Distinction

14515209 SUGGESTME

THUBRU 416 428 448 436 1728 7.14 69.12 A+

First Class

with

Distinction

14515210 VIJETHA K. C. 443 491 464 471 1869 7.67 74.76 A+

First Class

with

Distinction

279

LIST OF CANDIDATES ELIGIBLE AND RECOMMENDED TO THE MANGALORE UNIVERSITY FOR THE

AWARD OF B.A. DEGREE





PROGRAMME RESULT I -VI SEMESTERS B.A. 2013 - 2014 BATCH

Reg. No Name

I

SEM

II

SEM

III

SEM

IV

SEM

V

SEM

VI

SEM GT CGPA

PRO

%

PRO.

GR RESULT

TOT TOT TOT TOT TOT TOT

800 800 800 800 900 900 5000

131370101 ANJALY

ROY 591 622 607 589 652 627 3688 6.93 73.76 A+

First Class

with

Distinction

131370103 ASHNA

ANNA SAJI 448 453 484 492 499 504 2880 4.87 57.60 B+

High

Second

Class

131370104

ATHENA

MARIA

ARANHA

689 681 663 677 734 696 4140 7.76 82.80 A++

First Class

with

Distinction

131370105 BHARATHI

P. 644 623 632 637 699 691 3926 7.28 78.52 A+

First Class

with

Distinction

131370106 S.

CHANDANA 659 711 658 661 714 686 4089 7.73 81.78 A++

First Class

with

Distinction

131370107 ALISHA

TAURO 406 469 465 472 556 536 2904 4.97 58.08 B+

High

Second

Class

131370108 ARSHIYA

MISBAH 522 604 598 619 651 607 3601 6.66 72.02 A+

First Class

with

Distinction

131370109 DIYANA

CARREL 498 516 511 502 541 540 3108 5.56 62.16 A First Class

131370110

MOHAMMA

D YOUSUF

SWAROOP

541 614 613 611 591 605 3575 6.66 71.50 A+

First Class

with

Distinction

131370111

ROSHINI

MONICA

GOVEAS

585 595 582 586 628 600 3576 6.63 71.52 A+

First Class

with

Distinction

131370113

SUJIR

PALLAVI

NAYAK

672 671 658 687 742 746 4176 7.85 83.52 A++

First Class

with

Distinction

131370115 ANUPAMA P.

HOSUR 531 526 466 542 545 633 3243 5.85 64.86 A First Class

131370117

SONIYA

GRACY

LOBO

480 456 446 429 425 494 2730 4.52 54.60 B Second

Class

131370118 SPOORTHI K.

PHILOMENA 565 628 639 637 662 685 3816 7.27 76.32 A+

First Class

with

Distinction

131370201

ABIDA

NAINAZ

M.K.

467 392 390 440 431 491 2611 4.07 52.22 B Second

Class

280

Reg. No Name

I

SEM

II

SEM

III

SEM

IV

SEM

V

SEM

VI

SEM GT CGPA

PRO

%

PRO.

GR RESULT


800 800 800 800 900 900 5000

131370202 ASHINI C.

JOHNSON 448 384 439 456 463 544 2734 4.63 54.68 B

Second

Class

131370204

DELIA

DOMINIC

DIAS

701 684 702 710 787 778 4362 8.28 87.24 A++

First Class

with

Distinction

131370205

DELLA

JOSEPH

NORONHA

654 622 640 627 679 687 3909 7.26 78.18 A+

First Class

with

Distinction

131370206 DHANYASH

REE N. 451 440 465 505 551 540 2952 5.15 59.04 B+

High

Second

Class

131370207 JITHESH 402 422 511 453 493 487 2768 4.55 55.36 B+

High

Second

Class

131370208 RAKSHITHA 417 423 483 485 555 594 2957 5.13 59.14 B+

High

Second

Class

131370209 SHARMILA 396 410 449 426 460 522 2663 4.34 53.26 B Second

Class

131370210 SUSHMITA

S.S. 604 567 624 619 691 677 3782 7.13 75.64 A+

First Class

with

Distinction

131370212 CHARUDA

K. SAJU 501 483 509 534 565 632 3224 5.76 64.48 A First Class

131370214 NEEDU 494 485 466 540 560 547 3092 5.47 61.84 A First Class

131370215

REEMAL

FRENITA

PINTO

442 435 471 486 545 536 2915 5.00 58.30 B+

High

Second

Class

131370216 SHABANA

AZMI 450 423 442 431 433 459 2638 4.22 52.76 B

Second

Class

131370217 SOWMYA 448 461 555 518 577 610 3169 5.74 63.38 A First Class

131370301

PREKSHA

MARIA

PERES

BHATT

370 336 368 394 386 501 2355 3.86 47.10 C Pass Class

131370302

JESS DEEPA

NORONHA

PRABHU

496 461 491 487 636 487 3058 5.31 61.16 A First Class

131370303

ANNI

SHARAL

LOBO

413 420 453 497 588 525 2896 5.06 57.92 B+

High

Second

Class

131370304 DAFNEY

MONTEIRO 360 386 370 372 442 496 2426 3.72 48.52 C Pass Class

131370305

DIVYA

BHARATHI

C.

SHETTALLI

416 464 420 457 518 513 2788 4.80 55.76 B+

High

Second

Class

281

Reg. No Name

I

SEM

II

SEM

III

SEM

IV

SEM

V

SEM

VI

SEM GT CGPA

PRO

%

PRO.

GR RESULT


800 800 800 800 900 900 5000

131370306 HARSHITHA 580 540 602 626 758 725 3831 7.14 76.62 A+

First Class

with

Distinction

131370307 ARPITHA 398 444 437 504 521 492 2796 4.57 55.92 B+

High

Second

Class

131370309 CHETHAN

KUMAR 500 547 525 579 692 719 3562 6.57 71.24 A+

First Class

with

Distinction

131370310 DEEKSHITH

A S. 584 634 623 649 727 703 3920 7.39 78.40 A+

First Class

with

Distinction

131370311 DIVYA 564 513 570 586 683 711 3627 6.69 72.54 A+

First Class

with

Distinction

131370312 FAHIMA 475 487 502 511 654 600 3229 5.78 64.58 A First Class

131370314 GOWTHAMI 434 442 502 518 543 475 2914 4.92 58.28 B+

High

Second

Class

131370315

GRENITA

REENA

REBELLO

503 522 579 583 685 637 3509 6.46 70.18 A+

First Class

with

Distinction

131370316 MISRIYA 463 462 499 554 651 582 3211 5.89 64.22 A First Class

131370320

REESHA

VENISHA D

SOUZA

487 480 506 550 608 535 3166 5.78 63.32 A First Class

131370321 RUKSHANA 401 449 473 443 560 502 2828 4.88 56.56 B+

High

Second

Class

131370322 SINCHANA 467 466 484 496 622 588 3123 5.52 62.46 A First Class

131370401 NAUSHINA 481 447 508 516 633 649 3234 5.97 64.68 A First Class

131370402 ABHILASHA 465 509 524 576 697 660 3431 6.27 68.62 A First Class

131370403 DIVYASHRE

E 422 455 481 497 554 550 2959 5.08 59.18 B+

High

Second

Class

131370404 GEETHA 516 492 549 602 706 638 3503 6.59 70.06 A+

First Class

with

Distinction

131370405

SONIA

FREEDA D

SOUZA

453 436 502 486 669 638 3184 5.70 63.68 A First Class

131370406 SWATHI 615 649 665 665 800 801 4195 7.90 83.90 A++

First Class

with

Distinction

131370407 VINITHA D

SOUZA 422 467 489 508 544 537 2967 4.99 59.34 B+

High

Second

Class

131370408 VITA D

SOUZA 477 488 502 489 659 668 3283 6.00 65.66 A First Class

282

LIST OF CANDIDATES ELIGIBLE AND RECOMMENDED TO THE MANGALORE UNIVERSITY FOR THE

AWARD OF B.S.W. DEGREE





PROGRAMME RESULT I -VI SEMESTERS B.S.W. 2013 - 2014 BATCH

Reg. No Name

I

SEM

II

SEM

III

SEM

IV

SEM

V

SEM

VI

SEM GT CGPA

PRO

%

PR

O.G

R

RESULT TOT TOT TOT TOT TOT TOT

850 850 750 750 900 900 5000

131370501

ASHILA

YIMCHUNG

ER

659 706 629 638 696 757 4085 7.79 81.70 A++ First Class

with

Distinction

131370502 DAPHROU

SILVIA 609 631 568 547 653 698 3706 7.02 74.12 A+

First Class

with

Distinction

131370503 LINCY M.A. 471 535 439 453 505 567 2970 5.20 59.40 B+ High

Second

Class

131370504 S. LINE

VUDU PAO 642 678 603 581 650 714 3868 7.26 77.36 A+

First Class

with

Distinction

131370505 VEINAI 653 640 569 579 682 673 3796 7.13 75.92 A+ First Class

with

Distinction

131370506 ALEX PAUL

ISAC P. 412 443 309 399 552 598 2713 4.50 54.26 B

Second

Class

131370507 KSHAMA

BANGERA 521 587 507 536 562 533 3246 5.89 64.92 A First Class

131370508 NIKHIL

JOSEPH 385 417 345 329 384 485 2345 3.75 46.90 C Pass Class

131370510 AKANKSHA

SHETTY 474 467 436 468 551 640 3036 5.36 60.72 A First Class

131370511

ANITHA

RESHMA

RODRIGUES

552 536 523 549 624 718 3502 6.48 70.04 A+ First Class

with

Distinction

131370512

ASHA

MELITA

MONIS

413 430 381 434 444 521 2623 4.38 52.46 B Second

Class

131370513 DEEKSHA G.

K. 539 648 549 553 612 678 3579 6.58 71.58 A+

First Class

with

Distinction

131370514

DELSON

ASHLEY D

SOUZA

497 522 485 449 554 642 3149 5.70 62.98 A First Class

131370515

HERITA

MONTHI

MATHIAS

559 533 476 488 565 597 3218 5.83 64.36 A First Class

131370516 HRUDAYA

MARY A. 553 541 512 532 589 626 3353 6.18 67.06 A First Class

131370517 JACINTHA

MARY 662 666 594 612 684 717 3935 7.50 78.70 A+

First Class

with

Distinction

283

Reg. No Name

I

SEM

II

SEM

III

SEM

IV

SEM

V

SEM

VI

SEM GT CGPA

PRO

%

PR

O.G

R

RESULT TOT TOT TOT TOT TOT TOT

850 850 750 750 900 900 5000

131370518 KANTHIMA

LLI 514 569 527 548 626 675 3459 6.32 69.18 A First Class

131370519

KUMARI

CHANDRIK

A

483 461 412 426 561 583 2926 4.98 58.52 B+ High

Second

Class

131370521 MANILDA D

SOUZA 610 631 586 597 708 723 3855 7.24 77.10 A+

First Class

with

Distinction

131370522

MAVIS

JUDITH D

SOUZA

501 548 503 539 635 691 3417 6.29 68.34 A First Class

131370523 MOULYA

D.V. 453 543 459 454 475 540 2924 5.18 58.48 B+

High

Second

Class

131370524 NAGARAJ 554 515 403 452 516 573 3013 5.31 60.26 A First Class

131370525 PAVLIN D

SOUZA 546 622 554 541 554 637 3454 6.34 69.08 A First Class

131370527 SHOWHAD

G. M. 481 555 454 460 530 631 3111 5.50 62.22 A First Class

131370528 SUMITHRA

P. 476 577 484 492 569 594 3192 5.72 63.84 A First Class

131370529

TEENA

MARIA

PERIS

487 539 467 492 551 635 3171 5.70 63.42 A First Class

133242805 ASHWIN

MALLOOR 0 0 409 415 432 517 1773 3.00 35.46 C Pass Class

133242808 DEVAIAH

G.K. 0 0 327 329 392 444 1492 2.35 29.84 D Fail

284


Roshni Nilaya, Mangalore – 575 002






Agenda No.3/SSW/AC/10/16

a) List of candidates awarded Post Graduate Diploma in Human

Resource Management – PGDHRM [2015 – 2016 Batch]

b) List of candidates awarded Post Graduate Diploma in Counselling –

PGDC [2015 – 2016 Batch]

c) List of candidates awarded Diploma in Human

Resource Management – DHRM [2015 – 2016 Batch]

The subject is placed before the Academic Council for its consideration and approval.

285


LIST OF CANDIDATES AWARDED

POST GRADUATE DIPLOMA IN HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT (PGDHRM) 2015 -16

Reg.No. Name of the Candidates

I

Sem

(400

)

II Sem

(450)

Grand

Total

(850)

% Grade Prog.Result

15101201 AAMIR HASSAN YOUSUF 213 262 475 55.88 B+ Second Class

15101202 AMRITH VARSHINI 292 319 611 71.88 A+

First Class with

Distinction

15101204 ARADHANA RAI 173 213 386 45.41 B Average

15101206 CLEETA JOY MASCARENHAS 187 217 404 47.52 B Average

15101207 GAUTHAM ALIAS THILAK 227 270 497 58.47 B+ Second Class

15101208 JENNIFER CARLO 248 262 510 60 A First Class

15101209 JNYANESHWAR MANE 185 243 428 50.35 B+ Second Class

15101210 JOEL IMMANUEL CONCESSAO 305 343 648 76.23 A+

First Class with

Distinction

15101212 KRISHNAVENI 225 300 525 61.76 A First Class

15101213 MARUTI M TALAWAR 198 274 472 55.52 B+ Second Class

15101214 ROSHANI ELIZABETH TAURO 247 288 535 62.94 A First Class

15101215 SAI SRUTHI 253 312 565 66.47 A First Class

15101216 SHERWIN GLEN D CUNHA 246 327 573 67.41 A First Class

15101217 VIDYSHRI KALADANNAVAR 265 299 564 66.35 A First Class

15101218 RENAULT ANTHONY PEREIRA 196 233 429 50.47 B+ Second Class

15101220 STEPHIGRAPH 199 227 426 50.11 B+ Second Class

15101221 ROSHAN K K 227 285 512 60.23 A First Class

15101223 NETRAVATI HALASAGI 271 284 555 65.29 A First Class

15101224 SUNIL S 196 278 474 55.76 B+ Second Class

15101225 CHITHRA 234 276 510 60 A First Class

15101226 PRIYANKA N 217 225 442 52 B+ Second Class

15101227 ANTHONY ANDRADE 214 280 494 58.11 B+ Second Class

15101228 ANISHA MENEZES 247 322 569 66.94 A First Class

15101229 DIVYA M 285 316 601 70.7 A+

First Class with

Distinction

15101230

PAIS AUSTIN ALBERT

GODWIN 305 329 634 74.58 A+

First Class with

Distinction

286

Programme Results PGDHRM 2015- 16 Batch

PARTICULARS PGDHRM


No. of Students Passed 28



No. of Students Discontinued 05

DETAILED RESULT ANALYSIS: 2015 – 2016

No. of Students Rangae of Marks Grade Class

--- 90 Above O Outstanding

--- 80-89 A++ Excellent

04 70-79 A+ First Class with Distinction

10 60-69 A First Class

12 50-59 B+ Second Class

02 41-49 B Average

--- 40 C Pass

--- <40 Fails

TOP SCORERS - PGDHRM 2015 - 16 BATCH

Reg.No. Name of the Candidate

Marks

Obtained

(850)

% Grade

15101210

JOEL IMMANUEL

CONCESSAO 648 76.23 A+

15101230

PAIS AUSTIN ALBERT

GODWIN 634 74.58 A+

15101202 AMRITH VARSHINI 611 71.88 A+

15101229 DIVYA M 601 70.7 A+

LEGEND

Grade Point Range of Marks (%) Performance Classification Alpha-Sign Grade

10 90 Above Outstanding O

9 80-89 Excellent A++

8 70-79 First Class with Distinction A+

7 60-69 First Class A

6 50-59 Second Class B+

5 41-49 Average B

4 40 Pass C

0 <40 Fails

287



POST GRADUATE DIPLOMA IN COUNSELLING (PGDC) 2015 - 16

Reg.No. Name of the Candidates Grand Total

(850) % Grade Programme Result

15202213

LYNSHA IRENE

ROWENA LOBO 729 85.76 A++

First Class with

Distinction

15202229 YOGITHA 709 83.41 A++

First Class with

Distinction

15202230

LAVEENA PHILOMENA

MONTEIRO 701 82.47 A++

First Class with

Distinction

15202231 NABEL AHMED 680 80 A++

First Class with

Distinction

LEGEND







5 41-49 Average B

4 40 Pass C

0 <40 Fails

Programme Results of PGDC 2015 - 16 Batch

PARTICULARS PGDC






288




4 80-89 A++ Excellent

9 70-79 A+

First Class with

Distinction


2 50-59 B+ Second Class

--- 41-49 B Average

--- 40 C Pass

--- <40 Fails

TOP SCORERS - PGDC 2015 - 16 BATCH

Reg.No. Name of the Candidate

Marks Obtained

(850) % Grade

15202213 LYNSHA IRENE ROWENA LOBO 729 85.76 A++

15202229 YOGITHA 709 83.41 A++

15202230 LAVEENA PHILOMENA MONTEIRO 701 82.47 A++

15202231 NABEL AHMED 680 80 A++

15202213 LYNSHA IRENE ROWENA LOBO 729 85.76 A++

289



DIPLOMA IN HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT (DHRM) 2015 -16

Sl.No. Reg.No. Name of the Candidates I Sem

(400)

II Sem

(350)

Grand

Total

(750)

% Grade Prog. Result

1 15404201 ALPHONSA JACOB 285 228 513 68.4 A First Class

2 15404202 BETTY PAUL 282 254 536 71.46 A+

First Class with

Distinction

3 15404203 CHATHURI K SAJU 284 230 514 68.53 A First Class

4 15404204 MARIA JYOTHI MONTEIRO 290 247 537 71.60 A+

First Class with

Distinction

5 15404205 NAYAK JESHTA SATISH 302 259 561 74.8 A+

First Class with

Distinction

6 15404206 SNEHA S 280 252 532 70.93 A+

First Class with

Distinction

7 15404209 REMYA PAULOSE 263 219 482 64.26 A First Class

8 15404210 PREEMA SYNOL DSOUZA 278 235 513 68.4 A First Class

LEGEND







5 41-49 Average B

4 40 Pass C

0 <40 Fails

290

Programme Results of DHRM 2015 - 16

PARTICULARS DHRM









--- 80-89 A++ Excellent

4 70-79 A+ First Class with Distinction


-- 50-59 B+ Second Class

--- 41-49 B Average

--- 40 C Pass

--- <40 Fails

TOP SCORERS - DHRM 2015 -16

Reg.No. Name of the Candidate Marks Obtained

(750) % Grade

14404109 SHAMMA IBRAHIM I M 522 69.6 A

14404104 FATHIMATHAL RAKSHKHANA 509 67.87 A

14404106 MARIYA SAJAN 469 62.53 A

14404103 CAROL HANNA BIJI 464 61.87 A

291









Sub: Approval of Academic Calendar for B.A., B.S.W., M.S.W., M.Sc. (Counsellig) & M.Sc.

(CFS) for the year 2016 – 17

The Academic Calendars for U.G Programme & PG Programme are placed before the Academic Council for

its consideration and approval.

292









Any other matter with the permission of the Chair

AGENDA OF TENTH ACADEMIC COUNCIL MEETING

Documents

Transcript of AGENDA OF TENTH ACADEMIC COUNCIL MEETING